Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10

 

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

 

GI DYNAMICS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   84-1621425
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

25 Hartwell Avenue

Lexington, Massachusetts 02421

(781) 357-3300

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

(Title of class)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

     i   

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY

     ii   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     iii   

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

     1   

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

     16   

ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     28   

ITEM 3. PROPERTIES

     41   

ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     42   

ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     44   

ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     49   

ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

     57   

ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     58   

ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     59   

ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     60   

ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

     61   

ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     66   

ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     67   

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     67   

ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

     67   


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, we are filing this General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10 to register our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, or Common Stock. The Common Stock is publicly traded on the Australian Securities Exchange, or ASX, in the form of CHESS Depositary Interests, or CDIs. CDIs are units of beneficial ownership in our shares of Common Stock held by CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Limited, or CDN, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ASX. The CDIs entitle holders to dividends, if any, and other rights economically equivalent to our shares of Common Stock on a 5-for-1 basis, including the right to attend stockholders’ meetings. The CDIs are also convertible at the option of the holders into our shares of our Common Stock on a 5-for-1 basis, such that for every five CDIs converted, a holder will receive one share of Common Stock. CDN, as the stockholder of record, will vote the underlying shares in accordance with the directions of the CDI holders.

This registration statement will become effective automatically by lapse of time 60 days from the date of the original filing pursuant to Section 12(g)(1) of the Exchange Act or within such shorter period as the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, may direct. As of the effective date we will be subject to the requirements of Regulation 13(a) under the Exchange Act and will be required to file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, and we will be required to comply with all other obligations of the Exchange Act applicable to issuers filing registration statements pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act.

The market data and other statistical information contained in this registration statement are based on independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms and other published independent sources. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from other relevant statistical information, as well as the independent sources listed above. Although we believe these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy and completeness of such information.

Some numerical figures included in this registration statement have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in certain tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that preceded them.

GI Dynamics, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in 2003 and has five subsidiaries, GI Dynamics Securities Corporation, a Massachusetts-incorporated non-trading entity; GID Europe Holding B.V., a Netherlands-incorporated non-trading, holding company; GID Europe B.V., a Netherlands-incorporated company that conducts certain of our European business operations; GID Germany GmbH, a German-incorporated company that conducts certain of our European business operations; and GI Dynamics Australia Pty Ltd, an Australia-incorporated company that conducts our Australian business operations.

Unless otherwise noted, references in this registration statement to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company,” or “GI Dynamics” refer to GI Dynamics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries. Our principal executive offices are located at 25 Hartwell Avenue, Lexington, Massachusetts 02421. Our telephone number is (781) 357-3300. Our website address is www.gidynamics.com. We have included our website address in this registration statement as an inactive textual reference only. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this registration statement and should not be considered a part of this registration statement.

EndoBarrier ® is a trademark of the Company. All other trademarks, tradenames and service marks mentioned in this registration statement are the property of other organizations.

Unless indicated otherwise in this registration statement, all references to “$” or “dollars” refer to United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America. References to “A$” refer to Australian dollars, the lawful currency of the Commonwealth of Australia.

 

i


Table of Contents

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our most recently completed fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable, in general, to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

 

    Reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

    No non-binding shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

    Exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues as of the end of a fiscal year, if we are deemed to be a large-accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or if we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year-period.

The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision.

 

ii


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This registration statement contains forward-looking statements concerning our business, operations, financial performance and condition as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business, operations and financial performance and condition. Any statements contained in this registration statement that are not of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our expectations with respect to regulatory submissions and approvals;

 

    our expectations with respect to our clinical trials, including enrollment in our clinical trials;

 

    our expectations with respect to our intellectual property position;

 

    our ability to commercialize our products;

 

    our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

    our ability to develop and commercialize new products; and

 

    our estimates regarding our capital requirements and our need for additional financing.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “predicts,” “potential,” “aims,” “assumes,” “goal,” “intends,” “objective,” “potential,” “positioned,” “target” and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate and our management’s beliefs and assumptions. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. As a result, any or all of our forward-looking statements in this registration statement may turn out to be inaccurate. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this registration statement, particularly in the “Risk Factors” section, that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make.

You are urged to consider these factors carefully in evaluating the forward-looking statements and are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements. You should read this registration statement and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to this registration statement completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. These forward-looking statements speak only as at the date of this registration statement. Unless required by law, we do not intend to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect new information or future events or otherwise.

 

iii


Table of Contents
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

Overview

We are a medical device company headquartered in Lexington, Massachusetts, that focuses on the development and commercialization of effective, non-surgical approaches for the treatment of type 2 diabetes and obesity. We have commercially launched our lead product, the EndoBarrier Gastrointestinal Liner, which we refer to as the EndoBarrier, which is now being sold in select markets in Europe, South America as well as in Australia and Israel. Where reimbursement is required for broad-based use, we are endeavoring to secure such reimbursement. In other countries where patients are more accustomed to paying for all or a majority of health care expenses, we are growing such markets or pursuing regulatory approvals. In addition, in 2013 we commenced a clinical trial of the EndoBarrier for the purposes of seeking regulatory approval from the Food and Drug Adminstration, or FDA, to commercialize in the U.S., which we refer to as our pivotal trial.

Type 2 diabetes and obesity are related metabolic disorders of worldwide epidemic proportions with approximately 1.4 billion individuals who are either overweight or obese, 300 million people diagnosed with diabetes globally, and an overlap of about 150 million people who are both obese and have diabetes. Type 2 diabetes and obesity therefore represent two of the largest health care markets in the world that we believe are in need of more effective treatment options. In response to this market opportunity, we believe our proprietary technology offers people “one solution” to control their glucose levels and lose weight at the same time. Our initial target market is those patients who have type 2 diabetes and are obese.

Our product, the EndoBarrier, is a 60-cm long liner that is implanted non-surgically, via endoscopy (through the mouth and without cutting any tissue) during a brief procedure. Once properly positioned in the patient’s upper intestine, just below the stomach, the liner is held in place by a proprietary anchoring mechanism and it remains in the body for up to 12 months until removal by endoscopy. The EndoBarrier acts as a physical barrier between ingested food and the upper part of the intestine preventing absorbtion and interaction of food with digestive enzymes and hormones in the first part of the intestine. In patients with type 2 diabetes who are obese, the EndoBarrier is placed in the body for as long as 12 months during which time it elicits powerful metabolic effects, namely a robust improvement in glycemic state (diabetes control) accompanied by weight loss. This effect occurs promptly after device placement and is sustained over the 12-month period after which time the EndoBarrier is then easily removed in a brief non-surgical endoscopic procedure.

Currently, we are focused on the commercial rollout of the EndoBarrier in selected countries in Europe and South America as well as in Australia and Israel. In 2013, we expanded to a total of 50 centers offering EndoBarrier Therapy, up from 28 centers at the end of 2012. Consistent with executing our commercial strategy during 2014 we expect to continue to drive broad-based market awareness among patients and physicians in our commercial geographies, continue to support increasing adoption of EndoBarrier Therapy at existing medical centers, and train doctors in new medical centers. To achieve broad-based clinical acceptance and commercial uptake, reimbursement coverage by health care insurers will be required in many markets; while in other markets, this is not the case because patients are accustomed to paying for all or a majority of their health care expenses themselves.

In certain geographies where reimbursement is necessary for clinical acceptance and commercial uptake, such as in Europe, we are already receiving partial reimbursement in certain markets at a local or national level, but we have not yet achieved full or national reimbursement in any market. In self-pay markets where we have regulatory approval, we are currently expanding both the product use per center and the number of centers, as well as seeking regulatory approval in other countries that we believe will have a large self-pay population, such as Brazil and India.

In the U.S., we have received approval from the FDA to commence our pivotal trial, which we began in 2013. The multi-center, randomized, double-blinded study will enroll 500 patients with uncontrolled type 2 diabetes and obesity at as many as 25 sites in the U.S. The primary endpoint is improvement in diabetes control

 

1


Table of Contents

as measured by HbA1c levels. Following completion of the trial, we intend to submit our results to the FDA seeking regulatory approval for commercial sale in the U.S.

GI Dynamics, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in 2003. In September 2011, we completed an initial public offering and listed on the Australian Stock Exchange, or ASX. In July and August of 2013, we completed a follow-on offering. Strategic investors include a global medical device company, Medtronic, Inc., and a corporate, strategic investor, Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation. The rights of our shareholders are governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We have five subsidiaries: GI Dynamics Securities Corporation, a Massachusetts-incorporated non-trading entity; GID Europe Holding B.V., a Netherlands-incorporated non-trading, holding company; GID Europe B.V., a Netherlands-incorporated company that conducts certain of our European business operations; GID Germany GmbH, a German-incorporated company that conducts certain of our European business operations; and GI Dynamics Australia Pty Ltd, an Australia-incorporated company that conducts our Australian business operations. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we had revenues of approximately $2.3 million and our net loss was approximately $35.6 million. Our accumulated deficit as of December 31, 2013 was approximately $151.7 million.

Strategy and Approach

Our objective is to pioneer the development of effective, non-surgical approaches for treating type 2 diabetes and obesity. Our initial target market is patients who have type 2 diabetes and are obese. Where reimbursement is required for broad-based use, we are endeavoring to secure such reimbursement. In other countries where patients are more accustomed to paying for all or a majority of health care expenses, we are growing such markets or pursuing regulatory approvals. To achieve these goals we are pursuing the following business strategies:

 

    Targeted commercial launch of our lead product in Europe, South America as well as in Australia and Israel. In these markets, we work with key opinion leaders in the fields of endocrinology, bariatric surgery and gastroenterology. We are also refining and improving our physician training and patient care protocols to improve patient outcomes and awareness. As of the end of 2013, we had 50 centers offering EndoBarrier Therapy with approximately 70 centers expected to be offering EndoBarrier Therapy by the end of 2014.

 

    Seek local and national reimbursement for EndoBarrier Therapy. We intend to build on recent reimbursement progress achieved in Germany, the Netherlands, Switzerland and Israel to accumulate the necessary clinical and economic data that we believe will support the transition to broad-based reimbursement for our product from local and national health authorities in those countries. We also believe that successful outcomes from recently initiated, randomized, controlled trials in the United Kingdom and France have the potential to support favorable reimbursement decisions in those countries. We are also hopeful that, following the 2012 launch of our product in the Australian self-pay market, important advances can be made to secure reimbursement for the longer term. While we believe that there is a market for self-pay patients, our goal is to obtain local and national reimbursement in key markets to expand our potential target patient population and further increase sales of the EndoBarrier.

 

    Build the market for self-pay patients which has been shown through our success in commercializing EndoBarrier Therapy in Chile and Australia. We started with one center in Santiago, Chile, and now have five centers operating primarily there. In Chile, patients are accustomed to paying much of their health care expenses directly, thereby allowing EndoBarrier Therapy to become a self-pay option for many people. We started in Australia in 2012 and continue to expand in that favorable self-pay market; we now have centers in most of the major cities. We are also working through the regulatory process to commercialize in the large self-pay markets of Brazil and India, although the timing of approvals is uncertain.

 

2


Table of Contents
    Achieve regulatory approval in the U.S. through a successful U.S. pivotal trial by demonstrating the safety and efficacy of the EndoBarrier. In 2013, we commenced enrollment in our pivotal trial in the U.S. for the purposes of seeking regulatory approval from the FDA. The multi-center, randomized, double-blinded, sham controlled study will enroll 500 patients with both uncontrolled type 2 diabetes and obesity at as many as 25 sites in the U.S. The primary endpoint is improvement in diabetes control as measured by HbA1c levels with secondary endpoints including weight loss, cholesterol reduction, and blood pressure reduction. At the end of 2013, there were 21 sites actively enrolling patients. If the requisite regulatory approvals are obtained, which are not expected before 2017, we can commence sales in the large U.S. market.

 

    Continue to expand the approved uses of the EndoBarrier. We plan to continue to expand our potential markets by seeking regulatory approvals to treat additional patient populations with EndoBarrier Therapy, such as patients with type 2 diabetes with lower body mass index, or BMI.

 

    Expand our manufacturing capacity and improve our margins. We currently assemble, test and package our EndoBarrier and the delivery and the retrieval system for the EndoBarrier system at our facility in Lexington, Massachusetts. We plan to scale-up our manufacturing capacity from the current levels to meet our anticipated commercial and investigational trial demand. We will also seek to add additional suppliers to reduce risk and drive efficiencies as we expand.

Key Products

The core of our technology is the proprietary EndoBarrier design. This technology enables us to implant our product without surgery, using endoscopy (through the mouth), in the initial part of the intestine known as the duodenum and proximal jejunum, immediately after the patient’s stomach.

Once implanted, the body’s natural digestive process, or peristalsis, then moves partially digested food through the EndoBarrier. The EndoBarrier acts as a physical barrier that prevents the interaction of food with pancreatic enzymes and bile, which pass outside the EndoBarrier and then mix with the food at the end of the liner, lower down the patient’s intestine, where absorption takes place. EndoBarrier creates a functional — but reversible — bypass of the upper intestine without surgery.

Although the exact physiological mechanisms of how EndoBarrier works are not fully understood, clinical data suggest EndoBarrier affects key hormones involved in insulin secretion and action, glucose metabolism, food intake and satiety, resulting in improvement in glycemic control and weight loss. In addition, the clinical data indicate that EndoBarrier Therapy may potentially improve cardiometabolic risk markers often associated with type 2 diabetes and obesity, including lowering blood pressure, cholesterol and triglycerides.

Our trials have shown that EndoBarrier Therapy has multiple effects on a patient’s metabolism and offers significant benefits in terms of weight loss and management of diabetes while the device is in place. Moreover, our product is implanted and removed non-surgically; and it is completely reversible in its intended actions, unlike the permanent anatomical changes that result from bariatric surgery.

We also recommend that physicians offer and encourage patients treated with EndoBarrier Therapy to adopt supportive nutritional and lifestyle management plans. We believe that diet, exercise, counseling and support are important components of a multi-faceted approach to patient care in treating type 2 diabetes and obesity.

Our lead product — the EndoBarrier

Our lead product, the EndoBarrier, is commercially sold in select markets in Europe, South America, as well as in Australia and Israel for the treatment of type 2 diabetes and obesity. We are also continuing research and development to enhance the technology for additional uses of the product.

 

3


Table of Contents

The EndoBarrier system consists of three components:

 

    The implant — Also referred to as the EndoBarrier Gastrointestinal Liner, or EndoBarrier, is a 60-cm long liner, which is implanted in the proximal intestine, immediately below the stomach. The liner is made of a thin, flexible, impermeable fluoropolymer that allows normal functioning of the intestine. At one end, an anchor attaches and holds the implant to the wall of the patient’s intestine, and provides a seal to ensure that food passes inside the liner. The anchor, made of nitinol, a commonly used biocompatible metal, is formed in a ‘wave shape’ to provide radial force and has multiple bi-directional barbs that attach it to the tissue of the patient’s duodenum;

 

    Delivery system — The EndoBarrier is delivered using our proprietary, single-use delivery system. This includes a sterile, custom-made catheter, which is about 300-cm long and is sufficiently flexible to track through the patient’s mouth, down through the stomach and into the intestine. The EndoBarrier is packed inside a capsule at the end of the catheter until deployment. The delivery period is brief, during which time the patient is either anaesthetized or semi-sedated; and

 

    Removal system — The EndoBarrier is removed, typically after 12 months of implant, with our custom-made grasper that passes through a standard gastroscope. The grasper is used to pull one of the two drawstrings on the anchor so that it collapses inwards, removing the barbs from the intestinal wall. Our retrieval hood on the end of the gastroscope is then positioned to cover the anchor barbs to allow the implant to be safely removed through the patient’s mouth. The EndoBarrier is usually retrieved in a brief procedure during which time the patient is either anaesthetized or semi-sedated.

Our completed clinical trials have demonstrated safety and efficacy

We have tested and evaluated our technology in 13 clinical trials (12 outside of the U.S. and one in the U.S.), involving more than 500 patients, which have shown our EndoBarrier technology to be an effective treatment for type 2 diabetes and obesity. Our clinical trials have shown that the observed efficacy for both type 2 diabetes and obesity is desirable for this patient population. Improvements in diabetic state (glycemia control) are competitive with pharmacologic approaches and not dissimilar to those observed with some forms of bariatric surgery. Weight loss effects in most patients appears more robust than those seen with pharmacologic approaches and similar to those observed with some forms of bariatric surgery.

The EndoBarrier has been evaluated in four premarket, company-sponsored clinical trials outside of the U.S. (n=130 subjects) where the relevant target population has been under investigation, and is currently being evaluated in a worldwide clinical registry as well as in a number of physician-sponsored clinical trials. This experience is coupled with a growing market experience that has been garnered since the device received the CE Mark in 2010 (registry plus commercial use amounts to over 1,300 patients). In these clinical trials, the majority of subjects studied were obese (average BMI 40.9 kg/m 2 ) with a high incidence of accompanying co-morbidities, namely hypertension and hyperlipidemia. Those subjects with diabetes had sub-optimal glycemic control prior to device placement (average HbA1c of 8.6%) and summary of efficacy data shows that EndoBarrier Therapy exerts an improvement in glycemic control, lowering HbA1c to 7.3% at 12 months. In subjects without diabetes, HbA1c was in the normal range at baseline and remained unchanged throughout the period of EndoBarrier Therapy. EndoBarrier Therapy also elicited a 16% decrease in body weight at 12 months after EndoBarrier placement. Additional analysis of the data also demonstrates encouraging changes in cardiometabolic indices (total cholesterol, LDL cholesterol, triglycerides and blood pressure). The beneficial effects of EndoBarrier Therapy occur in the context of an overall favorable safety profile. There has been a low frequency of severe device or procedure related adverse events in the clinical trials and broader commercial use, and most observed adverse events have been mild or moderate in severity with most being gastrointestinal in nature (e.g. abdominal discomfort, nausea).

As a treatment option for obese patients with type 2 diabetes, the EndoBarrier appears to provide a novel mechanism for improving glycemic control, while simultaneously achieving significant weight loss, with the

 

4


Table of Contents

potential to improve cardiometabolic risk indices while the device is in place. These effects have also been accompanied by an overall acceptable safety profile and, taken together, we believe EndoBarrier Therapy exhibits a favorable risk-benefit profile.

Increased level of key hormones

Our technology has also been shown to have positive effects on two key gastrointestinal hormones known as GLP-1 and peptide YY, or PYY. In a 24-week study of 17 obese patients with type 2 diabetes, increased levels of both PYY and GLP-1 were reported one week after implantation with the EndoBarrier. As GLP-1 is known to regulate insulin secretion and action, and both hormones may play a role in body weight control, we believe the increased levels of these two hormones may explain in part the improvement in diabetic control and the weight loss observed in patients treated with EndoBarrier Therapy.

Ongoing benefits post removal of the EndoBarrier

We continue to explore the apparent sustained metabolic effects observed in patients after removal of the EndoBarrier to determine the magnitude and importance of this effect. We have monitored the following patients for six months post removal of the EndoBarrier:

 

    Fifty patients in our 12-month diabetes trials who completed the 12-month implant duration returned for a six month post-explant visit. Diabetes control deteriorated only slightly in these patients during the six-month follow-up period after removal of the EndoBarrier; and

 

    These patients experienced significant weight loss (11.8kg) during the implant phase with only modest weight regain during the six-month period after removal of the EndoBarrier.

To maximize the benefits to patients after removal, we believe that the EndoBarrier should be an integral part of a comprehensive diabetes management and weight loss program including a diet and exercise regimen. We are continuing to monitor patients after device removal to better understand the long-term effects of the EndoBarrier on glucose control and weight loss.

Key benefits and advantages of EndoBarrier Therapy

We believe that the key features and advantages of EndoBarrier Therapy include:

 

    One solution — To control glucose levels and lose weight with the same therapy:

 

    Offers the benefit of providing both glucose control and weight reduction, which are necessary for effective treatment of the type 2 diabetes patient who is obese;

 

    Most patients experience improved control of their glucose and may reduce or eliminate their need for diabetic medications during the implant period;

 

    EndoBarrier Therapy appears to provide a continual beneficial effect during the implant period in contrast to drugs where patients’ adherence or compliance with a given pharmacology will likely be incomplete; and

 

    Most patients experience significant weight loss during the period of implant, as well as the potential to improve cardiometabolic risk factors such as cholesterol and blood pressure;

 

    No surgery — A brief implant and removal process not involving any cutting of tissue, permanent alteration of the anatomy and far less invasive than surgical procedures;

 

    Well tolerated and easily removable — If complications arise, the implant can be easily removed;

 

    Potential cost savings — For the patient and health care system:

 

    Improved patient health and outcomes are likely to result in fewer hospital stays and expenses for complications from diabetes;

 

5


Table of Contents
    The cost of EndoBarrier Therapy, including the implant and removal procedure, is currently preferable to or competitive with surgical options for obesity, including gastric banding and gastric bypass surgery; and

 

    We believe that the broader potential cost savings for the health care system could be significant, including savings on drugs, savings on the treatment of other diseases associated with diabetes and other diabetes devices such as blood glucose testing strips and meters.

Comparison to pharmacology and surgical approaches

Our clinical trials have shown that the efficacy observed with the EndoBarrier for both type 2 diabetes and obesity is desirable for this patient population. Improvements in diabetic state (glycemia control) are competitive with pharmacologic approaches (five major oral agent classes and two injectable agent classes) and not dissimilar to those observed with some forms of bariatric surgery. Weight loss effects appear more robust than those seen with pharmacologic approaches and similar to those observed in some forms of bariatric surgery.

Bariatric surgery, in particular, Roux-en-Y gastric bypass, has demonstrated significant weight loss coupled with improvements in diabetic state. Bariatric surgery has evolved over more than twenty years and is now becoming more accepted as an alternative treatment option to the more conventional use of pharmacology for patients struggling with both type 2 diabetes and obesity. The two most popular bariatric procedures are Roux-en-Y gastric bypass and sleeve gastrectomy. However, broad-based adoption of bariatric surgery has been limited with less than 0.5% of the eligible U.S. population undergoing surgery, and a small but significant rate of post-surgery complications. There is also a resistance for patients to choose a permanent surgical solution for their metabolic disorder. An alternative surgical approach has been a restrictive approach, most commonly known as the lap-band procedure. This approach has declined in recent years from less robust weight loss and glycemic efficacy coupled with post-surgical management complications.

Other products in development by our competitors include the temporary intra-gastric occlusion devices (balloons), devices designed to modify local gut neural stimulation (or pacing), and a gastric draining tube. The balloons have the attraction of being temporary, are normally in situ for six months, and can elicit significant weight loss which can also result in an improvement in diabetes, but this technology has some tolerability issues. Devices that provide neural or stomach stimulation are also in development and have presented data showing weight loss and diabetes improvement. A gastric draining tube is also being tested which can remove the stomach contents following a meal.

Safety and potential side effects of the EndoBarrier

Treatment of patients with medical devices or drugs may have potential side effects for the patient, which may depend on the device or drug itself, or the interaction of the device or drug with the disease or other diseases that the patient may have at the time of treatment. In clinical studies and in commercial use, the most common complications experienced by EndoBarrier Therapy patients were gastrointestinal in nature which occurred shortly after the procedure and typically resolved over time (first days or weeks). Other risks which occurred with a lower frequency include infection, trauma, device migration and bleeding, any of which may result in device removal. There have been no deaths reported related to the use of the EndoBarrier.

More specifically, during our clinical trials, the most common reasons for early removal were 1) movement of the implant which can cause abdominal discomfort; 2) intestinal bleeding; and 3) incomplete deployment of the liner. In our most recent round of clinical trial experience, early device removal was lowered through increased user experience with less than 10% of early removals being device-related and overall average implant exposure time increasing to 10.6 months out of an intended 12-month implant time. In other words, the majority of patients are able to experience the intended clinical benefit of the device.

 

6


Table of Contents

Further development of our current technology

As we develop our technology, we have continued to improve the durability of anchoring the device in the intestine. We believe that anchor stability is the key challenge for extending the duration of the EndoBarrier implant period. We have designed and are clinically testing further improvements to our anchor technology to enable implant durations beyond 12 months.

We also conducted a clinical trial of patients with type 2 diabetes with a BMI as low as 23, which showed EndoBarrier Therapy improves diabetes and provides weight loss in lower BMI patients. Results like this are important in areas of the world where diabetes generally occurs at a lower BMI such as in Asia.

Other products in development

As part of our business strategy, we seek to leverage our technology and expertise into additional product opportunities. To date, we have conducted research and development on the following products:

 

    EndoBarrier Liner with EndoBarrier Restrictor — This device combines our EndoBarrier Liner with the EndoBarrier Restrictor. This combination is intended to treat diabetes and create greater weight loss than either device alone. We conducted a small, 10 patient clinical trial with this device, which showed excess weight loss of 40% (± 3%) and a total weight loss of 16.7 kg ± 1.4 kg after a 12-week implant period.

 

    EndoBarrier Restrictor — This device is targeted for short-term weight loss or weight loss in a patient who is not obese. The device employs the same anchoring technology as the EndoBarrier, but has a cover with a small hole to slow emptying of the patient’s stomach and create a feeling of ‘fullness’.

While each represent promising technologies, further development and testing will be required to support regulatory applications for these devices, and there can be no assurance that either product will be further developed or commercialized.

How We Make Our Products

Our manufacturing operations comprise 6,000 square feet of an approximately 33,000 square feet leased facility in Lexington, Massachusetts. The facility includes a controlled environment assembly room and an engineering laboratory. We perform final assembly and packaging of our products, as well as all research and development in this facility. We believe that we are in compliance with FDA’s quality systems regulation and we have an ISO compliant Quality Management System that has been certified to the ISO 13485:2003 medical device standard.

We assemble our products at our facility from components and sub-assemblies that are outsourced, including:

 

    implant components such as the liner material, nitinol wire, drawstrings and radiopaque markers; and

 

    delivery and retrieval catheter components, including injection molded and extruded components, wires and tubing.

Once the delivery system is complete, we insert the EndoBarrier into the delivery system. We then package and label the delivery and retrieval systems separately before sending them to be sterilized by our approved sterilization suppliers.

We can currently produce approximately 2,500 EndoBarrier systems per year. We plan to increase this capacity by outsourcing some of the less critical or well-established component assemblies. We also plan to add

 

7


Table of Contents

staff and additional equipment to enable us to increase our manufacturing capacity to approximately 60,000 EndoBarrier systems per year at our current facility, in support of our planned commercial and clinical activities. It is also our intention to have a second supplier for key components of our EndoBarrier system to reduce the potential risk of disruption to our business from reliance on any one supplier.

Sales & Marketing

We commenced commercial sales of our EndoBarrier in 2011 and are focused on executing our commercial strategy to secure favorable reimbursement in key markets over the long-term and to drive sales in select self-pay markets for the near-term. Consistent with executing our commercial strategy during 2014, we will stay focused in a limited number of countries and continue to drive broad-based market awareness among patients and physicians. We will support increasing adoption of EndoBarrier Therapy at existing medical centers and train doctors in new medical centers. We are also pursuing reimbursement opportunities for EndoBarrier Therapy from health insurers and other third-party payers at a local and national level in Europe, and have recently achieved important reimbursement milestones in a number of markets in Europe and in Israel. It is the successful execution of this strategy that we believe will result in a reproducible, sustainable and scalable business.

Central to the execution of our sales and marketing strategy is the close engagement and alignment with key opinion leaders in the fields of endocrinology, bariatric surgery, and gastroenterology, and with key influencers and decision makers in both the public/government and private payer infrastructure.

Our current commercial activities

In Europe, we commercially launched EndoBarrier in the second quarter of 2011. At the beginning of 2014, we had approximately 30 active European centers, in countries including Germany, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, and France, with doctors and staff who have been trained in the implant procedure and have commenced implants of our EndoBarrier. Germany, with over 20 centers, has the largest concentration of centers in Europe.

HealthLink Europe B.V., based in the Netherlands, provides medical device warehousing and logistics, customer call center, and invoicing services to our customers in Europe.

We currently have approval for commercial sales in Israel, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates, and have commenced commercial operations in Israel. We currently have two active centers in Israel and expect to add additional centers prior to the end of 2014 to accommodate expected demand generated as the result of the recent favorable reimbursement decision by Clalit Health Services, the largest health maintenance organization in Israel. We have an office in Düsseldorf, Germany, that is responsible for developing and supporting our European sales and marketing strategy and also supports activity in the Middle East.

In South America, we received regulatory approval in Chile in 2010. Chile, which was originally an early clinical trial site, now has five active centers. We are currently seeking regulatory approval in Brazil and other countries. We expect the South American market to be very strong from a self-pay perspective.

In Australia, we received regulatory approval in 2011. We started with centers in Melbourne and Sydney and now have centers in most major cities. Australia has historically been a very strong market for various forms of bariatric surgery and has a strong self-pay market. We have an office in Australia that is responsible for developing and supporting our Australian sales and marketing activity.

Reimbursement and Self-paying patients

Where reimbursement is required for broad-based use, we are endeavoring to secure such reimbursement. In other countries where patients are more accustomed to paying for all or a majority of health care expenses, we are growing our presence in such markets or pursuing regulatory approvals.

 

8


Table of Contents

In geographies where reimbursement is necessary, such as in Europe, we are already receiving partial reimbursement in certain countries at a local or national level but we have not yet achieved full or national reimbursement in any market. Our goal is to obtain national reimbursement from national or private health insurers and other third-party payers, in order to expand our potential target patient population and increase further use of the EndoBarrier. We are encouraged by the reimbursement milestones we have achieved to date indicating we are on the path for national reimbursement:

 

    Germany — Hospitals are receiving partial reimbursement of the total cost of an EndoBarrier procedure. In October 2013, operations and procedures, or OPS, codes were assigned in Germany that allows the use of the EndoBarrier to be tracked by the reimbursement system. In February 2014, we were granted by InEk, the German Institute for the Hospital Remuneration System, NUB (Neue Untersuchungs- und Behandlungsmethoden) Status 1 for EndoBarrier Therapy, which allows certain hospitals to negotiate for additional reimbursement for a specified number of cases to cover the cost of implanting the EndoBarrier.

 

    Netherlands — The Dutch Health Care Authority (NZa) has designated a preliminary reimbursement code for EndoBarrier Therapy as part of a policy rule for new and innovative health care treatments. This applies between a particular hospital and insurance company but serves as a template to allow for additional hospitals and insurance companies to reach similar agreements.

 

    Israel — Clalit Health Services, Israel’s largest health maintenance organization, established a reimbursement policy for EndoBarrier Therapy, whereby the 2.7 million people enrolled in a supplementary coverage option are entitled to receive partial coverage for the procedure.

In Australia, France and the United Kingdom we are in the earlier stages of the reimbursement process. We recently initiated randomized, controlled trials in the United Kingdom and France that have the potential to support favorable reimbursement decisions in those countries. We are also collecting data that we expect will demonstrate cost savings to health care systems and both clinical and social benefits from treating patients with type 2 diabetes and obesity with EndoBarrier Therapy.

Securing reimbursement coverage and payment is increasingly challenging in Europe as the reimbursement processes differ by country and sometimes within countries. Central to our reimbursement strategy is the ongoing prioritization of those markets that are receptive to new technologies and are capable and willing to pay, as well as those that will be most influential with respect to reimbursement in other areas of Europe and Asia.

To date, our reimbursement activities have and will continue to include applying for reimbursement codes, establishing pricing and cost models, and gaining the support of surgical, gastroenterology and endocrine societies. We also recognize the importance of engaging and gaining the support of both national and regional diabetes and obesity societies.

We currently have self-paying patients who purchase the EndoBarrier and we believe that this is an attractive market opportunity in some countries. In self-pay markets, we are currently expanding both the number of centers, as well as seeking regulatory approval in countries that we believe will have a large self-pay population, such as Brazil and India. While the timing of regulatory approvals can be uncertain, by avoiding the lengthy reimbursement process, commercialization may proceed more rapidly.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patents, together with non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements, to establish and protect the proprietary rights in our technologies. Seedling Enterprises, LLC initially conceived and developed our technology. In 2003, Seedling Enterprises, LLC incorporated GI Dynamics, Inc. and transferred all of its intellectual property relating to the EndoBarrier to us with no further claims or royalties in exchange for shares of our Common Stock.

 

9


Table of Contents

Our current patent portfolio is comprised of 115 issued and pending U.S. and non-U.S. patents. We have been issued 29 U.S. patents and have 15 pending U.S. patent applications. We have also sought intellectual property protection outside of the United States and have been issued 49 patents across Australia, Canada, the European Patent Convention region (including Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Netherlands, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and the United Kingdom), Hong Kong and Japan, and we have 22 pending foreign patent applications. Our patents and patent applications cover the following areas of our technology:

 

    the gastrointestinal liner and anchor;

 

    delivery and removal systems;

 

    placement of the device;

 

    treatment alternatives; and

 

    the restrictor device.

Our current issued patents expire between 2023 and 2030. We also actively monitor our intellectual property by periodically reviewing new developments to identify extensions to our patent portfolio.

We entered into a Patent License Agreement with Crabb Co., LLC, or Crabb, in 2003, which was amended in 2005, for the in-license of certain intellectual property related to the anchoring of an intestinal liner, which is anchored in the pylorus. This license was obtained early in our history; and while we are not currently using this intellectual property, it may be useful in future implant designs. The royalty obligation begins with U.S. commercial sales of products as defined in the license, if any. The royalty percentage may vary on products covered by the license, but in any case, the royalties are not considered significant. We will cease paying royalties, if any, at the time the patent covered by the license expires in 2017.

We employ external patent attorneys to assist us in managing our intellectual property portfolio.

As described in Item 8, “Legal Proceedings,” in 2013 we settled litigation with the supplier of the liner material used to manufacture our EndoBarrier, W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc., or Gore. Under the settlement, we retain exclusive ownership and control of our patent portfolio; and we and Gore have dismissed all claims against each other. We also granted to Gore a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use our patents, but only in the vasculature (i.e., blood vessels). Gore is not licensed to use our patents for any applications in the gastrointestinal tract, which is the area of the body in which our products are designed to be used. Neither we nor Gore are required to make any cash payments to the other, nor will any royalties be due.

Item 8, “Legal Proceedings,” includes a summary of our litigation with Gore.

Government Regulation of Medical Devices and of the EndoBarrier

Governmental authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local levels, and other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, labeling, promotion, advertising, distribution, marketing and export and import of products such as those we are commercializing and developing. Failure to obtain approval or clearance to market our products and products under development and to meet the ongoing requirements of these regulatory authorities could prevent us from continuing to market or develop our products and product candidates.

United States

Premarketing Regulation

In the United States, medical devices are regulated by the FDA. Unless an exemption applies, a new medical device will require either prior 510(k) clearance or approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA, before it can be marketed in the United States. The information that must be submitted to the FDA in order to obtain

 

10


Table of Contents

clearance or approval to market a new medical device varies depending on how the medical device is classified by the FDA. Medical devices are classified into one of three classes on the basis of the controls deemed by the FDA to be necessary to reasonably ensure their safety and effectiveness. Class I devices, which are those that have the lowest level or risk associated with them, are subject to general controls, including labeling, premarket notification and adherence to the quality system regulation, or QSR, which sets forth device-specific good manufacturing practices. Class II devices are subject to general controls and special controls, including performance standards. Class III devices, which have the highest level of risk associated with them, are subject to most of the previously identified requirements as well as to premarket approval. Most Class I devices and some Class II devices are exempt from the 510(k) requirement, although the manufacturers will still be subject to registration, listing, labeling and QSR requirements. Our EndoBarrier is classified as a Class III device by the FDA and will require FDA approval for commercialization through the PMA application process described below.

A 510(k) premarket notification must demonstrate that the device in question is substantially equivalent to another legally marketed device, or predicate device, that did not require premarket approval. In evaluating the 510(k), the FDA will determine whether the device has the same intended use as the predicate device, and (a) has the same technological characteristics as the predicate device, or (b) has different technological characteristics, and (i) the data supporting the substantial equivalence contains information, including appropriate clinical or scientific data, if deemed necessary by the FDA, that demonstrates that the device is as safe and as effective as a legally marketed device, and (ii) does not raise different questions of safety and effectiveness than the predicate device. Most 510(k)s do not require clinical data for clearance, but the FDA may request such data. The FDA’s goal is to review and act on each 510(k) within 90 days of submission, but it may take longer based on requests for additional information. In addition, requests for additional data, including clinical data, will increase the time necessary to review the notice. If the FDA does not agree that the new device is substantially equivalent to the predicate device, the new device will be classified in Class III, and the manufacturer must submit a PMA. Since July 2012, however, with the enactment of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, a de novo pathway is directly available for certain low to moderate risk devices that do not qualify for the 510(k) pathway due to lack of a predicate device. Modifications to a 510(k)-cleared medical device may require the submission of another 510(k) or a PMA if the changes could significantly affect the safety or effectiveness or constitute a major change in the intended use of the device.

The PMA process is more complex, costly and time consuming than the 510(k) clearance procedure. A PMA must be supported by extensive data including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical, manufacturing, control and labeling information to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. After a PMA is submitted, the FDA has 45 days to determine whether it is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If the PMA is complete, the FDA will file the PMA. The FDA is subject to performance goal review times for PMAs and may issue a decision letter as a first action on a PMA within 180 days of filing, but if it has questions, it will likely issue a first major deficiency letter within 150 days of filing. It may also refer the PMA to an FDA advisory committee for additional review, and will conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with the QSR, either of which could extend the 180-day response target. While the FDA’s ability to meet its performance goals has generally improved during the past few years, it may not meet these goals in the future. A PMA can take several years to complete and there is no assurance that any submitted PMA will ever be approved. Even when approved, the FDA may limit the indication for which the medical device may be marketed or to whom it may be sold. In addition, the FDA may request additional information or request the performance of additional clinical trials before it will reconsider the approval of the PMA or as a condition of approval, in which case the trials must be completed after the PMA is approved. Changes to the device, including changes to its manufacturing process, may require the approval of a supplemental PMA.

If a medical device is determined to present a “significant risk,” the manufacturer may not begin a clinical trial until it submits an investigational device exemption, or IDE, to the FDA and obtains approval of the IDE from the FDA. The IDE must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results and include a proposed clinical protocol. These clinical trials are also subject to the review, approval and oversight of

 

11


Table of Contents

an institutional review board, or IRB, at each institution at which the clinical trial will be performed. The clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with applicable regulations, including but not limited to the FDA’s IDE regulations and current good clinical practices. A clinical trial may be suspended by the FDA or the sponsor at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to the study participants outweigh the benefits of participation in the trial. Even if a clinical trial is completed, the results may not demonstrate the safety and efficacy of a device, or may be equivocal or otherwise not be sufficient to obtain approval.

Post-Marketing Regulation

After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

 

    compliance with the QSR, which require manufacturers to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation, record maintenance, including maintenance of complaint and related investigation files, and other quality assurance controls during the manufacturing process;

 

    labeling regulations, which prohibit the promotion of products for uncleared or unapproved or “off-label” uses and impose other restrictions on labeling; and

 

    medical device reporting obligations, which require that manufacturers investigate and report to the FDA adverse events, including deaths, or serious injuries that may have been or were caused by a medical device and malfunctions in the device that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions:

 

    warning letters;

 

    fines, injunctions, and civil penalties;

 

    recall or seizure of our products;

 

    operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

    refusal to grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals of new products;

 

    withdrawal of 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals; and

 

    criminal prosecution.

To ensure compliance with regulatory requirements, medical device manufacturers are subject to market surveillance and periodic, pre-scheduled and unannounced inspections by the FDA, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors.

International Regulation

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval, and the requirements may differ. For example, the primary regulatory authority with respect to medical devices in Europe is that of the European Union. The European Union consists of 28 countries and has a total population of over 500 million people. Norway, Iceland, Lichtenstein and Switzerland are not members of the European Union, but have transposed applicable European medical device laws into their national legislation. Thus, a device that is marketed in the European Union may also be recognized and accepted in those four non-member European countries as well.

The European Union has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the

 

12


Table of Contents

requirements of relevant directives will be entitled to bear CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout the European Union. Actual implementation of these directives, however, may vary on a country-by-country basis. The CE Mark is a mandatory conformity mark on medical devices distributed and sold in the European Union and certifies that a medical device has met applicable requirements.

The method of assessing conformity varies, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a “Notified Body.” Notified Bodies are independent testing houses, laboratories, or product certifiers authorized by the E.U. member states to perform the required conformity assessment tasks, such as quality system audits and device compliance testing. An assessment by a Notified Body based within the European Union is required in order for a manufacturer to distribute the product commercially throughout the European Union. Medium and higher risk devices require the intervention of a Notified Body which will be responsible for auditing the manufacturer’s quality system. The Notified Body will also determine whether or not the product conforms to the requirements of the applicable directives. Devices that meet the applicable requirements of E.U. law and have undergone the appropriate conformity assessment routes will be granted CE “certification.”

The EndoBarrier has CE Mark designation for the treatment of type 2 diabetes and/or obesity with a 12-month implant duration. CE Marking requires demonstration of continued compliance with the directives, which apply to the continued safety and quality of the product. Our designated EU Notified Body regularly audits these parameters to ensure compliance with ISO 13485 certification.

The CE Mark is mandatory for medical devices sold not only within the countries of the European Union but more generally within all countries in Western Europe. As many of the European standards are converging with international standards, the CE Mark is often used on medical devices manufactured and sold outside of Europe (notably in Asia that exports many manufactured products to Europe). CE Marking gives companies easier access into not only the European market but also to Asian and Latin American markets, most of which recognize the CE Mark on medical devices as a mark of quality and adhering to international standards of consumer safety, health or environmental requirements.

In September 2012, the European Commission adopted a proposal for a regulation which, if adopted, will change the way most medical devices are regulated in the European Union, and may subject our products to additional requirements.

In a number of international markets, including Australia, regulatory approvals may be expedited once CE Mark approval has been received; although submissions are required in each country. The EndoBarrier is commercially available in Chile, which recognizes CE Marking.

In Australia, the TGA is responsible for administering the Therapeutic Goods Act with our EndoBarrier falling under the category of an implantable medical device. In July 2011, the TGA approved the EndoBarrier for inclusion on the Australian Register of Therapeutic Goods. The TGA approved the use of the EndoBarrier for up to 12 months for the treatment of type 2 diabetes and obesity.

We have submitted regulatory applications in Brazil, India and other markets although the timing of approval is uncertain.

Health Care Reform

In the United States and foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the health care system that could affect our future results of operations. In particular, there have been and continue to be a number of initiatives at the U.S. federal and state levels that seek to reduce health care costs.

 

13


Table of Contents

In March 2010, the President signed into law the Affordable Care Act, or ACA, a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of health care spending, enhance remedies against health care fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for health care and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers and impose additional health policy reforms. Among other things, the ACA imposes a 2.3% medical device excise tax on the sale of many medical devices in the U.S. This tax took effect on January 1, 2013. Substantial new provisions affecting compliance have also been enacted, which may affect our business practices with health care practitioners and a significant number of provisions are not yet, or have only recently become, effective. Although it is too early to determine the full effect of the ACA, the new law appears likely to place downward pressure on pricing of medical devices, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.

We expect that the ACA, as well as other health care reform measures that have been and may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for our products. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payers. The implementation of cost containment measures or other health care reforms may affect our ability to generate revenue and profits or commercialize our product candidates.

Third-Party Reimbursement

Because we typically receive payment directly from hospitals and health care facilities, we do not anticipate relying directly on payment for any of our products from third-party payers, such as Medicare, Medicaid, private insurers, and managed care companies. However, our business will be affected by policies administered by federal and state health care programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, as well as private third-party payers, which often follow the policies of the state and federal health care programs. For example, our business will be indirectly impacted by the ability of a hospital or medical facility to obtain coverage and third-party reimbursement for procedures performed using our products. These third-party payers may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device used in a procedure was not medically necessary; was not used in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods, as determined by the third-party payer; or was used for an unapproved use. A national or local coverage decision denying Medicare coverage for one or more of our products could result in private insurers and other third party payers also denying coverage. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for our products, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future. The cost containment measures that third-party payers and providers are instituting, both within the United States and abroad, could significantly reduce our potential revenues from the sale of our products and any product candidates. We cannot provide any assurances that we will be able to obtain and maintain third party coverage or adequate reimbursement for our products and product candidates in whole or in part.

For inpatient and outpatient procedures, including those that will involve use of our products, Medicare and many other third-party payers in the United States reimburse hospitals at a prospectively determined amount, generally based on one or more diagnosis related groups, or DRGs, associated with the patient’s condition for inpatient treatment and generally based on ambulatory payment classifications, or APCs, associated with the procedures performed during the patient’s stay, for outpatient treatment. Each DRG or APC is associated with a level of payment and may be adjusted from time to time, usually annually. Prospective payments are intended to cover most of the non-physician hospital costs incurred in connection with the applicable diagnosis and related procedures. However, the prospective payment amounts are typically set independently of a particular hospital’s actual costs associated with treating a particular patient and implanting a device. Therefore, the payment that a hospital would receive for a particular hospital visit would not typically take into account the cost of our products.

In international markets, health care payment systems vary significantly by country and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific product lines. There can be no assurance that our products will be

 

14


Table of Contents

considered cost-effective by third-party payers, that reimbursement will be available or, if available, that the third-party payers’ reimbursement policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably.

Member countries of the European Union offer various combinations of centrally financed health care systems and private health insurance systems. The relative importance of government and private systems varies from country to country. Governments may influence the price of medical devices through their pricing and reimbursement rules and control of national health care systems that fund a large part of the cost of those products to consumers. Some jurisdictions operate positive and negative list systems under which products may be marketed only once a reimbursement price has been agreed upon. Some of these countries may require, as condition of obtaining reimbursement or pricing approval, the completion of clinical trials that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. Some E.U. member states allow companies to fix their own prices for devices, but monitor and control company profits. The choice of devices is subject to constraints imposed by the availability of funds within the purchasing institution. Medical devices are most commonly sold to hospitals or health care facilities at a price set by negotiation between the buyer and the seller. A contract to purchase products may result from an individual initiative or as a result of a competitive bidding process. In either case, the purchaser pays the supplier, and payment terms vary widely throughout the European Union. Failure to obtain favorable negotiated prices with hospitals or health care facilities could adversely affect sales of our products.

Material Contracts

We currently acquire certain materials and components required to manufacture our products from third parties and outsource certain aspects of our manufacturing process in addition to the warehousing and logistics arrangements that we have in Europe. Although alternative suppliers are available, we have identified the following agreements, which we consider to be material to our business as currently conducted. The key provisions of each material contract are summarized below, however, the summaries are not intended to be exhaustive.

Cambridge Technology, Inc. — Lease Agreement

On May 23, 2013, we entered into a Sublease Agreement with Cambridge Technology, Inc., as sublandlord for the sublease of the premises located at 25 Hartwell Avenue, Lexington, Massachusetts that we occupy and use for our office, engineering laboratory and manufacturing operations. The subleased premises are approximately 33,339 square feet and have been designed by us for office, laboratory and manufacturing operations, including our controlled environment assembly room. These premises have also been certified to the ISO 13485:2003 medical device standard.

The term of the sublease expires on December 31, 2016. There are no extension options. If the sublease were terminated early and provided there is sufficient notice, we believe we could find suitable alternative premises with no interruption in our operations. If the sublease is terminated without notice or the premises were severely damaged there could be an impact on our operations and potentially an interruption in our manufacturing, while we relocated and arranged for certification of the new premises.

Financing & Dividends

Financing

Since our incorporation in March 2003 through December 31, 2013, we have been funded with a total of approximately $207.1 million through a series of equity and convertible note financings.

We have raised approximately $125.0 million through sales of our equity, which primarily consisted of approximately $72.5 million raised in September 2011 in the initial public offering of our CDIs in Australia and

 

15


Table of Contents

simultaneous private placement of CDIs to accredited investors in the U.S., known as our IPO, and approximately $52.5 million raised in an offering of our CDIs to sophisticated, professional and accredited investors in Australia, the U.S. and certain other jurisdictions in July and August 2013.

Prior to the IPO, we had raised approximately $76.1 million through the sale of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock ($4.1 million), Series B Convertible Preferred Stock ($12.0 million) and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock ($60.0 million) to a number of U.S. venture capital firms, two global medical device manufacturers and individuals. In connection with the IPO, all of our existing shares of preferred stock were converted into Common Stock.

In June 2011, we issued Convertible Term Promissory Notes to several of our shareholders totaling $6.0 million, which were repaid concurrent with the closing of our IPO.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock and do not currently anticipate declaring or paying dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of the business. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors, or the Board, and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements, financial conditions, future prospects, contractual restrictions and covenants and other factors that the Board may deem relevant.

Employees

As of March 31, 2014, we had 72 employees of which all are full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

Our business faces many risks. We believe the risks described below are the material risks that we face. However, the risks described below may not be the only risks that we face. Additional unknown risks or risks that we currently consider immaterial, may also impair our business operations. If any of the events or circumstances described below actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could suffer, and the trading price of our CDIs could decline significantly. You should consider the specific risk factors discussed below, together with the cautionary statements under the caption “Forward-Looking Statements” and the other information and documents that we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC.

Risks Related to Our Business

We depend heavily on the success of our lead product, the EndoBarrier, which is at its initial stage of commercialization in select markets in Europe, South America as well as in Australia and Israel.

Assuming that we can obtain the required regulatory approvals in the United States and certain other countries, we expect to derive substantially all of our revenue from sales of our lead product, the EndoBarrier, which is at its initial stage of commercialization. Accordingly, our ability to generate revenues in the future relies on our ability to market and sell this product.

The degree of market acceptance for the EndoBarrier will depend on a number of factors, including;

 

    the efficacy, ease of use and perceived advantages and disadvantages of the EndoBarrier over other available treatments and technologies for managing type 2 diabetes and obesity;

 

    the prevalence and severity of any adverse events or side effects of the EndoBarrier;

 

16


Table of Contents
    the extent to which physicians adopt the EndoBarrier (which may be influenced by our ability to provide additional clinical data regarding the potential long-term benefits provided by the EndoBarrier and the strength of our sales and marketing initiatives); and

 

    the price of the EndoBarrier and the third-party coverage and reimbursement for procedures using the EndoBarrier.

Doctors may not accept the EndoBarrier as a treatment option.

The commercial success of the EndoBarrier will require acceptance by physicians, who may be slow to adopt our product for the following reasons (among others):

 

    lack of long-term clinical data supporting patient benefits or cost savings over existing alternative treatments;

 

    lack of experience with the EndoBarrier and training time required before it can be used driving preferences for other products or procedures;

 

    lack of adequate payment to the physician for implanting the device or caring for the patient (driven by availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement for hospitals and implanting physicians); and

 

    perceived liability risks associated generally with the use of new products and procedures.

Although we have developed relationships with physicians who are key opinion leaders in certain countries, it cannot be assured that these existing relationships and arrangements can be maintained or that new relationships will be established in support of our products. If physicians do not consider our products to be adequate for the treatment of type 2 diabetes and obesity or if a sufficient number of physicians recommend and use competing products, it could harm our business and future revenues.

We have limited sales, marketing and distribution experience.

There can be no guarantee that we will be able to effectively commercialize our products. Developing direct sales, distribution and marketing capabilities will require the devotion of significant resources and require us to ensure compliance with all legal and regulatory requirements for sales, marketing and distribution. Failure to develop these capabilities and meet these requirements could jeopardize our ability to market our products or could subject us to substantial liability. In addition, for those countries where we commercialize our products through distributors or other third parties, we will rely heavily on the ability of our partners to effectively market and sell our products to physicians and other end users in those countries.

We compete against companies that have longer operating histories, more established or approved products, and greater resources than us, which may prevent us from achieving market penetration with our products.

Competition in the medical device industry is intense and the EndoBarrier will compete in part against more established procedures and products for the treatment of type 2 diabetes and obesity. Bariatric surgery, including gastric bypass surgery and the gastric band, have been used for many years with extensive publication histories on clinical effectiveness. Large multinational medical device companies sell supplies for these procedures and are formidable competitors to us. In addition, certain drugs have been approved, and are used, for the treatment of type 2 diabetes and obesity. Pharmaceutical companies with significantly greater resources than us market these drugs, and we may be unable to compete effectively against these companies.

Many of our competitors have significantly greater sales, marketing, financial and manufacturing capabilities than us and have established reputations and/or significantly greater name recognition. Accordingly, there is no assurance that we will be able to win market share from these competitors or that these competitors will not succeed in developing products that are more effective or economic.

 

17


Table of Contents

Additionally, we are likely to compete with companies offering new technologies in the future. We may also face competition from other medical therapies, which may focus on our target market as well as competition from manufacturers of pharmaceutical and other devices that have not yet been developed. Competition from these companies could adversely affect our business.

We do not have data regarding the long-term benefits of the EndoBarrier.

An important factor that may be relevant to market acceptance of the EndoBarrier is whether it improves or maintains glycemic control and facilitates weight loss, or whether there are any other side effects, following removal of the device. While we have tested and evaluated our technology in 13 clinical trials with more than 500 patients, which has shown that, while implanted, the EndoBarrier is an effective treatment for type 2 diabetes and obesity, we do not yet have sufficient data to demonstrate any longer-term benefits of our product in the treatment of type 2 diabetes and obesity following removal of the device from the patient.

We are continuing to monitor some patients who were implanted in our clinical trials after device removal to determine the ongoing effects and longevity of results, however, we do not currently have long-term data that supports the safety and efficacy of the EndoBarrier. Accordingly, we cannot provide assurance that the long-term data, once obtained, will prove lower HbA1c levels compared to alternative treatment options for type 2 diabetes. If the results obtained from our clinical trials indicate that the EndoBarrier is not as safe or effective as other treatment options or as effective as our current short-term data would suggest, the EndoBarrier may not be approved, or its adoption may suffer and our business would be harmed.

If we fail to obtain and maintain adequate levels of reimbursement for our products by health insurers and other third-party payers, there may be no commercially viable markets for our products or the markets may be much smaller than expected.

Health care providers, including hospitals and physicians that purchase our products, generally rely on third-party payers, particularly government-sponsored health care and private health insurance providers, to pay for all or a portion of the costs of the procedures, including the cost of the products used in such procedures. Reimbursement and health care payment systems vary significantly by country. Third-party payers may attempt to limit coverage and the level of reimbursement of new therapeutic products.

If we fail to obtain and maintain adequate levels of reimbursement for our products by health insurers and other third-party payers, there may be few commercially viable markets for our products or the markets may be much smaller than expected. Third-party payers may demand additional clinical data requiring new clinical trials or economic models showing the cost savings of using our product, each of which would consume resources and may delay the decision on reimbursement. If the results of such studies are not satisfactory to third-party payers, then reimbursement may not be received in an acceptable amount or at all. In addition, the efficacy, safety, performance and cost-effectiveness of our products in comparison to any competing products or therapies may determine the availability and level of reimbursement.

We believe that future reimbursement may be subject to increased restrictions both in the United States and in international markets. Future legislation, regulation or reimbursement policies of health insurers or third-party payers may adversely affect the demand for our current and future products or limit our ability to sell these products on a profitable basis.

We cannot predict the outcome and timing of our current and future human clinical trials of EndoBarrier products.

The results of our current and future human clinical trials cannot be predicted. If any EndoBarrier products or other new products that we are developing and testing cause serious adverse events in our current or future human clinical trials, then these trials may need to be delayed or halted. In addition, these clinical trials may not

 

18


Table of Contents

produce positive safety or efficacy results, or may produce results that are not as favorable as those seen in previous clinical trials.

Negative safety or efficacy results of current or future human clinical trials could require that we attempt to modify our products or technology to address these issues and there is no guarantee that any potential modifications would be able to be successfully developed.

If future human clinical trials of the EndoBarrier product do not meet the required clinical specifications or cause serious adverse or unexpected events, then these results could also materially impact product sales and reimbursement where we are currently selling our product, and could affect regulatory approvals and adoption in countries where our product is being or has been introduced or regulatory approvals to seek to expand the use of the EndoBarrier. If we are not able to adequately address any adverse or unexpected events through training, education, changes in product design or product claims, this may significantly impair the commercial prospects for the EndoBarrier.

In order to commercialize our products in the United States and certain other countries, we will need to obtain regulatory and other approvals. If we are unable to achieve or are delayed in achieving such approvals, this could have a significant effect on the time it takes to commercialize our technology in the United States and certain other countries.

At present, our only product that is approved for marketing and sale is the EndoBarrier, which has received CE Mark approval in the European Union and has been approved for inclusion on the Australian Register of Therapeutic Goods. There is no guarantee that we will obtain the necessary approvals from regulatory bodies, including the FDA in the United States, to commercialize the EndoBarrier or any of our other products. In the United States, there is no guarantee that the pivotal trial will be able to be completed in accordance with our anticipated timeline, that patients will be enrolled at acceptable rates or that clinical results obtained from the pivotal trial will be sufficient to obtain FDA approval to commercialize the EndoBarrier in the United States. The FDA could also request that we carry out additional lengthy and expensive clinical trials before the FDA allows us to submit for regulatory approval of the EndoBarrier, or our other products. The regulatory authorities in other countries may also require additional clinical trials. Necessary regulatory approvals could also be delayed, which could significantly impact our ability to achieve our timeline and commercialize our technology in the United States and other countries.

We have a history of net losses and we may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We are a medical device company with a limited history of operations and have only recently begun to commercialize our products. We have incurred net losses since our inception, including net losses of $26.8 million and $35.6 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, our accumulated deficit was approximately $151.7 million. Although we have started to generate revenues from sales in Europe, South America and Australia, we expect to continue to incur operating losses for the foreseeable future as we incur costs, including those associated with building a sales and marketing organization to commercialize our products, conducting clinical trials to test our products, attempting to secure regulatory approvals for our products (in the United States and other countries) and increased costs associated with being a public company in the United States with equity securities listed on the Australian Securities Exchange.

We cannot predict the extent of our future operating losses and accumulated deficit, and we may never generate sufficient revenues to achieve or sustain profitability.

Claims that our current or future products infringe or misappropriate the proprietary rights of others could adversely affect our ability to sell those products and cause us to incur additional costs.

If any third-party intellectual property claim against us is successful, we could be prevented from commercializing the EndoBarrier or our other products.

 

19


Table of Contents

There are numerous issued patents and pending patent applications in the United States and internationally that are owned by third parties and that contain patent claims in areas that are the focus of our product development efforts. We are aware of patents owned by third parties, to which we do not have licenses, that relate to, among other things, liner materials and anchoring. We have also employed individuals who were previously employed at other medical device companies, including competitors or potential competitors which may result in claims from third parties that we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of former employers of our employees.

In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently-pending applications, unknown to us, which may later result in issued patents that pose a material risk to us.

We expect that we could be subject to third-party infringement claims if our product sales increase, the number of competitors grows and the functionality of products and technology in different industry segments overlap. Third parties may currently have, or may eventually be issued, patents on which our current or future technologies may infringe.

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection covering our products, others may be able to make, use, or sell products substantially the same as ours, which could adversely affect our ability to compete in the market.

Our commercial success is dependent in part on obtaining, maintaining and enforcing intellectual property rights, including patents, covering the EndoBarrier and our future products. If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection covering our products, others may be able to make, use or sell products that are substantially the same as ours without incurring the sizeable development costs that we have incurred, which would adversely affect our ability to compete in the market.

Even if our patents are determined by a court to be valid and enforceable, they may not be sufficiently broad to prevent others from marketing products similar to ours or designing around our patents, despite our patent rights, nor may they provide us with freedom to operate unimpeded by the patent rights of others.

In addition to patented technology, we rely on a combination of non-patented proprietary technology, trade secrets, processes, procedures, technical knowledge and know-how accumulated or acquired since inception. Any of our intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or misappropriated. In order to preserve and enforce its patent and other intellectual property rights, we may need to make claims or file lawsuits against third parties. This can entail significant costs and divert management’s attention from developing and commercializing the EndoBarrier.

We rely on specialized suppliers for certain components in the manufacture of the EndoBarrier system.

We rely on specialized suppliers for several critical components of the EndoBarrier. Our reliance on third-party suppliers subjects us to risks that could harm our business, particularly with respect to the supply of critical components or processes. Although we believe that alternative suppliers are available, the process of identifying and qualifying new suppliers who can produce the components to our specifications could cause delays in the commercialization of our products.

The use, misuse or off-label use of our products by physicians may harm our image in the marketplace or result in injuries that lead to product liability.

We cannot prevent a physician from using the EndoBarrier for purposes outside of its approved and intended use, which is known as off-label use. If physicians attempt to use our products off-label, there may be an increased risk of adverse events. Further, the use of our products for uses other than those uses for which our

 

20


Table of Contents

products have been approved may not effectively treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients.

Physicians may also misuse our products or use improper techniques if they are not adequately trained, potentially leading to injury and an increased risk of product liability for us. Physicians may also treat patients from other countries where the product is not approved and the physician is then unable to properly monitor the patient’s progress. If we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of any of our products for off-label use, we could be subject to action by regulatory authorities and the imposition of sanctions, which could also affect our reputation and position within the industry.

We may need substantial additional funding and may be unable to raise capital when needed.

As we have only recently commenced commercial sales of our products, we are only generating a small amount of revenue and are not cash flow positive or profitable. In 2013, our net revenue from product sales was approximately $2.3 million. To the extent that our existing capital is insufficient to meet our requirements (including the costs of commercializing our products, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and investing in the expansion of our facilities) and cover any losses, we will need to raise additional funds through financings or borrowings. Failure to raise additional funds could delay, reduce or halt our commercialization and clinical trial efforts.

There is no assurance that additional funding will be available to us in the future or be secured on acceptable terms. If adequate funding is not available, we may be required to significantly reduce our operations, including our commercial activities and research and development programs. If adequate funds are not available, our business will be materially and adversely affected.

Product liability claims could damage our reputation or adversely affect its business or financial position.

We may be exposed to the risk of product liability claims, which are inherent in the design, manufacturing, marketing and use of medical devices and, in particular, implantable medical devices. We hold product liability insurance; however, adequate product liability insurance may not continue to be available on commercially-acceptable terms. Product liability claims may damage our reputation and, if our insurance coverage proves inadequate, may harm or destroy our business. Defending a suit, regardless of its merits, could be costly and could divert our management’s attention from our core business activities.

We have limited manufacturing capabilities and personnel and our manufacturing facilities are required to comply with regulatory requirements.

Completion of our current and future clinical trials and commercialization of our products require access to manufacturing facilities that meet applicable regulatory standards to manufacture a sufficient supply of our products. We currently manufacture the EndoBarrier at our facility in Lexington. Our lease for this property expires in December 2016 and while we believe we can acquire suitable alternative space, a disruption to manufacturing could adversely affect our business.

Suppliers of components, and products used to manufacture our products must also comply with applicable regulatory requirements. These often require significant time, resources, record-keeping and quality assurance efforts and subject us and our suppliers to potential regulatory inspections and stoppages. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and is rigorously monitored by regulatory authorities. Failure by us to comply with regulatory requirements or failure to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse inspection, could result in enforcement actions that could disrupt manufacturing or sales of the EndoBarrier.

In order to manufacture the EndoBarrier in the quantities that we anticipate will be required to meet our clinical trial needs and market demand, we will need to increase production capacity and efficiency over current

 

21


Table of Contents

levels. There are significant technical and regulatory challenges to increasing production capacity and efficiency, and developing commercial-scale manufacturing facilities will require the investment of additional funds and hiring and retaining additional management and technical personnel who have the necessary manufacturing experience. If we are unable to manufacture a sufficient or consistent supply of the EndoBarrier or any other product we are developing, or if we cannot do so efficiently, our revenue, business and financial prospects would be adversely affected.

We may be unable to effectively manage our anticipated growth.

To manage continued growth and to commercialize our products, we will need to expand our operations (research and development, product development, quality, regulatory, manufacturing, sales, marketing and administrative). This expansion will place a significant strain on our management, infrastructure and operational and financial resources. Specifically, we will need to manage relationships with various persons and entities participating in our clinical trials, quality systems, manufacturers, suppliers and other organizations, including various regulatory bodies in the United States and other jurisdictions. We may not be able to implement the required improvements in an efficient and timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls. The failure to accomplish any of these tasks could materially harm our business and our ability to commercialize the EndoBarrier. As a result, our revenue, business and financial prospects would be adversely affected.

If we are unable to retain or hire key personnel, we may not be able to sustain or grow our business.

Our ability to operate successfully and manage our potential future growth depends significantly upon our ability to attract, retain and motivate highly-skilled and qualified research, technical, clinical, regulatory, sales, marketing, managerial and financial personnel. The competition for qualified employees in the medical device industry is intense and there are a limited number of persons with the necessary skills and experience.

Our performance is substantially dependent on our senior management and key technical staff to continue to develop and manage our operations. The loss or the inability to recruit and retain high-caliber staff could have a material adverse effect on us. We also rely on the technical and management abilities of certain key directors, key members of our executive team and employees, consultants and scientific advisers. The loss of any of these directors, members of the executive team, employees, consultants or scientific advisers could have an adverse effect on our business.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company in the United States whose equity securities are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange and we have no experience as a public company.

As of December 31, 2013, as the number of holders of our shares exceeded the maximum number, we became subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Although the existing listing of our CDIs on the ASX requires us to file financial information and make certain other filings with the ASX, our status as a reporting company under the Exchange Act will cause us to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not previously incurred, including costs related to compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our Board or as executive officers. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

Our shares of our Common Stock are publicly traded on the Australian Securities Exchange, or the ASX, in the form of CDIs. As a result, we must comply with the ASX Listing Rules. We have policies and procedures

 

22


Table of Contents

that we believe are designed to provide reasonable assurance of our compliance with the ASX Listing Rules. If, however, we do not follow those procedures and policies, or they are not sufficient to prevent non-compliance, we could be subject to liability, fines and lawsuits. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If, notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, we fail to comply, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

Investors could lose confidence in our financial reports, and the value of our CDIs may be adversely affected, if our internal controls over financial reporting are found not to be effective by management or by an independent registered public accounting firm or if we make disclosure of existing or potential significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in those controls.

As a public company in the United States, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year. Our first report on compliance with Section 404 is expected to be in connection with our financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2014. Additionally, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to issue a report on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting and a report on their evaluation of the operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our auditor’s first report on our compliance with Section 404 is expected to be in connection with our annual report on Form 10-K following the date on which we are no longer an emerging growth company. The controls and other procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with the SEC is disclosed accurately and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms. We are in the early stages of conforming our internal control procedures to the requirements of Section 404 and we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation needed to comply with Section 404 in a timely fashion.

We continue to evaluate our existing internal controls over financial reporting against the standards adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. During the course of our ongoing evaluation of the internal controls, we may identify areas requiring improvement, and may have to design enhanced processes and controls to address issues identified through this review. Remediating any deficiencies, significant deficiencies or material weaknesses that we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify may require us to incur significant costs and expend significant time and management resources. We cannot assure you that any of the measures we implement to remedy any such deficiencies will effectively mitigate or remedy such deficiencies. The existence of one or more material weaknesses could affect the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting. Investors could lose confidence in our financial reports, and the value of our CDIs may be adversely affected, if our internal controls over financial reporting are found not to be effective by management or by an independent registered public accounting firm or if we make disclosure of existing or potential significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in those controls.

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could adversely affect our financial results.

As our activities produce revenues and incur expenses in a variety of different currencies, we are exposed to exchange rate risk which may affect our financial performance and position. Furthermore, some of our funds may be held in Australian dollars or other currencies, while our functional currency is U.S. dollars. We are not currently hedging against exchange rate fluctuations, and consequently we will be at the risk of any adverse movement in the U.S. dollar exchange rate if we exchange funds held in one currency into another currency.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our shares of Common Stock, in the form of CDIs, are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange and priced in Australian dollars. However, our reporting currency is U.S. dollars. As a result, movements in foreign exchange rates may cause the price of our securities to fluctuate for reasons unrelated to our financial condition or performance and may result in a discrepancy between our actual results of operations and investors’ expectations of returns on our securities expressed in Australian dollars.

Risks Related to Our Industry

The medical device industry is subject to rapid technology change, which may result in obsolescence of our products.

The medical device industry is subject to rapid technology change. In order for us to remain competitive and to retain and build market share, we must continually develop new products as well as improve our existing ones. Accordingly, we must devote substantial resources to research, development and commercialization activities.

There can be no assurance that we will be successful in developing competitive new products and/or improving existing products so that such products remain competitive and avoid obsolescence. There can also be no assurance that any or all of our research and development projects for new products will result in commercial products, or that if such products are successfully designed and launched, they will be profitable.

Health care reform legislation could adversely affect our future revenue and financial condition.

In recent years, there have been numerous initiatives by governments throughout the world for comprehensive reforms affecting the delivery of and payment for health care. We cannot predict the changes that will be made and the effect such changes will have on the use of EndoBarrier. Decisions to increase or decrease treatments for type 2 diabetes and/or obesity could have a material impact on our business and results of operations.

New legislation in the United States has also been enacted that imposes additional reporting requirements, penalties and taxes on the medical device industry. While we have adopted comprehensive compliance programs to attempt to comply with these regulations, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. If our past or present operations, or those of our independent sales agents and distributors, are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other applicable governmental regulations, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines or exclusion from health care reimbursement.

Pricing pressures in the health care industry could lead to further demands for price concessions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Due to the significant rise in health care costs over the past decade, numerous initiatives and reforms initiated by governments and third-party payers to curb these costs have resulted in difficulties in maintaining or raising the number and price of procedures. The increase in pricing pressure is driven by the competitive environment in the medical device industry as many larger companies cut prices as they struggle to retain market share.

The type 2 diabetes and obesity market has seen increasing resistance from payers with regard to local and national reimbursement coverage. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to exert downward pressure on the prices of our products and may adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

International operations subject us to certain operating risks, which could adversely impact our net revenues, results of operations and financial condition.

While our products are manufactured in the United States, sales of our products are currently only made in select markets in Europe, Australia, the Middle East and South America. As we seek to expand into the U.S. and additional foreign markets, we will be subject to new business risks, including failure to fulfill regulatory requirements on a timely basis, or at all, to market the EndoBarrier or other future products; difficulties in managing foreign relationships and operations, including relationships we establish with foreign partners, distributors, or sales or marketing agents; adapting to the differing laws and regulations, business and clinical practices, and patient preferences in various countries; difficulty in collecting accounts receivable and longer collection periods; costs of enforcing contractual obligations in foreign jurisdictions; recessions in relevant foreign countries; political instability and unexpected changes in diplomatic and trade relationships, currency exchange fluctuations and potentially adverse tax consequences.

The sale and shipment of our products across international borders, as well as the purchase of components and products from international sources, could subject us to extensive U.S. and other governmental trade, import and export, and custom regulations and laws. Compliance with these regulations is costly and exposes us to penalties for non-compliance.

Other laws and regulations that can significantly impact us include various anti-bribery laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, anti-boycott, anti-kickback, false claims and fraud laws, as well as laws protecting the confidentiality of patient health information. Any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could impact us in a variety of ways, including, but not limited to, civil and administrative penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments and restrictions on certain business activities.

Manufacturing facilities for medical devices must comply with applicable regulatory requirements.

Completion of our current and future clinical trials and commercialization of our products requires access to manufacturing facilities that meet applicable regulatory standards to manufacture a sufficient supply of our products. Suppliers of components and products used to manufacture our products must also comply with applicable regulatory requirements, which often require significant time, money, resources and record-keeping and quality assurance efforts and subject us and our suppliers to potential regulatory inspections and stoppages.

Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and is rigorously monitored through periodic inspections by regulatory authorities. Failure by us to comply with regulatory requirements or failure to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse inspection could result in enforcement actions, including a public warning letter, a shutdown of, or restrictions on, our manufacturing operations, delays in approving or clearing a product, refusal to permit the import or export of our products or other enforcement action.

Risks Related to Our CDIs and Our Common Stock

There is no current trading market for our Common Stock in the United States and no such market may develop.

Although our CDIs are currently listed on the ASX in Australia, there is not any current trading market for our CDIs or the underlying shares of Common Stock in the United States. In the future, we may seek to list our shares on a U.S. securities exchange; however, there is no certainty that we would be successful in achieving a listing. As a result, no trading market for our Common Stock may develop in the United States and you may not be able to transfer or resell your CDIs at their fair value, or at all.

 

25


Table of Contents

We are eligible to be treated as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Common Stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company”, as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (1) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (2) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this registration statement and our periodic reports and proxy statements and (3) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Common Stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of any June 30 before that time or if we have total annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time, in which cases we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31 or, if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during any three-year period before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company immediately. We cannot predict if investors will find our Common Stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Common Stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Common Stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Changes in economic conditions may adversely affect our business.

Changes in the general economic climate in which we operate may adversely affect our financial performance and the value of our assets. Factors that contribute to that general economic climate include:

 

    contractions in the world economy or increases in the rate of inflation;

 

    international currency fluctuations;

 

    changes in interest rates;

 

    new or increased government taxes or duties or changes in taxation laws; or

 

    changes in government regulatory policy.

Stock market fluctuations may adversely affect the price of our CDIs.

There are a number of risks associated with any stock market investment. Our CDIs have been traded on the ASX since September 7, 2011. The price of our CDIs has been, and is likely to continue to be, volatile, which means that it could decline substantially within a short period of time. For example, our closing price per CDI has ranged from A$0.52 to A$1.16 in the period from September 7, 2011 to March 31, 2014. The value of the CDIs will be determined by the stock market and will be subject to a range of factors beyond our control. These factors include movements in local and international stock exchanges, local interest rates and exchange rates, domestic and international economic and political conditions, government taxation, market supply, competition and demand and other legal, regulatory or policy changes.

 

26


Table of Contents

The trading volume of our CDIs is relatively low, which may result in reduced liquidity for our shareholders.

Our CDIs are only listed on the ASX and will not be listed for trading on any other securities exchanges in Australia, the United States or elsewhere. As such, there can be no guarantee that an active market in the CDIs will develop or continue, or that the market price of the CDIs will increase. If a market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for investors to sell their CDIs. Furthermore, the market price for CDIs may fall or be made more volatile because of the relatively low volume of trading in our securities. When trading volume is low, significant price movement can be caused by trading in a relatively small number of shares.

Sales of a substantial number of CDIs, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our CDIs to decline. Sales by our current shareholders of a substantial number of CDIs, or the expectation that such sales may occur, could significantly reduce the market price of our CDIs. We may also offer additional CDIs in subsequent offerings, which may adversely affect the market price for the CDIs.

Some of our current shareholders can exert control over us and may not make decisions that are in the best interests of all shareholders.

As of March 31, 2014, 6 shareholders and their affiliated entities owned approximately 52.5% of our outstanding shares of Common Stock, or held CDIs representing Common Stock, in the aggregate. As a result, these shareholders, if they act together, would be able to exert a significant degree of influence over our management and affairs and over matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may harm the market price of the CDIs by delaying or preventing a change in control, even if a change is in the best interests of our other shareholders.

Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws and Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult.

Certain provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change of control that our shareholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which our shareholders might otherwise receive a premium for their CDIs. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for the CDIs, thereby depressing the market price of the CDIs. Shareholders who wish to participate in these transactions may not have the opportunity to do so. A summary of these provisions is set out in Item 11. In addition, we are incorporated in the State of Delaware and, as such, are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may, unless certain criteria are met, prohibit large shareholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of the voting rights on our Common Stock, from merging or combining with us for a prescribed period of time.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our shares, and we currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the development and expansion of our products and business. Accordingly, our shareholders will not realize a return on their investment unless the trading price of our CDIs appreciates.

We may be subject to arbitrage risks.

Investors may seek to profit by exploiting the difference, if any, in the price of our CDIs on the ASX and the price of our Common Stock available for sale in the United States, whether such sales would take place on a U.S. securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. Such arbitrage activities could cause our share price in the market with the higher value to decrease to the price set by the market with the lower value.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Our ability to utilize our federal net operating losses and federal tax credits may be limited under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code. The limitations apply if an ownership change, as defined by Section 382, occurs. Generally, an ownership change occurs when certain shareholders increase their aggregated ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage in a testing period (typically three years). We may already be subject to Section 382 limitations due to previous ownership changes. In addition, future changes in stock ownership may also trigger an ownership change and, consequently, a Section 382 limitation. Due to the significant complexity and cost associated with a change in control study, and the expectation of continuing to incur losses whereby the net operating losses and federal tax credits are not anticipated to be used in the foreseeable future, we have not assessed whether there have been changes in control since our formation. If we have experienced changes in control at any time since our formation, utilization of our net operating losses or research and development credit carryforwards would be subject to annual limitations under Section 382. Any limitation may result in expiration of a portion of the net operating loss or research and development credit carryforwards before utilization, which would reduce our gross deferred tax assets and corresponding valuation allowance. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards to offset United States federal taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us.

Other general risks.

Our future viability and profitability is also dependent on a number of other factors that affect the performance of all industries and not just the medical device industry, including (but not limited to) the following:

 

    financial failure or default by a party to any contract to which we are, or may become, a party;

 

    insolvency or other managerial failure by any of the contractors that we use;

 

    industrial disputes;

 

    litigation;

 

    natural disasters; and

 

    acts of terrorism or an outbreak of international hostilities.

 

ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected financial data for the periods, and as of the dates, indicated. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this registration statement and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this registration statement.

We derived the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this registration statement. We have derived the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss data for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the

 

28


Table of Contents

consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this registration statement. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be expected in any future period.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss Data:

          

Revenue

   $ 2,255      $ 668      $ 234      $ —        $ —     

Cost of revenue

     2,492        1,358        709        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loss

     (237     (690     (475     —          —     

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     14,676        11,469        8,558        9,587        11,116   

Sales and marketing

     11,011        7,886        5,017        1,795        —     

General and administrative

     8,932        10,085        10,055        3,334        4,116   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     34,619        29,440        23,630        14,716        15,232   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (34,856     (30,130     (24,105     (14,716     (15,232

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     366        678        683        32        93   

Interest expense

     (5     (8     (180     —          —     

Foreign exchange (loss) gain

     (955     1,871        (3,261     —          —     

Remeasurement of warrant liability

     (32     822        505        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     (626     3,363        (2,253     32        93   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

     (35,482     (26,767     (26,358     (14,684     (15,139

Income tax expense

     (96     (19     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (35,578   $ (26,786   $ (26,358   $ (14,684   $ (15,139
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (0.53   $ (0.47   $ (1.29   $ (4.88   $ (5.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares used in basic and diluted net loss per common share

     67,676,938        57,015,561        20,388,841        3,006,219        2,984,769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (35,578   $ (26,786   $ (26,358   $ (14,684   $ (15,139
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

          

Cash, cash equivalents and held to maturity securities

   $ 58,616      $ 41,481      $ 66,152      $ 14,279      $ 29,877   

Working capital (excluding deferred revenue)

     62,110        42,080        66,541        13,351        26,848   

Total assets

     69,325        48,885        71,906        16,834        31,616   

Deferred revenue

     722        721        265        —          —     

Long-term debt, including current portion

     58        125        —          —          —     

Warrant to purchase common stock

     326        294        1,116        —          —     

Total liabilities

     6,940        7,177        6,355        3,019        3,396   

Total stockholders’ equity

     62,385        41,708        65,551        13,815        28,220   

 

29


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this registration statement. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this registration statement for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements described in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a medical device company headquartered in Lexington, Massachusetts, that focuses on the development and commercialization of effective, non-surgical approaches for the treatment of type 2 diabetes and obesity. We have commercially launched our lead product, the EndoBarrier, which is now being sold in select markets in Europe and South America as well as in Australia and Israel. Where reimbursement is required for broad-based use, we are endeavoring to secure such reimbursement. In other countries where patients are more accustomed to paying for all or a majority of health care expenses, we are growing such markets or pursuing regulatory approvals.

Currently, we are focused on the commercial rollout of the EndoBarrier in selected countries in Europe and South America as well as in Australia and Israel. In 2013, we expanded to a total of 50 centers offering EndoBarrier Therapy, up from 28 centers at the end of 2012. Consistent with executing our commercial strategy during 2014 we expect to continue to drive broad-based market awareness among patients and physicians in our commercial geographies, continue to support increasing adoption of EndoBarrier Therapy at existing medical centers, and train doctors in new medical centers. To achieve broad-based clinical acceptance and commercial uptake, reimbursement coverage by health care insurers will be required in many markets; while in other markets, this is not the case because patients are accustomed to paying for all or a majority of their health care expenses themselves.

In certain geographies where reimbursement is necessary for clinical acceptance and commercial uptake, such as in Europe, we are already receiving partial reimbursement in certain markets at a local or national level, but we have not yet achieved full or national reimbursement in any market. In self-pay markets where we have regulatory approval, we are currently expanding both the product use per center and the number of centers, as well as seeking regulatory approval in other countries that we believe will have a large self-pay population, such as Brazil and India.

In the U.S., we have received approval from the FDA to commence our pivotal trial, which we began in 2013. The multi-center, randomized, double-blinded study will enroll 500 patients with uncontrolled type 2 diabetes and obesity at as many as 25 sites in the U.S. The primary endpoint is improvement in diabetes control as measured by HbA1c levels. Following completion of the trial, we intend to submit our results to the FDA seeking regulatory approval for commercial sale in the U.S.

For financial reporting purposes, we have one reportable segment which designs, manufactures and markets medical devices for the treatment of type 2 diabetes and/or obesity.

To date, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to product commercialization, research and development, business planning, recruiting management and technical staff, acquiring operating assets, and raising capital. We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception in 2004. As of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $151.7 million. We expect to incur net losses for the foreseeable future as we continue our clinical trials, continue research and development into product improvements and next generation products, enhance our infrastructure and expand commercial markets.

 

30


Table of Contents

We have raised approximately $201.1 million through sales of our equity, which primarily consisted of approximately $76.1 million through the sale of convertible preferred stock to a number of U.S. venture capital firms, two global medical device manufacturers and individuals, approximately $72.5 million raised in September 2011 in our IPO and simultaneous private placement of CDIs to accredited investors in the U.S., and approximately $52.5 million raised in an offering of our CDIs to sophisticated, professional and accredited investors in Australia, the U.S. and certain other jurisdictions in July and August 2013. In connection with the IPO, all of our existing shares of preferred stock were converted into Common Stock.

In June 2011, we issued Convertible Term Promissory Notes to several of our shareholders totaling $6.0 million, which were repaid concurrent with the closing of our IPO.

Our corporate headquarters and manufacturing facility are located in Lexington, Massachusetts.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods and related disclosures. These estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition, inventory valuation, impairment of long-lived assets, income taxes including the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, research and development and stock-based compensation are monitored and analyzed by us for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. We base our estimates on our historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe that our application of the following accounting policies, each of which require significant judgments and estimates on the part of management, are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this registration statement.

Revenue Recognition

We generate all of our revenue from sales of our EndoBarrier family of products to health care providers and third-party distributors who resell the product to health care providers.

We consider revenue to be realized or realizable and earned when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized upon passage of title and risk of loss to customers, unless a consignment arrangement exists, and provided an estimate can be made for sales returns.

With respect to these criteria:

 

    The evidence of an arrangement generally consists of a health care provider or distributor purchase order with the necessary approvals and acceptance by us.

 

    Transfer of title and risk and rewards of ownership are passed to the health care provider or third-party distributor upon delivery of the products.

 

    The selling prices for all sales are fixed and agreed with the health care provider or third-party distributor. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers are established as a reduction to revenue in the same period the related sales are recorded.

 

31


Table of Contents
    When doubt exists about collectability from specific customers, we defer revenue from sales of products to those customers until payment is received.

In certain circumstances we allow customers to return expired, defective or nonconforming products. We base our estimate for sales returns upon historical trends and record the amount as a reduction to revenue upon the initial sale of the product. In the event we are unable to reasonably estimate future returns, we recognize revenue when the right of return lapses. We determined we had sufficient historical data on which to base an estimate of future product returns such that starting in the fourth quarter of 2013, we began to recognize revenue at the time of delivery net of these return estimates. Prospectively, we will continue to evaluate whether we have sufficient data to determine return estimates as we enter new markets.

We have certain relationships in which title to delivered product passes to a buyer, but the substance of the transaction is that of a consignment arrangement. In these cases, we recognize revenue based on payment from the customer, which indicates that the sale is complete. For these transactions, revenue recognition is deferred until the sale is complete.

Inventory

We state inventory at the lower of first-in, first-out cost or market. We record a provision for excess, expired, and obsolete inventory based primarily on estimates of forecasted revenues. A significant change in the timing or level of demand for products as compared to forecasted amounts may result in recording additional provisions for excess, expired, and obsolete inventory in the future. When capitalizing inventory, we consider factors such as status of regulatory approval, alternative use of inventory, and anticipated commercial use of the product.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed when incurred. Research and development costs include costs of all basic research activities as well as other research, engineering, and technical effort required to develop a new product or service or make significant improvement to an existing product or manufacturing process. Research and development costs also include preapproval regulatory and clinical trial expenses.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 718, Stock Compensation , or ASC 718, which requires that stock-based compensation be measured and recognized as an expense in the financial statements and that such expense be measured at the grant date fair value.

For awards that vest based on service conditions, we use the straight-line method to allocate compensation expense to reporting periods. The grant date fair value of options granted is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the use of subjective assumptions including volatility, expected term and the fair value of the underlying common stock, among others.

The assumptions used in determining the fair value of stock-based awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors change, and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation could be materially different in the future. The risk-free interest rate used for each grant is based on a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury instrument with a remaining term similar to the expected term of the stock-based award. Because we do not have a sufficient history to estimate the expected term, we use the simplified method for estimating the expected term. The simplified method is based on the average of the vesting tranches and the contractual life of each grant. Because there was no public market for our common stock prior to our IPO, we lacked company-specific

 

32


Table of Contents

historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, we estimate our expected stock volatility based on that of publicly-traded peer companies, and we expect to continue to use this methodology until such time as we have adequate historical data regarding the volatility of our publicly-traded stock price. For purposes of identifying publicly-traded peer companies, we selected publicly-traded companies that develop, manufacture, and market medical devices, have operating businesses in the design and development of products that focus in the treatment of diabetes, and have sufficient trading history to derive a historic volatility rate. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our shares of common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero. We also recognize compensation expense for only the portion of options that are expected to vest. Accordingly, we have estimated expected forfeitures of stock options based on our historical forfeiture rate, adjusted for known trends, and used these rates in developing a future forfeiture rate. Our forfeiture rates were 2.0% as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. If our actual forfeiture rate varies from our historical rates and estimates, additional adjustments to compensation expense may be required in future periods.

Stock awards to non-employees are accounted for in accordance with ASC 505-50, Equity Based Payments to Non-Employees , or ASC 505-50. The measurement date for non-employee awards is generally the date performance of services required from the non-employee is complete. For non-employee awards that vest based on service conditions, we expense the value of the awards over the related service period, provided we expect the service condition to be met. We record the expense of services rendered by non-employees based on the estimated fair value of the stock option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model over the contractual term of the non-employee. The fair value of unvested non-employee awards are remeasured at each reporting period and expensed over the vesting term of the underlying stock options on a straight-line basis.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of GID Europe Holding B.V., GID Europe B.V., GID Germany GmbH and GI Dynamics Australia Pty Ltd is the U.S. dollar. Balance sheet accounts of our subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date while expenses are translated using the average exchange rate in effect during the period. Gains and losses arising from translation of our wholly owned subsidiaries’ financial statements are included in the determination of net loss.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

 

33


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following is a description of significant components of our operations, including significant trends and uncertainties that we believe are important to an understanding of our business and results of operations.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 2,255      $ 668      $ 234   

Cost of revenue

     2,492        1,358        709   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loss

     (237     (690     (475

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     14,676        11,469        8,558   

Sales and marketing

     11,011        7,886        5,017   

General and administrative

     8,932        10,085        10,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     34,619        29,440        23,630   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (34,856     (30,130     (24,105

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     366        678        683   

Interest expense

     (5     (8     (180

Foreign exchange (loss) gain

     (955     1,871        (3,261

Remeasurement of warrant liability

     (32     822        505   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     (626     3,363        (2,253
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

     (35,482     (26,767     (26,358

Income tax expense

     (96     (19     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (35,578   $ (26,786   $ (26,358
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2013     2012     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Revenue

   $ 2,255      $ 668      $ 1,587         237.6

Cost of revenue

     2,492        1,358        1,134         83.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross loss

   $ (237   $ (690   $ 453         65.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Revenue. The increase in revenue of approximately $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily due to increases in sales in Europe and South America of approximately 195% and 75%, respectively in those markets. Additionally, in the year ended December 31, 2013 we had revenue from sales in Australia and Israel with no corresponding sales in these countries in the prior year. In these markets, the increase in sales was the result of increased unit volume.

Cost of Revenue. The increase in cost of revenue of approximately $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily related to the increase in sales in 2013 compared to 2012 and the expansion of manufacturing operations. The decrease in the gross loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was the result of improved utilization of our manufacturing infrastructure as we increased production volume two-fold to meet increased sales and clinical trial requirements.

 

34


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2013      2012      $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Research and development expense

   $ 14,676       $ 11,469       $ 3,207        28.0

Sales and marketing expense

     11,011         7,886         3,125        39.6

General and administrative expense

     8,932         10,085         (1,153     (11.4 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Operating Expenses

   $ 34,619       $ 29,440       $ 5,179        17.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Research and Development Expense. The increase in research and development expense of approximately $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily due to an increase of approximately $2.7 million in third-party expenses related to our U.S. pivotal trial, such as to our clinical research organization and to our clinical sites as we began enrolling patients at the beginning of 2013, and an increase of approximately $1.3 million in employee related compensation and benefits costs related to new hires made during 2012 and 2013 to support the clinical trial effort. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of approximately $1.1 million in product development expense as we focused our efforts on the U.S. pivotal trial.

Sales and Marketing Expense. The increase in sales and marketing expense of approximately $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was a result of our investment in building our commercial infrastructure in the United States, Europe and Australia, which includes sales, training, reimbursement and marketing. The increase was primarily a result of an increase of approximately $1.9 million in employee compensation and benefits costs, including stock compensation, related to new hires in the United States, Europe and Australia and an increase in approximately $1.0 million in marketing related costs to support our commercialization efforts.

General and Administrative Expense. The decrease in general and administrative expense of approximately $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily due to a decrease of approximately $2.9 million in legal fees incurred in 2012, primarily associated with the successful settlement of our lawsuit with Gore in January 2013. This decrease was partially offset by an increase of approximately $1.2 million in employee compensation and benefit costs, primarily related to stock-based compensation expense and approximately $0.6 million in professional and consulting costs.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2013     2012     $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

   $ 366      $ 678      $ (312     (46.1 )% 

Interest expense

     (5     (8     3        37.5

Foreign exchange (loss) gain

     (955     1,871        (2,826     (151.0 )% 

Remeasurement of warrant liability

     (32     822        (854     (103.9 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (626   $ 3,363      $ (3,989     (118.6 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Interest Income. The decrease in interest income of approximately $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was due to lower average cash and cash equivalents balances combined with lower average interest rates.

 

35


Table of Contents

Interest Expense. The decrease in interest expense of approximately $3,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily the result of a reduction in debt due to payments made during the year.

Foreign Exchange (Loss) Gain. The decrease in foreign exchange gain of approximately $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily the result of an approximately $0.8 million realized gain from the sale of Australian dollars for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to an approximately $1.8 million realized gain from the sale of Australian dollars for the year ended December 31, 2012 and depreciation of the Australian dollar versus the U.S. dollar.

Remeasurement of Warrant Liability. The change in the remeasurement of warrant liability of approximately $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was the result of the increase in the fair value of the warrants issued in connection with the our initial public offering primarily as a result of the increase in the market value of the underlying shares of common stock.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2012     2011     $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Revenue

   $ 668      $ 234      $ 434        185.5

Cost of revenue

     1,358        709        649        91.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross loss

   $ (690   $ (475   $ (215     (45.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Revenue. The increase in revenue of approximately $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to an increase in sales in Europe and South America, with increases of approximately 206% and 131%, respectively in those markets. Additionally, there was revenue from sales in the Middle East in 2012 with no corresponding sales in 2011. In these markets, the increase in sales was the result of increased unit volume.

Cost of Revenue. The increase in cost of revenue of approximately $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily related to the increase in sales in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in gross loss for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was the result of unabsorbed fixed manufacturing costs resulting from our investment in manufacturing infrastructure to support the expansion of our commercial activities combined with a relatively flat unit volume.

Operating Expenses

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2012      2011      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Research and development expense

   $ 11,469       $ 8,558       $ 2,911         34.0

Sales and marketing expense

     7,886         5,017         2,869         57.2

General and administrative expense

     10,085         10,055         30         0.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Operating Expenses

   $ 29,440       $ 23,630       $ 5,810         24.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Research and Development Expense. The increase in research and development expense of approximately $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to an increase of approximately $1.2 million in spending related to our clinical trials and studies. We initiated activities related to our U.S. pivotal trial during 2012 in preparation for enrolling patients in 2013.

 

36


Table of Contents

Additional increases include approximately $1.2 million in employee related compensation and benefits costs related to new hires made during 2012 to support our clinical efforts and an increase of approximately $0.4 million in product development expense.

Sales and Marketing Expense. The increase in sales and marketing expense of approximately $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was a result of our effort and investment in building our commercial infrastructure in the United States, Europe and Australia, which includes sales, training, reimbursement and marketing. This includes an increase of approximately $2.7 million in employee compensation and benefits costs, including stock compensation, related to our new hires in the United States, Europe and Australia.

General and Administrative Expense. The increase in general and administrative expense of approximately $30,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to an increase of approximately $1.3 million in employee related compensation and benefit costs, including stock based compensation expenses, an increase of approximately $0.8 million in costs associated with being a public company such as directors and officers insurance and an increase in facility related expenses of approximately $0.2 million. This was partially offset by a decrease of approximately $2.4 million in legal fees associated with our lawsuit with Gore, which was ultimately successfully settled in January 2013.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2012     2011     $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

   $ 678      $ 683      $ (5     (0.7 )% 

Interest expense

     (8     (180     172        95.6

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

     1,871        (3,261     5,132        157.4

Remeasurement of warrant liability

     822        505        317        62.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense), net

   $ 3,363      $ (2,253   $ 5,616        249.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Interest Income. The decrease in interest income of approximately $5,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was due to lower average interest rates on higher average cash and cash equivalents balances.

Interest Expense. The decrease in interest expense of approximately $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily the result of the conversion of the convertible notes into shares of common stock related to our initial public offering in September 2011.

Foreign Exchange Gain (Loss). The increase in foreign exchange gain of approximately $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily the result of an approximately $1.8 million realized gain from the sale of Australian dollars for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to a foreign exchange loss for the year ended December 31, 2011 resulting from a decrease in the value of the Australian dollar immediately after our initial public offering.

Remeasurement of Warrant Liability. The change in remeasurement of warrant liability of approximately $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was the result of the decrease in the fair value of the warrants issued in connection with our initial public offering primarily as a result in the decrease of the market value of the underlying shares of common stock.

 

37


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have incurred losses since our inception in March 2003 and, as of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $151.7 million. We have financed our operations from a combination of sales of equity securities and issuances of convertible term notes. In June 2011, we generated approximately $6.0 million in net proceeds from the issuance of our Convertible Term Promissory Notes. In September 2011, we generated approximately $72.5 million in net proceeds from our initial public offering in Australia and simultaneous private placement in the U.S. In July and August 2013, we generated approximately $52.5 million in net proceeds from a private placement and share purchase plan of our common stock. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $58.6 million of cash and cash equivalents.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, our cash balance increased by approximately $17.1 million as a result of the proceeds of our private placement of approximately $52.5 million. This source of cash was partially offset as we made payments related to, among other things, research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses as we continued to invest in our continued commercialization of EndoBarrier. We also invested approximately $1.2 million in capital expenditures.

The following table sets forth the major sources and uses of cash for each of the periods set forth below:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash (used in) provided by:

      

Operating activities

   $ (34,152   $ (24,557   $ (27,023

Investing activities

     (1,196     (427     9,134   

Financing activities

     52,483        313        78,971   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,135      $ (24,671   $ 61,082   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities totaled approximately $34.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The primary uses of cash were to fund our net loss of approximately $35.6 million and changes in working capital of approximately $2.8 million resulting primarily from an increase in inventory and a decrease in accrued expenses. These uses of cash were partially offset by non-cash items of approximately $4.2 million, including approximately $3.7 million in stock-based compensation expense and approximately $0.4 million in depreciation and amortization expense.

Net cash used in operating activities totaled approximately $24.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The primary use of cash was to fund our net loss of approximately $26.8 million. This use of cash was partially offset by an increase in working capital of approximately $0.2 million and non-cash items of approximately $2.0 million, including approximately $2.6 million in stock-based compensation expense and approximately $0.8 million in gain on remeasurement of warrant liability associated with the warrants issued in conjunction with our initial public offering.

Net cash used in operating activities totaled approximately $27.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The primary uses of cash were to fund our net loss of approximately $26.4 million and a net increase in working capital of approximately $1.1 million resulting primarily from an increase in inventory, prepaid and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses. These uses of cash were partially offset by a net increase in non-cash items of approximately $0.5 million, comprised of approximately $0.7 million in stock-based compensation expense, approximately $0.2 million in depreciation and amortization and an approximately $0.5 million in gain on remeasurement of warrant liability.

 

38


Table of Contents

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled approximately $1.2 million and resulted primarily from the purchase of property and equipment, primarily leasehold improvements for our new facility in Lexington, Massachusetts and software to improve our information technology infrastructure.

Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 totaled approximately $0.4 million and resulted primarily from the purchase of property and equipment, primarily software to improve our information technology infrastructure.

Cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled approximately $9.1 million and resulted primarily from the sale and maturity of approximately $9.6 million in investment securities. This was partially offset by the purchase of approximately $0.4 million of investment securities.

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled approximately $52.5 million and resulted primarily from the net proceeds from our private placement and share purchase plan in the third quarter of 2013.

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 totaled approximately $0.3 million and resulted primarily from cash provided by stock option exercises.

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled approximately $79.0 million and resulted primarily from approximately $72.5 million from the issuance of shares, primarily related to our initial public offering, approximately $6.0 million resulting from the issuance of convertible debt and approximately $0.5 million in cash provided by stock option exercises.

Funding Requirements

As of December 31, 2013 our primary source of liquidity was our cash and cash equivalents on hand of approximately $58.6 million. We believe our current cash balances, together with the net product revenues, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements to fund our U.S. pivotal trial, further expand the commercialization of the EndoBarrier, invest in our manufacturing and supply chain infrastructure, and to fund our currently contemplated research and development efforts through at least January 2015.

Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations, fund our U.S. pivotal trial, and further expand the commercialization of the EndoBarrier are forward-looking statements and involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially and negatively as a result of a number of factors, including the factors discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this registration statement. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect.

Due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development and commercialization of the EndoBarrier, we are unable to estimate precisely the amounts of capital outlays and operating expenditures necessary to complete the development of, and to obtain regulatory approval for, the EndoBarrier (other than in select markets in Europe, South America and Australia) for the U.S. and other markets for which we believe the EndoBarrier is suited. Our funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

    the rate of progress and cost of our commercialization activities;

 

    the expenses we incur in marketing and selling EndoBarrier;

 

39


Table of Contents
    the revenue generated by sales of EndoBarrier;

 

    the success of our investment in our manufacturing and supply chain infrastructure;

 

    the time and costs involved in obtaining regulatory approvals for EndoBarrier in new markets;

 

    the success of our research and development efforts;

 

    the emergence of competing or complementary developments; and

 

    the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights.

We may, from time to time, consider additional funding through a combination of new collaborative arrangements, strategic alliances, and additional equity and debt financings or from other sources. We will continue to manage our capital structure and to consider all financing opportunities, whenever they may occur, that could strengthen our long-term liquidity profile. Any such capital transactions may or may not be similar to transactions in which we have engaged in the past. There can be no assurance that any such financing opportunities will also be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

Off–Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements (as that term is defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K) or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As such, we are not exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in those types of relationships. We enter into guarantees in the ordinary course of business related to the guarantee of our own performance and the performance of our subsidiaries.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our most significant clinical trial expenditures are to our clinical research organizations. The contracts with clinical research organizations are cancellable, with notice, at our option and do not have any cancellation penalties. These items are not included in the table below.

Our commitments for operating leases relate to our lease of office, laboratory and manufacturing space in Lexington, Massachusetts and our leases for office space in Dusseldorf, Germany and in Baulkham Hills, Australia.

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 1,653       $ 433       $ 1,220       $ —         $ —     

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements please refer to Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, to our consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement.

 

40


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We develop, manufacture and sell EndoBarrier globally and our earnings and cash flows are exposed to market risk from changes in currency exchange rates and interest rates.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our cash and cash equivalents of $58.6 million at December 31, 2013 consisted of cash and money market funds, all of which will be used for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. The goals of our investment policy are preservation of capital, fulfillment of liquidity needs and fiduciary control of cash and investments. We also seek to maximize income from our investments without assuming significant risk. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of interest rates in the United States and Australia. Because of the short-term nature of our cash and cash equivalents, we do not believe that we have any material exposure to changes in their fair values as a result of changes in interest rates. The continuation of historically low interest rates in the United States will limit our earnings on investments held in U.S. dollars.

Our debt bears interest at a fixed rate and therefore has minimal exposure to changes in interest rates.

Foreign Currency Risk

We conduct business in foreign countries. For U.S. reporting purposes, we translate all assets and liabilities of our non-U.S. entities at the period-end exchange rate and revenue and expenses at the average exchange rates in effect during the periods. The net effect of these translation adjustments is shown in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as a component of net loss.

We generate a significant portion of our revenue and collect receivables in foreign currencies. Fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar against major foreign currencies, including the Euro, British Pound and Australian dollar, can result in foreign currency exchange gains and losses that may significantly impact our financial results. These foreign currency transaction and translation gains and losses are presented as a separate line item on our consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Continued fluctuation of these exchange rates could result in financial results that are not comparable from quarter to quarter. We do not currently utilize foreign currency contracts to mitigate the gains and losses generated by the re-measurement of non-functional currency assets and liabilities but do hold cash reserves in currencies in which those reserves are anticipated to be expended.

All of the proceeds from our 2011 and 2013 offerings were denominated in Australian dollars and as of December 31, 2013 we held approximately US$7.4 million denominated as Australian dollars. Accordingly, we have had and will continue to have exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. A change of 10% or more in foreign currency exchange rates of the Australian dollar or the Euro would have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations if our revenue continues to be denominated in currencies other than the United States dollar or if we retain a substantial portion of our cash and cash equivalents in Australian dollars. For example during the three month period December 31, 2013, the Australian dollar depreciated from US$0.9396 to US$0.8948 resulting in an unrealized foreign exchange loss of approximately $0.3 million.

 

ITEM 3. PROPERTIES.

On May 23, 2013, we entered into a Sublease Agreement with Cambridge Technology, Inc., as sublandlord for the sublease of the premises located at 25 Hartwell Avenue, Lexington, Massachusetts that we occupy and use for our office, engineering laboratory and manufacturing operations. The subleased premises are approximately 33,339 square feet and have been designed by us for office, laboratory and manufacturing operations, including our controlled environment assembly room. These premises have also been certified to the

 

41


Table of Contents

ISO 13485:2003 medical device standard. The term of the sublease expires on December 31, 2016. There are no extension options. In the event that the lease was terminated early and provided there is sufficient notice, we believe we could find suitable alternative premises with no interruption in operations. If the lease is terminated without notice or the premises were severely damaged there could be an impact on our operations and potentially an interruption in manufacturing, while we relocated and arranged for certification of the new premises. We believe that these premises are suitable and adequate for our needs now and for the foreseeable future.

 

ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

The following table sets forth, as of March 31, 2014, information regarding beneficial ownership of our Common Stock, and Common Stock held as CDIs, by the following:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of any class of our voting securities;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers; and

 

    all current directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC. Beneficial ownership generally includes voting or investment power of a security and includes shares underlying options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014. This table is based on information supplied by officers, directors and principal shareholders. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe that the beneficial owners of the CDIs and Common Stock listed below, based on the information each of them has given to us, have sole investment and voting power with respect to their shares, except where community property laws may apply.

Percentage of ownership is based on 81,494,465 shares of outstanding Common Stock, or Common Stock equivalent CDIs, outstanding on March 31, 2014. Unless otherwise indicated, we deem shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014, to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing percentage ownership of that person, but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the ownership percentage of any other person.

Because CDIs represent one-fifth of a share of our Common Stock, converting the number of CDIs owned by the person holding them into the equivalent number of shares of Common Stock may result in fractional shares of Common Stock. In the following table, the number of shares of Common Stock owned by each beneficial owner is rounded down to the nearest whole share of Common Stock.

 

42


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated in the table, the address of each of the individuals named below is: c/o GI Dynamics, Inc., 25 Hartwell Avenue, Lexington, Massachusetts 02421, U.S.A.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Number of
Shares of

Common
Stock
     Percentage of
Common
Stock
 

5% Shareholders

     

M&G and Affiliated Entities (1)

     12,238,007         15.02

Medtronic, Inc. (2)

     7,823,088         9.60

Advanced Technology Ventures and Affiliated Entities (3)

     6,727,754         8.26

Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation (4)

     5,917,262         7.26

Greenlight Capital, Inc. and Affiliated Entities (5)

     5,660,377         6.95

Domain Partners and Affiliated Entities (6)

     4,453,537         5.46

Directors and Executive Officers

     

Jack E. Meyer (7)

     331,923         *   

Stuart A. Randle (8)

     2,708,054         3.26

Timothy J. Barberich (9)

     97,890         *   

Graham J. Bradley, AM (9)

     95,829         *   

Michael A. Carusi (10)

     6,799,263         8.34

Anne J. Keating (9)

     97,169         *   

Robert W. Crane (11)

     778,395         *   

David Maggs (12)

     134,543         *   

Mark Twyman (13)

     693,940         *   

All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons) (14)

     11,737,006         13.84

 

* Indicates less than 1%.
(1) Based upon the information provided by M&G to us on April 14, 2014, consists of 12,238,007 shares held by M&G Global Basics Fund which is managed by M&G Investment Management Limited. The address for M&G is Laurence Pountney Hill, London EC4R 0HH, England.
(2) Based upon the information provided by our share registry to us on March 31, 2014, consists of 7,823,088 shares held by Medtronic, Inc. The address for Medtronic, Inc. is 710 Medtronic Parkway, Minneapolis, MN 55432.
(3) Based upon the information provided by Advanced Technology Ventures to us on April 9, 2014, consists of (i) 5,409,678 shares held by Advanced Technology Ventures VII, L.P. (“ATV VII”), (ii) 217,088 shares held by Advanced Technology Ventures VII (B), L.P. (“ATV VII-B”), (iii) 104,346 shares held by Advanced Technology Ventures VII (C), L.P. (“ATV VII-C”), (iv) 32,239 shares held by ATV Entrepreneurs VII, L.P. (“ATV VII-E” and together with ATV VII, ATV VII-B, ATV VII-C, collectively referred to as the “ATV VII Entities”), (v) 903,442 shares held by Advanced Technology Ventures VI, L.P. (“ATV VI”), 57,666 shares held by ATV Entrepreneurs VI, L.P. (“ATV VI-E” and together with ATV VI, collectively referred to as the “ATV VI Entities”), and 3,295 shares held by ATV Alliance 2002, L.P. (“ATV Alliance”, which together with the ATV VI Entities and ATV VII Entities are collectively referred to as the “ATV Entities”). Voting and dispositive decisions of the ATV VII Entities are made by a board of six managing directors (the “ATV II Managing Directors”), including Michael Carusi (one of our directors), each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the ATV VII Entities. Voting and dispositive decisions of the ATV VI Entities are made by a board of five managing directors (the “ATV VI Managing Directors”), including Michael Carusi (one of our directors), each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the ATV VI Entities. Each of ATV VII Entities and ATV VI Entities disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares held by any of the ATV Entities. The address for Advanced Technology Ventures is 500 Boylston Street, Suite 1380, Boston, MA 02115.

 

43


Table of Contents
(4) Based upon the information provided by Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation to us on April 10, 2014, consists of 5,917,262 shares held by Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation. The address for Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation is 410 George Street, New Brunswick, NJ 08901.
(5) Based upon the information provided by Greenlight Capital, Inc. in Form 604 filed with the ASX on August 14, 2013 consists of (i) 222,280 shares held by Greenlight Capital, L.P, (ii) 1,235,380 shares held by Greenlight Capital Qualified, L.P., (iii) 2,201,077 shares held by Greenlight Capital Offshore Partners, (iv) 814,740 shares held by Greenlight Reinsurance, Ltd., (v) 595,620 shares held by Greenlight Capital (Gold), L.P., and 591,280 shares held by Greenlight Capital Offshore Master (Gold), Ltd. The address for Greenlight Capital, Inc. is 140 East 45 th Street, 24 th Floor, New York, NY 10017.
(6) Based upon the information provided by Domain Partners to us on April 24, 2014, consists of (i) 4,350,760 shares held by Domain Partners V, L.P. and (ii) 102,777 shares held by DP V Associates, L.P. One Palmer Square Associates V, L.L.C. is the general partner of Domain Partners V, L.P. and DP V Associates L.P. and has voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares. The managing members of One Palmer Square Associates V, L.L.C. consist of James C. Blair, Brian H. Dovey, Jesse I. Treu and Kathleen K. Schoemaker, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests. The address for Domain Partners is One Palmer Square, Suite 515, Princeton, NJ 08542.
(7) Includes 114,342 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014.
(8) Includes 1,493,738 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014. Does not include the vested shares of a stock option to purchase 133,982 shares of Common Stock and a restricted stock unit for 38,280 shares of Common Stock which were granted by the Board on January 22, 2014 and are subject to obtaining stockholder approval at the 2014 annual meeting as required by the ASX Listing Rules.
(9) Includes 71,509 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014.
(10) Consists solely of the shares identified in footnote 3 and 71,509 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014. Mr. Carusi is one of our directors and is a managing director of ATV Associates VII, L.L.C., the general partner of the funds affiliated with Advanced Technology Ventures, which exercises voting and dispositive power over these shares. Mr. Carusi disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the ATV Entities, except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein.
(11) Includes 574,395 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014.
(12) Includes 134,543 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014.
(13) Includes 693,940 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014.
(14) Includes 3,296,994 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014.

 

ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.

Our directors and executive officers and their respective ages as of March 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

DIRECTORS :

     

Jack E. Meyer (3)

     70       Non-executive Chairman of the Board

Stuart A. Randle

     54       President and Chief Executive Officer, Executive Director

Timothy J. Barberich (1)(2)

     66       Non-executive Director

Graham J. Bradley, AM (1)

     65       Non-executive Director

Michael A. Carusi (2)(3)

     48       Non-executive Director

Anne J. Keating (1)(2)(3)

     60       Non-executive Director

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS :

     

Stuart A. Randle

     54       President and Chief Executive Officer, Executive Director

Robert W. Crane

     55       Chief Financial Officer, Company Secretary and Treasurer

David Maggs, M.D.

     53       Chief Medical Officer

Mark C. Twyman

     53       Chief Commercial Officer

 

(1) Member of audit committee.
(2) Member of compensation committee.
(3) Member of nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

44


Table of Contents

Directors

Set forth below is biographical information for our directors as well as the key experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that we believe such director brings to our Board.

Jack E. Meyer — Non-executive Chairman of the Board

Jack Meyer has served as a director of the Company since 2003 and as the Company’s chairman since June 2011. Mr. Meyer has nearly 40 years’ experience in the medical device, health care and medical technology industries including roles as chief executive officer and in sales and marketing, and has expertise in new medical technologies, commercialization, market expansion and corporate divestment, all of which make Mr. Meyer suited to serve on our Board.

Mr. Meyer was formerly the president and chief executive officer of Urologix, Inc., a NASDAQ-listed medical device company, from 1994 to 1998, where he was responsible for developing the company, entering into international distribution arrangements and completing several private and public financings. Mr. Meyer was also president and chief executive officer of Fiberoptic Sensor Technologies, Inc., which was acquired by C.R. Bard, from 1993 to 1994; president and chief executive officer of Carelink Corporation, which was acquired by Tokos Medical Corporation, from 1992 to 1993; executive vice president and chief operating officer of Quest Medical, Inc. from 1982 to 1991, and vice president sales and marketing of IVAC Corporation, which was acquired by Eli Lilly. Mr. Meyer also has served on the board of a number of private medical device companies and currently serves on the board of Minnetronix, Inc.

Mr. Meyer holds a Bachelor of Science and a Masters of Business Administration, each from Drake University.

Stuart A. Randle — President and Chief Executive Officer, Executive Director

Stuart Randle has served as a director of the Company since 2003 and as the Company’s president and chief executive officer since February 2004. Mr. Randle is responsible for managing all of our day-to-day operations, and developing and implementing the strategy approved by our Board. Mr. Randle has over 20 years’ experience in the life sciences industry in engineering, sales, marketing, senior management and leadership roles in developing companies and also divisions of major medical corporations, which enables him to provide valuable insights to the Board regarding a variety of business, management and technical issues.

Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Randle served as the president and chief executive officer of ACT Medical, Inc., an outsourcing company to the medical device, biotechnology and diagnostic industries, from 1998 to 2001, where he was responsible for restructuring and repositioning the company, establishing lower-cost manufacturing internationally, increasing earnings and completing a merger with MedSource Technologies, Inc. at a significant premium for shareholders. Prior to 1998, Mr. Randle was formerly corporate vice president and responsible for the northeastern region of the United States for Allegiance Healthcare Corporation, a medical device manufacturing and distribution company, spun off by Baxter International, Inc., where he led substantial improvements in divisional sales and profitability. Mr. Randle previously worked for Baxter Healthcare Corporation in roles including president, New England region, general manager of anesthesia, and various sales and marketing roles, Mr. Randle has also held various sales and engineering roles with Ingersoll-Rand Corporation. Mr. Randle was formerly a non-executive director of NASDAQ-listed Specialized Health Products International, Inc., which was acquired by C.R. Bard.

Mr. Randle is currently a non-executive director of a NYSE-listed medical device company, Teleflex, Inc., and also NASDAQ-listed Beacon Roofing Supply, Inc. In addition, he serves on the board of directors of the Advanced Medical Technology Association.

Mr. Randle earned a Masters of Business Administration from The Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and a Bachelor of Science in mechanical engineering from Cornell University.

 

45


Table of Contents

Timothy J. Barberich — Non-executive Director

Timothy Barberich has been a director of the Company since June 2011. Mr. Barberich has nearly 40 years’ experience in pharmaceutical and medical device companies, in technical, sales, marketing and management positions, including as chief executive officer and chairman of the board. Mr. Barberich is the founder and former president, chief executive officer and chairman of Sepracor, Inc., a NASDAQ-listed pharmaceutical company based in Massachusetts, which was acquired by Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. in 2009. Mr. Barberich founded Sepracor in 1984 and served as its chief executive officer from 1984 to 2007 and chairman of the board from 1990 to 2007. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. Barberich served as executive chairman of Sepracor and then chairman of the board from 2008 to 2009. Mr. Barberich led Sepracor through its early-stage research and development, product approvals, commercialization, private financings and initial public offering, partnerships with major companies, several successful spin-outs and achievement of revenues in excess of $1 billion. Through his work at Sepracor, Mr. Barberich brings to our Board invaluable knowledge and experience of leading a company in the health care industry through every stage of its life cycle. Prior to founding Sepracor, Mr. Barberich spent 10 years as a senior executive at Millipore Corporation, a company that provides separations products to the life science research, pharmaceutical, biotechnology and electronic markets.

Mr. Barberich is currently chairman of BioNevia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and is a director of HeartWare International, Inc., a NASDAQ-listed medical device company, and Verastem, Inc., a NASDAQ-listed biotechnology company. Mr. Barberich also serves on the board of several private companies including Tokai Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Neurovance, Inc. Mr. Barberich was formerly a director of BioSphere Medical, Inc., a NASDAQ-listed biotechnology company, and Gemin X Biotechnologies, Inc. and Resolvyx Pharmaceuticals, which were acquired in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Mr. Barberich holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Chemistry from Kings College in Pennsylvania and has taken graduate courses from the School of Chemistry at Rutgers University.

Graham J. Bradley, AM — Non-executive Director

Graham Bradley has served as a director of the Company since June 2011. Mr. Bradley has had an extensive career spanning a range of industries across the Australian economy including banking and finance, residential and commercial property, insurance, telecommunications, mining services, minerals and energy, medical research and the arts. From 1995 to 2003, Mr. Bradley was managing director of leading listed investment management and financial services group Perpetual Limited and during his eight-year tenure, Perpetual became one of Australia’s leading listed funds management and financial services groups. Mr. Bradley’s strong financial background provides financial expertise to our Board, including an understanding of financial statements, corporate finance, accounting and capital markets.

Mr. Bradley is currently chairman of ASX-listed companies Stockland Corporation Limited, where he was appointed to the board in 2004 and appointed Chairman in 2005, and Po Valley Energy Limited, where he was appointed to the board in 2004. Mr. Bradley also currently serves as chairman of HSBC Bank Australia Limited; Virgin Australia International Holdings Limited; chairman of the advisory board for Anglo American Australian Limited; a council member of the European Australian Business Council; the chairman and director of Energy Australia Holdings Limited and the chairman of Infrastructure New South Wales. From 2009 to 2011, Mr. Bradley served as the president of the Business Council of Australia, the preeminent business leadership organization in Australia representing some 120 of the largest businesses and employers. Mr. Bradley was a director of Garvan Institute for Medical Research, a leading Australian medical research organization, which includes a leading diabetes research group, for 10 years from 1999 to 2009 and also chaired the Garvan Foundation during this time. Mr. Bradley has held former roles including as chairman of Boart Longyear Limited and Proteome Systems Limited; and as a director of Singapore Telecommunications Limited, Queensland Investment Corporation and MBF Australia Limited. Prior to his role at Perpetual, Mr. Bradley was managing partner of the law firm Blake Dawson Waldron and a partner of McKinsey & Company.

 

46


Table of Contents

Mr. Bradley holds a Bachelor of Arts and a Bachelor of Law with first class honors from the University of Sydney and a Masters of Law from Harvard University. Mr. Bradley is also a Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors and was recognized as a Member of the Order of Australia in July 2009 for his services to business, the arts and medical research.

Michael A. Carusi — Non-executive Director

Michael Carusi has served as a director of the Company since 2003. Mr. Carusi has over 20 years’ experience in the life sciences and health care industry in business development, management consulting and venture capital roles. As a result of this experience, Mr. Carusi provides us with financial and management experience. Since 2012, Mr. Carusi has been a general partner of Lightstone Ventures, which is a venture capital firm focused on investments in the life sciences industry. Since October 1998, Mr. Carusi has been a general partner of Advanced Technology Ventures, or ATV, which is a venture capital firm focused on investments in the life sciences and technology sectors. In 2003, Mr. Carusi led the ATV investment in GI Dynamics.

Mr. Carusi is a director of private medical companies in which ATV has invested, including Altura Medical, Inc., EndoGastric Solutions, Inc., GluMetrics, Inc., PowerVision, Inc., Holaira, Inc., Second Genome, Inc., and Gynesonics, Inc. He is also a former director of ATV investee companies where he was responsible for investments and successful exits, including Ardian, Inc., which was acquired by Medtronic, Inc., Plexxikon, Inc., which was acquired by Daiichi Sankyo Co, Ltd, and MicroVention, which was acquired by Terumo Medical Corporation, and TranS1 (BAXS), which went public on NASDAQ in 2007. Prior to joining ATV, Mr. Carusi served as the director of business development for Inhale Therapeutic Systems, Inc., a pulmonary drug delivery company that listed on NASDAQ in 1994, where he led partnering activities in the U.S., Europe and Japan. Mr. Carusi was formerly a principal at The Wilkerson Group, a management consulting firm focused exclusively on health care. Mr. Carusi also serves as a lecturer at the Amos Tuck School of Business Administration at Dartmouth College where he also sits on the Tuck MBA Advisory Board. Previously, Mr. Carusi was a faculty member of the Stanford Biodesign Emerging Entrepreneurs Forum and an advisory board member of the UCSF/Berkeley Venture Innovation Program.

Mr. Carusi holds a Masters of Business Administration from the Amos Tuck School of Business Administration at Dartmouth College and a Bachelors of Science in mechanical engineering from Lehigh University.

Anne J. Keating — Non-executive Director

Anne Keating has served as a director of the Company since June 2011. Ms. Keating has had an extensive career in management and as a director of Australian companies, divisions of U.S. companies and not-for-profit organizations. Her extensive business and governance experience makes her qualified to sit on our Board.

Ms. Keating is currently a director of a number of ASX-listed companies in a range of different industries, including REVA Medical, Inc., a U.S.-based medical device company developing and commercializing bioresorbable stents for the treatment of coronary artery disease, Ardent Leisure Management Limited and Goodman Group Limited. Ms. Keating is a member of the Advisory Council of CIMB Australia.

Ms. Keating is also a director for the Garvan Institute of Medical Research and an Inaugural Governor for the Cerebral Palsy Alliance Research Foundation. From 1993 to 2001, Ms. Keating held the position of general manager, Australia for United Airlines and from 1994 to 1998 she was also a governor for the American Chamber of Commerce. She was also a delegate to the Australian/American Leadership Dialogue for 14 years. Ms. Keating was an inaugural board member of the Victor Chang Cardiac Research Institute for 10 years and also served on the board of NRMA Pty Ltd, Insurance Australia Group (IAG) for nine years and STW Ltd for 16 years. She has also held former directorships with Spencer Street Station Redevelopment Holdings Limited, Easy FM China Pty Ltd, Radio 2CH Pty Ltd and Workcover Authority of New South Wales.

 

47


Table of Contents

Executive Officers

Set forth below is biographical information for our Executive Officers. The biography for Mr. Randle appears earlier in this registration statement.

Robert W. Crane — Chief Financial Officer, Company Secretary and Treasurer

Robert Crane has served as our chief financial officer since 2004, as our secretary since 2007 and our treasurer since 2012. Mr. Crane has nearly 30 years’ experience in the life sciences industry, including with public and private medical device, diagnostic and drug companies in the U.S. and Europe. Mr. Crane has experience in initial public offerings, other public and private financings, acquisitions, divestments, joint ventures and recapitalizations. Mr. Crane has served as chief financial officer at three U.S. public companies and a number of private companies including Sirtris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., which was acquired by GlaxoSmithKline Plc, I-STAT Corporation, Inc., which was acquired by Abbott Laboratories, Inkine Pharmaceutical Company, Inc., which was acquired by Salix, Inc., and Seragen, Inc., which was acquired by Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Crane was previously a partner in the venture capital firm Montgomery Ventures, and chairman of the American Bicycle Group. Mr. Crane was previously the chief financial officer of Microsulis Limited, a medical technology company incorporated in the United Kingdom. In 2007, Microsulis Limited and its subsidiaries entered into administration following a failed merger and withdrawal of a key investor.

Mr. Crane holds a Bachelor of Science in mechanical engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Masters of Business Administration from Stanford University.

David Maggs, M.D. — Chief Medical Officer

David Maggs has served as our chief medical officer since May 2013. Dr. Maggs has over 30 years’ of experience with expertise in diabetes, metabolic disorders and medical affairs. Prior to joining the Company, from 2000 to 2013 Dr. Maggs held positions of increasing responsibility, led numerous innovative collaborations and was directly engaged with the global diabetes and endocrine community at Amylin Pharmaceuticals. From 2010 to 2013, Dr. Maggs served as Amylin’s vice president, medical research and development, where he was integral to the development and commercialization of all three of the company’s marketed drugs – Symlin ® , Bydureon ® and Byetta ® , the first amylin and GLP-1 receptor agonists respectively approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of diabetes. From 2009 to 2010, Dr. Maggs served as Amylin’s vice president of research and development strategic relations and from 2005 to 2009, he served as vice president, medical affairs. Prior to his Amylin tenure, Dr. Maggs served as director, diabetes and metabolism, for Parke-Davis (now Pfizer). Previously, he held faculty appointments at the Yale School of Medicine.

Dr. Maggs completed his original medical training and received his M.B.B.S. and M.R.C.P. degrees from Guys Hospital, University of London and the Royal College of Physicians in London.

Mark C. Twyman — Chief Commercial Officer

Mark Twyman has served as our chief commercial officer since November 2011. Mr. Twyman has over 25 years’ of experience in the health care industry, including senior level roles with drug, biotechnology and medical device companies in both a U.S. and international capacity. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Twyman was the senior vice president and general manager of the Global Orthopedics Franchise, Genzyme Biosurgery from 2008 to 2011 where he led all marketing, sales, commercial operations and strategic planning activities for the franchise. From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Twyman was vice president and general manager at MedImmune, Inc. with global responsibility for the company’s flu franchise as well as playing key roles in multiple strategic corporate initiatives. Before joining MedImmune, during his 18 year tenure with Merck & Company, Mr. Twyman held a number of commercial and new market development roles in both the drug and vaccine divisions, including vice president of marketing, Global Pediatric Vaccine Franchise, Merck Vaccine Division.

 

48


Table of Contents

Early in his career, Mr. Twyman also worked for Mellon Capital Markets as a member of the Healthcare and Higher Education Public Finance team.

Mr. Twyman holds a Masters of Business Administration from The Wharton School at The University of Pennsylvania and a Bachelor of Arts from Dickinson College.

 

ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This section discusses the principles underlying our policies and decisions with respect to the compensation of our executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table”, or our “named executive officers”, and all material factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. Our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 were:

 

    Stuart A. Randle, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Robert W. Crane, our Chief Financial Officer, Company Secretary and Treasurer;

 

    David Maggs, M.D., our Chief Medical Officer; and

 

    Mark C. Twyman, our Chief Commercial Officer.

Components of our Executive Compensation Program

The principal components of our executive compensation program are base salary, annual bonus, and long-term incentives. Our compensation committee believes that each component of executive compensation must be evaluated and determined with reference to competitive market data, individual and corporate performance, our recruiting and retention goals, internal equity and consistency, and other information we deem relevant. We believe that in the medical device industry, equity awards are a strong motivator in attracting and retaining executives, in addition to salary and cash incentive bonuses.

The terms of each named executive officer’s compensation are derived from the employment agreements or offer letters we have entered into with them as well as annual performance reviews conducted by our compensation committee, in the case of Mr. Randle, and by our compensation committee after obtaining Mr. Randle’s recommendations in the case of the other named executive officers. Annual base salary increases, equity awards and cash bonuses, if any, for Mr. Randle are reviewed and recommended to our Board by our compensation committee. Mr. Randle recommends annual base salary increases, equity awards and cash bonuses, if any, for the other named executive officers, which are reviewed and recommended to our Board by our compensation committee.

The components of our compensation package are as follows:

Base Salary

We provide base salaries for our executives to compensate them for their services rendered during the fiscal year. Base salary ranges for named executive officers are established based on their position and scope of responsibilities, their prior experience and training, and competitive market compensation data we review for similar positions in our industry.

Our compensation committee reviews base salaries annually as part of our performance management program. Base salaries may be increased for merit reasons, based on the executive’s success in meeting or exceeding individual performance objectives and an assessment of whether significant corporate and individual

 

49


Table of Contents

goals were achieved. Additionally, on the recommendation of our compensation committee, our Board may adjust base salaries throughout the year for promotions or other changes in the scope or breadth of an executive’s role or responsibilities.

Annual Bonus

An element of the cash compensation of our executive officers is an annual performance-based cash bonus award. An executive’s target bonus is generally determined as a percentage of base salary or as a fixed dollar amount to reward performance and retain employees in a competitive labor market. Bonuses are based on the achievement of significant company goals, including commercial, clinical, regulatory, research, development, financial and operational objectives, as well as the achievement of individual goals. For 2014, our named executive officers are eligible for annual performance-based cash bonus awards that are a pre-defined percentage of their base salary, which range between 30% and 45%. Our Board, on the recommendation of our compensation committee, may increase or decrease an executive’s bonus payment above or below the target based on its assessment of an executive’s individual performance during a given year.

Long-Term Incentives

Our equity-based long-term incentive program is designed to align executives’ long-term incentives with stockholder value creation. We believe that long-term participation by our executive officers in equity-based awards is an important factor in the achievement of long-term company goals and business objectives. Our 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan, which terminated in August 2011, allowed, and our 2011 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan also allows, the grant to all employees, including our named executive officers, of stock options as well as other types of equity awards. We historically made an initial award of stock options to new employees and annual stock option grants as part of our overall compensation program. Annual grants of options to our named executive officers other than our chief executive officer have been recommended by the chief executive officer, reviewed by our compensation committee and approved by our Board. Annual grants of options to our chief executive officer have been made by our compensation committee and our Board. In addition, under Australian Securities Exchange Listing Rules, grants to directors are subject to shareholder approval and as a result, grants to our chief executive officer who is also an executive director, are subject to shareholder approval.

The market price for our Common Stock since the closing of our initial public offering on the ASX on September 7, 2011 is calculated based upon the closing price of our CDIs on the date of grant of the equity award multiplied by five (to account for the five CDIs that represent one share of our Common Stock) and converted to U.S. dollars by the exchange rate on the date of grant. Prior to our initial public offering, our Board determined the fair market value of our Common Stock in good faith based upon consideration of a number of relevant factors including our financial condition, the likelihood of a liquidity event, the prices at which our convertible preferred stock was sold, the enterprise value of comparable companies, our cash needs, operating losses, market conditions, material risks to our business and valuations obtained from independent valuation firms. All equity awards to our employees, consultants and directors were granted at no less than the fair market value of our Common Stock as determined in good faith by our Board on the date of grant of each award. See also our discussion of stock-based compensation under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.”

Initial Stock Option Awards

We typically make an initial award of stock options to new executives in connection with the commencement of their employment. These grants have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our Common Stock on the grant date and vest as to 25% of the total shares on the first anniversary of the date of hire and in equal monthly increments thereafter for the next three years. The initial stock option awards are intended to provide the executive with incentive to build value in the organization over an extended period of time and to

 

50


Table of Contents

maintain competitive levels of total compensation. The size of the initial stock option award is determined based on numerous factors, including the executive’s skills and experience, the executive’s responsibilities, internal equity and an analysis of the practices of national and regional companies in the medical device industry similar to us.

Additional Equity Awards

Prior to our initial public offering, our practice has been to periodically make stock option awards at the time of significant company milestones as part of our overall performance management program. In the future, and subject to any shareholder approval requirement under the ASX Listing Rules, we expect to continue to make additional equity awards as part of our overall performance management program with the intent of making such grants concurrent with an annual performance review at the beginning of each fiscal year. Historically, we have granted stock option awards that have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our Common Stock on the grant date and typically vest as to 2.083% of the total shares one month from the date of grant and in equal monthly increments thereafter for the next 47 months. We intend that the annual aggregate value of these awards will be set near competitive levels for companies represented in the compensation data we review. As is the case when the amounts of base salary and initial equity awards are determined, we conduct a review of all components of the executive’s compensation when determining annual equity awards to ensure that an executive’s total compensation conforms to our overall philosophy and objectives.

In 2013, however, only one grant was made to any of our named executive officers pursuant to this element of our compensation practice; we granted incentive stock options to our chief medical officer who joined us as a full-time employee in May 2013.

In 2013, our shareholders approved at our Annual General Meeting a grant to our chief executive officer that was made by our Board in 2012. See also the table entitled “Summary Compensation” and the notes to that table below for more information on the 2013 equity incentive grants made to our named executive officers.

We do not currently have any securities ownership requirements for our named executive officers.

Other Compensation

We maintain broad-based benefits and perquisites that are provided to all eligible employees, including health and dental insurance, life and disability insurance, 401(k) matching contributions and paid vacation.

Termination-Based Compensation

Upon termination of employment without cause or a resignation for good reason, our named executive officers are entitled to receive certain severance payments and other benefits. In determining whether to approve and in setting the terms of such severance arrangements, our compensation committee and our Board recognize that executives, especially highly-ranked executives, often face challenges securing new employment following termination. Severance amounts for termination without cause or a resignation for good reason is as follows: for our chief executive officer, total cash compensation over the prior 12 months; for our chief financial officer, chief medical officer and chief commercial officer, 12 months continuance of their base salary as of the date of termination.

In addition, we have agreed to continue to pay the fringe benefits available to our named executive officers immediately prior to their termination for the duration of their severance period, which is 12 months in the case of our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief medical officer and chief commercial officer.

All of our named executive officers’ employment agreements or offer letters, as applicable, also provide that 100% of any unvested stock options will immediately vest and become exercisable as of the consummation of a

 

51


Table of Contents

change in control in the Company. We believe that our named executive officers’ severance packages are in line with severance packages offered to senior executive officers of the companies of similar size to us in our industry.

Compensation Risk Consideration

Our compensation committee has reviewed our compensation policies as generally applicable to our employees and believes that our compensation programs are designed with an appropriate balance of risk and reward in relation to our overall business strategy and do not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk-taking behavior. In making this determination, we considered our pay mix, our base salaries and the attributes of our variable compensation programs, including our annual bonus plan and our equity programs, and our alignment with market pay levels and compensation program designs. Our compensation committee believes that the design of our executive compensation programs as outlined in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis above places emphasis on long-term incentives and competitive base salaries. Our compensation committee believes that this mix of incentives appropriately balances risk and aligns the executive officers’ motivations for our long-term success, including stock price performance. In addition, our system of internal control over financial reporting and code of conduct and ethics, among other things, reduce the likelihood of manipulation of our financial performance to enhance payments under any of our incentive plans.

Employment Agreements and Offer Letters

The following section summarizes the employment agreements and offer letters we have entered into with our named executive officers. For purposes of the employment agreements and offer letters, we use the following terms: (i) “cause” to mean termination of employment as a result of the employee’s conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude, any material act of dishonesty by the employee involving the Company or a breach by the employee of his or her obligations under the terms of the non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure agreements with the Company; and (ii) “constructive termination” to mean a material diminution in the employee’s title, responsibilities or duties, a material breach of the offer letter by us, a material reduction in the employee’s compensation or the relocation of the Company’s office beyond a 25-mile radius from its current location.

Stuart A. Randle

In July 2011, we entered into an offer letter with Stuart A. Randle to serve as our president and chief executive officer. Mr. Randle’s agreement provides for, among other things: (i) an annual base salary of $365,000, subject to annual review, and (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, if approved in the sole discretion of our Board, which bonus, if any, shall be paid within 45 days after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates. The most recent adjustment in February 2014 increased Mr. Randle’s annual salary to $462,000. We also agreed to reimburse Mr. Randle for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses he incurs in connection with his performance of services under this agreement. Furthermore, all of Mr. Randle’s outstanding stock options will vest immediately and be exercisable upon a change of control of the Company.

Either party may terminate the agreement for any reason upon 90 days’ prior notice to the other party. In the event the Company terminates Mr. Randle’s employment without cause, or Mr. Randle terminates his employment as a result of a constructive termination, we will pay Mr. Randle severance equal to (i) 12-month continuation based on his total cash compensation, including both base salary and cash bonus, if any, for the prior 12 months, and (ii) 12 months continuation of all fringe benefits being provided by the Company as of the date of termination.

Mr. Randle is also subject to a Nondisclosure, Nonsolicitation, and Noncompete Agreement in which he agreed, among other things, during the term of his employment and for one year thereafter not to engage in any competing activities with the business of the Company and not to recruit or solicit any of our employees, consultants, or customers during the term of his employment and for 18 months thereafter.

 

52


Table of Contents

Robert W. Crane

In July 2011, we entered into an offer letter with Robert W. Crane to serve as our chief financial officer. Mr. Crane’s agreement provides for, among other things: (i) an annual base salary of $275,000, subject to annual review, and (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, if approved in the sole discretion of our Board, which bonus, if any, shall be paid within 45 days after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates. The most recent adjustment in February 2014 increased Mr. Crane’s annual salary to $314,213. We also agreed to reimburse Mr. Crane for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses he incurs in connection with his performance of services under this agreement. Furthermore, all of Mr. Crane’s outstanding stock options will vest immediately upon a change of control of the Company.

Either party may terminate the agreement for any reason upon 90 days’ prior notice to the other party. In the event the Company terminates Mr. Crane’s employment without cause, or Mr. Crane terminates his employment as a result of a constructive termination, we will pay Mr. Crane severance equal to (i) 12 months of base salary continuance and (ii) 12 months continuation of all fringe benefits being provided by the Company as of the date of termination.

Mr. Crane is also subject to a Nondisclosure, Nonsolicitation, and Noncompete Agreement in which he agreed, among other things, during the term of his employment and for one year thereafter not to engage in any competing activities with the business of the Company and not to recruit or solicit any of our employees, consultants, or customers during the term of his employment and for 18 months thereafter.

David Maggs

In March 2013, we entered into an offer letter with David Maggs to serve as our chief medical officer. Dr. Maggs’s agreement provides for, among other things: (i) an annual base salary of $330,000, subject to annual review, and (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, if approved in the sole discretion of our Board, which bonus, if any, shall be paid within 45 days after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates. The most recent adjustment in February 2014 increased Dr. Maggs’s annual salary to $339,900. In addition, Dr. Maggs is eligible for reimbursement of relocation expenses incurred within 18 months of his start date and reimbursement of temporary housing expenses through December 31, 2013. We also agreed to reimburse Dr. Maggs for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses he incurs in connection with his performance of services under this agreement. Furthermore, all of Dr. Maggs’s outstanding stock options will vest immediately upon a change of control of the Company.

Dr. Maggs also received an initial grant of incentive stock options to purchase 500,000 shares of our Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.08. These options were granted on May 20, 2013 pursuant to our 2011 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan and vest according to the schedule described in “Initial Stock Option Awards” above.

Either party may terminate the agreement for any reason upon 90 days’ prior notice to the other party. In the event the Company terminates Dr. Maggs’s employment without cause, or Dr. Maggs terminates his employment as a result of a constructive termination, we will pay Dr. Maggs severance equal to (i) 12 months of base salary continuance and (ii) 12 months continuation of all fringe benefits being provided by the Company as of the date of termination.

Dr. Maggs is also subject to a Nondisclosure, Nonsolicitation, and Noncompete Agreement in which he agreed, among other things, during the term of his employment and for one year thereafter not to engage in any competing activities with the business of the Company and not to recruit or solicit any of our employees, consultants, or customers during the term of his employment and for 18 months thereafter.

 

53


Table of Contents

Mark C. Twyman

In November 2011, we entered into an offer letter with Mark C. Twyman to serve as our chief commercial officer. Mr. Twyman’s agreement provides for, among other things: (i) an annual base salary of $300,000, subject to annual review, and (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, if approved in the sole discretion of our Board, which bonus, if any, shall be paid within 45 days after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates. The most recent adjustment in February 2014 increased Mr. Twyman’s annual salary to $318,270. In addition, Mr. Twyman was eligible for two inducement bonuses of $50,000 each, one on each of the 12-month and 24-month anniversaries of his commencement of employment, provided that he remains an employee at each such date and subject to other terms. The inducement bonuses have not been paid and the Company is no longer obligated to pay the inducement bonuses. We also agreed to reimburse Mr. Twyman for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses he incurs in connection with his performance of services under this agreement. Furthermore, all of Mr. Twyman’s stock options will vest immediately upon a change of control of the Company.

Mr. Twyman also received an initial grant of incentive stock options to purchase 1,000,000 shares of our Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.57. These options were granted on November 28, 2011 pursuant to our 2011 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan and vest according to the schedule described in “Initial Stock Option Awards” above.

Either party may terminate the agreement for any reason upon 90 days’ prior notice to the other party. In the event the Company terminates Mr. Twyman’s employment without cause or Mr. Twyman terminates his employment as a result of a constructive termination, we will pay Mr. Twyman severance equal to (i) 12 months of base salary continuance and (ii) 12 months continuation of all fringe benefits being provided by the Company as of the date of termination.

Mr. Twyman is also subject to a Nondisclosure, Nonsolicitation, and Noncompete Agreement in which he agreed, among other things, during the term of his employment and for one year thereafter not to engage in any competing activities with the business of the Company and not to recruit or solicit any of our employees, consultants, or customers during the term of his employment and for 18 months thereafter.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table shows the total compensation paid during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 to (1) our president and chief executive officer, (2) our two next most highly compensated executive officers who earned more than $100,000 during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, and (3) up to two additional executives who would have been among the three most highly compensated executive officers except for the fact that they were not serving as executive officers of the Company as of December 31, 2013.

 

Name and Principal
Position

   Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
     Stock
Awards

($)
     Option
Awards

($) (1)
    Non-equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($) (2)
     Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total ($)  

Stuart A. Randle

President and Chief Executive Officer

   $ 416,667      $ —         $ —         $ 361,330 (3)     $ 127,575       $ —         $ 12,483 (6)     $ 918,055   

Robert W. Crane

Chief Financial Officer

   $ 298,063      $ —         $ —         $ —        $ 79,451       $ —         $ 12,483 (6)     $ 389,997   

David Maggs

Chief Medical Officer

   $ 220,000 (4)     $ —         $ —         $ 907,000 (5)     $ 61,710       $ —         $ 46,011 (7)     $ 1,234,721   

Mark C. Twyman

Chief Commercial Officer

   $ 308,250      $ —         $ —         $ —        $ 73,696       $ —         $ 12,483 (6)     $ 394,429   

 

54


Table of Contents
(1) The amounts in the “Option Awards” column represent the aggregate grant date fair value for option awards awarded during fiscal year 2013 computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation , excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions . A discussion of the assumptions used in determining grant date fair value may be found in “Note 9 — Stock Option Plans” in the notes to our Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Registration Statement.
(2) Payments listed in the Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation column reflect discretionary performance-based awards made by our Board for the named executive officers for fiscal year 2013 that were paid in February 2014.
(3) Mr. Randle received an option grant for 230,000 shares of Common Stock that was awarded by our Board in 2012 and approved by our shareholders in 2013.
(4) Dr. Maggs, our chief medical officer, was hired in May 2013. Dr. Maggs’s annualized salary was $330,000 for 2013.
(5) Dr. Maggs received an initial stock option grant for 500,000 shares of Common Stock upon his commencement of employment in May 2013.
(6) Consists of matching contributions made under our 401(k) plan, as well as premiums we paid for life insurance for the benefit of the named executive officer.
(7) Consists of reimbursement of Dr. Maggs’s relocation expenses of $45,336 incurred in connection with the commencement of his employment with us in May 2013, as well as premiums we paid for life insurance for the benefit of Dr. Maggs. As set forth in Dr. Maggs’s offer letter, we have agreed to reimburse Dr. Maggs for his relocation and other expenses incurred in connection with the commencement of his employment.

Pension Benefits

We do not have any plans that provide for payments or other benefits at, following or in connection with the retirement of our employees, other than our 401(k) retirement plan which is available for all of our employees, including our named executive officers.

Non-qualified Deferred Compensation

We do not have any non-qualified defined contribution plans or other deferred compensation plan.

Director Compensation

The following table shows the total compensation paid during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 to each of our non-executive directors, which does not include Mr. Randle, who does not receive compensation for his service as a director:

 

Name

   Fees
Earned or

Paid in
Cash
($)
     Option
Awards
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Jack E. Meyer (1)

   $ 76,000       $ —         $ —         $ 76,000   

Timothy J. Barberich (2)

   $ 63,000       $ —         $ —         $ 63,000   

Graham J. Bradley, AM (2)

   $ 65,000       $ —         $ —         $ 65,000   

Michael A. Carusi (3)

   $ 53,000       $ —         $ —         $ 53,000   

Anne J. Keating (2)

   $ 60,000       $ —         $ —         $ 60,000   

 

(1) Mr. Meyer was elected to our Board in 2003. As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Meyer held outstanding options to purchase 175,984 shares of our Common Stock.
(2) Messrs. Barberich and Bradley and Ms. Keating were elected to our Board in June 2011. As of December 31, 2013, each of Messrs. Barberich and Bradley and Ms. Keating held outstanding options to purchase 130,000 shares of our Common Stock.
(3) Mr. Carusi was elected to our Board in 2003. As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Carusi held outstanding options to purchase 130,000 shares of our Common Stock. Amounts for cash and option awards listed in the table above in the name of Mr. Carusi are paid to Advanced Technology Ventures.

 

55


Table of Contents

In August 2011, our Board adopted a non-executive director compensation policy, pursuant to which the non-executive directors will be compensated for their service on our Board including as members of the various committees of our Board. The material terms of the policy are as follows:

 

    each non-executive director will receive an annual fee of $50,000 payable for the director’s service during the year;

 

    the chairman of our Board will receive an additional annual fee of $25,000 payable for that director’s service during the year;

 

    each non-executive director who serves as either a member or chair of certain committees of our Board will receive an additional annual fee for their work on such committee as either a member or chair as follows:

 

    audit committee: chair ($15,000) and member ($3,000);

 

    compensation committee: chair ($10,000) and member ($2,000); and

 

    nominating and corporate governance committee: chair ($5,000) and member ($1,000).

These fees will be payable quarterly in arrears as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. Each director is also entitled to be reimbursed for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of our Board and any committee on which he or she serves.

Each of our non-executive directors received an initial grant of non-qualified options to purchase 130,000 shares of our Common Stock at the initial public offering price of $6.02. These options were granted on August 1, 2011 and vest as to 20% of the shares on the first anniversary of the grant date and to an additional 1.667% of the total shares on the same day of each month thereafter until August 1, 2016, subject to the director’s continued service on our Board.

Each non-executive director, if any, whose service on our Board commences at or following our annual meeting of stockholders in 2013 shall be granted a non-qualified stock option to purchase 80,000 shares of our Common Stock under our 2011 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2011 Stock Plan, on the date of his or her initial appointment or election to our Board. Each such option shall vest over three years from the date of the grant in (i) one installment of 33% of the shares on the first anniversary of the date of the grant and (ii) 24 substantially equal monthly installments thereafter, each subject to the non-executive director’s continued service on our Board.

Beginning in 2014, each non-executive director was to have been granted a non-qualified stock option to purchase 25,000 shares of our Common Stock under the 2011 Stock Plan each year at the meeting of our Board following the annual meeting of our stockholders; provided, that if there had not been an annual meeting of stockholders held by the first day of the third fiscal quarter, each non-executive director would receive a grant for such year on the first day of the third fiscal quarter of such year. Each such grant would vest over one year from the date of the grant in 12 substantially equal monthly installments thereafter, each subject to the non-executive director’s continued service on our Board. In January 2014, at the recommendation of our compensation consultant, the Board amended the non-executive director compensation policy to reflect that beginning in 2014, each non-executive director shall be granted a non-qualified stock option to purchase 10,000 shares of our Common Stock and a restricted stock unit for 10,000 shares of our Common Stock under the 2011 Stock Plan each year. Each such award shall vest over three years from the date of the grant in 36 substantially equal monthly installments thereafter, each subject to the non-executive director’s continued service on our Board. On January 22, 2014, the compensation committee approved, subject to obtaining stockholder approval, the grant of stock options to purchase an aggregate of 50,000 shares of our Common Stock and restricted stock units which, on vesting, would have entitled the non-executive directors to 50,000 shares of Common Stock under our 2011 Stock Plan in the amounts of a non-qualified stock option to purchase 10,000 shares of our Common Stock and a restricted stock unit for 10,000 shares of our Common Stock to each of Michael Carusi, Anne Keating, Timothy

 

56


Table of Contents

Barberich, Graham Bradley, and Jack Meyer (the “Non-Executive Directors”) under our current non-executive director compensation program. On April 11, 2014, our Board, with the consent of each Non-Executive Director, rescinded these grants in their entirety.

As a result of our listing on the ASX, all equity grants to directors are subject to shareholder approval under the ASX Listing Rules.

Unless otherwise specified by our Board or the compensation committee at the time of grant, all options granted under this policy shall (i) have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock as determined pursuant to the 2011 Stock Plan on the date of grant and (ii) such options shall become exercisable in full immediately prior to a change of control of the Company. Our non-executive directors in Australia will also be subject to a six-month restriction on selling any of our Common Stock or CDIs following the exercise of their options.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our compensation committee consists of three (3) non-executive directors: Mr. Timothy Barberich (Chair), Mr. Michael Carusi and Ms. Anne Keating. No member of the compensation committee is, or was formerly, one of our officers or employees. No interlocking relationship exists between our Board or our compensation committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company, nor has any interlocking relationship existed in the past.

 

ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

There are no existing agreements or arrangements and there are no currently proposed transactions in which the Company was, or is to be, a participant, in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any current director, executive officer, beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Common Stock, or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a material interest, except that in September 2011, we entered into agreements with certain of our directors and substantial shareholders with respect to the conversion of the then existing preferred stock into Common Stock, the repayment of our outstanding convertible term notes and purchases of our CDIs by the note holders in our initial public offering on the Australian Securities Exchange.

Policies and Procedures for Review and Approval of Related Party Transactions

We have adopted a written policy and procedure for related party transactions. Our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving all transactions in which we are a participant and in which any parties related to us, including our executive officers, directors, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our Common Stock, immediate family members of the foregoing persons and any other persons whom the Board determines may be considered related parties of the Company, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. The audit committee or its chairman, as the case may be, will only approve those related party transactions that are determined to be in, or are not inconsistent with, the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, after taking into account all available facts and circumstances as the audit committee or the chairman determines in good faith to be necessary. Transactions with related parties will also be subject to shareholder approval to the extent required by the ASX Listing Rules.

Corporate Governance

Our Board currently consists of six members: Jack E. Meyer; Stuart A. Randle; Timothy J. Barberich; Graham J. Bradley, AM; Michael A. Carusi and Anne J. Keating. Our Board has determined that all of our

 

57


Table of Contents

directors, other than Mr. Randle and Mr. Carusi are “independent.” We consider that a director is an “independent” director where that director is free from any business or other relationship that could materially interfere, or be perceived to interfere with, the independent exercise of the director’s judgment. We have assessed the independence of our directors regarding the requirements for independence that are set out in Principle 2 of the ASX Corporate Governance Principles. While we are not currently seeking a listing on NASDAQ or any other U.S. securities exchange and do not intend to do so in the foreseeable future, we have also assessed the independence of our directors with respect to the definition of independence prescribed by NASDAQ and the SEC. Although we may seek a listing on NASDAQ in the future, there is no guarantee that we will do so or that we will achieve a listing on NASDAQ or any other exchange in any particular timeframe or at all.

While Mr. Carusi is not considered to be an independent director of the Company under the ASX Corporate Governance Principles due to his relationship with one of our substantial shareholders, Mr. Carusi is considered to be an independent director under the rules of NASDAQ and the SEC.

 

ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

We were engaged in litigation in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona, which we refer to as the Court. The litigation was brought by one of our suppliers, Gore, which supplied the material used to manufacture the liner used in our products (including in our lead product, the EndoBarrier).

Gore manufactures fluoropolymer products for use in electronics, medical products, and fabrics. Gore currently manufactures a range of medical devices and implants for use in vascular, cardiac, general surgery and orthopedic procedures.

Gore commenced proceedings against us in June 2010 pursuant to which it sought essentially the following declarations:

 

    that it is the co-owner (i.e., the equal joint owner) of all of our patents and patent applications. This declaration was sought on the basis of claims by Gore pursuant to various contracts entered into between us and Gore, as well as claims of co-inventorship as to several of our issued patents; and

 

    that the supply agreement entered into between us and Gore for the supply of the liner material described in Item 1 of this registration statement is void (thereby removing Gore’s obligation to supply us with the material necessary for the manufacture of our products).

Gore also sought declarations that our patent claims were invalid or not infringed by a prototype device developed by Gore. The claim seeking those declarations was dismissed by the Court. Gore also sought to recover from us its attorneys’ fees and costs associated with the litigation.

We strongly denied all of the claims made by Gore and also filed counterclaims against Gore, alleging misuse and misappropriation by Gore of our trade secrets, breach of confidence, breach of contract, unjust enrichment, misrepresentation, and unfair and deceptive trade practices. We also sought declarations that Gore is not the co-inventor or co-owner of any of our patents and that Gore should be required to pay our legal fees associated with the litigation.

We entered into a settlement agreement with Gore in January 2013. Under the settlement, we retain exclusive ownership and control of our patent portfolio, and we and Gore have dismissed all claims against each other. We also granted to Gore a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use our patents, but only in the vasculature ( i.e. , blood vessels). Gore is not licensed to use our patents for any applications in the gastrointestinal tract, which is the area of the body in which our products are designed to be used. Neither we nor Gore are required to make any cash payments to the other, nor will any royalties be due.

 

58


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

Market Information

Our CDIs, each representing one-fifth of one share of our Common Stock, have been listed on the Australian Securities Exchange under the trading symbol “GID” since September 7, 2011. Prior to such time there was no public market for our securities. Our high and low sales prices on the ASX for the respective periods are shown below, both in Australian dollars per CDI and in U.S. dollars per share of Common Stock. All currency conversions are based on the prevailing Australian dollar to U.S. dollar exchange rate applicable on the relevant date as reported by the Reserve Bank of Australia.

 

Period

   High per
CDI

(A$)
     Low per
CDI
(A$)
     High per share
of Common
Stock

(US$)
     Low per share
of Common
Stock

(US$)
 

Fiscal Year 2014:

           

First Quarter

     0.91         0.54         3.99         2.48   

Fiscal Year 2013:

           

First Quarter

     0.83         0.56         4.36         2.90   

Second Quarter

     0.70         0.55         3.69         2.57   

Third Quarter

     0.98         0.55         4.57         2.52   

Fourth Quarter

     0.86         0.64         4.15         2.84   

Fiscal Year 2012:

           

First Quarter

     1.16         0.82         6.17         4.30   

Second Quarter

     1.11         0.82         5.75         4.08   

Third Quarter

     0.95         0.69         5.00         3.57   

Fourth Quarter

     0.72         0.52         3.74         2.71   

On March 31, 2014, the last reported sale price of our CDIs was A$0.57 per CDI, or $2.63 per share of Common Stock.

As of December 31, 2013, 10,134,547 of our shares were subject to outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, a person who acquires our Common Stock in a transaction not registered under the Securities Act and has beneficially owned such shares for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period those shares subject to certain restrictions, including volume and manner of sale restrictions.

Under Rule 144(b) under the Securities Act, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, is entitled to sell the shares without complying with the volume and manner of sale restrictions of Rule 144.

We believe that approximately 1,391,424 shares of our Common Stock outstanding were eligible for resale under Rule 144 as of March 31, 2014, subject to the volume and manner of sale restrictions thereof. As of March 31, 2014, the approximately 22,585,737 shares of our Common Stock sold in our 2013 private placement were not eligible for resale under Rule 144(b). Because our CDIs are freely tradable on the ASX, we cannot know the number of CDIs (or the number of shares convertible from the CDIs) that have been held for the required periods under Rule 144. However, we estimate that approximately 57,517,304 shares of our Common Stock may be eligible for resale under Rule 144.

 

59


Table of Contents

Holders

As of March 31, 2014 we had 81,494,465 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding with approximately 15 holders of record. The holders included CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Limited, which held 80,103,041 shares of our Common Stock in the form of CDIs on behalf of the CDI holders; there were approximately 1,017 registered owners of our CDIs on March 31, 2014.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our share capital and do not currently anticipate declaring or paying dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of the Board and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements, financial conditions, future prospects, contractual restrictions and covenants and other factors that the Board may deem relevant.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides certain aggregate information with respect to all of the Company’s equity compensation plans in effect as of December 31, 2013.

 

Plan Category

   Number of
Securities to Be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and
Rights (2)
     Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and Rights
     Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available for
Future Issuance
under Equity
Compensation
Plans (1)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     9,634,547       $ 2.59         4,777,156   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     9,634,547       $ 2.59         4,777,156   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of 4,777,156 shares of our Common Stock available for future issuance under our 2011 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan, no shares of our Common Stock available for future issuance under our 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan.
(2) Includes options to purchase 183,716 shares of our Common Stock issued under our 2011 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan and 4,502 shares of our Common Stock issued under our 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan that were cancelled after December 31, 2013.

Summary Description of the Company’s Non-Stockholder Approved Equity Compensation Plans

None.

 

ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since January 1, 2011, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

 

   

On June 27, 2011, we entered into a Bridge Financing Facility with several of our then existing shareholders to provide convertible note funding of up to $15.0 million, and on June 27, 2011, we issued convertible term promissory notes for an aggregate of $6.0 million in principal under the this facility. The sale of these convertible term promissory notes were exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The

 

60


Table of Contents
 

principal and accrued interest of the convertible term promissory notes, which together totaled $6.2 million were repaid concurrent with the closing of our initial public offering described below.

 

    In connection with our initial public offering in Australia, on September 7, 2011, we issued 39,176,549 CDIs. The aggregate offering proceeds for this issuance was $45.7 million (A$43.1 million), and we incurred sales commissions of approximately $5.1 million (A$4.8 million). Our lead manager was Inteq Limited. The sales of these CDIs were exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. In addition, we granted warrants to purchase a total of 500,000 shares of our Common Stock at an exercise price of A$5.50 per share, which was the offer price, to the underwriters of the initial public offering.

 

    Also on September 7, 2011, we issued 33,826,796 CDIs, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $39.4 million (A$37.2 million), in a private placement in the United States. Our sole placement agent was Lazard Capital Markets, LLC, and we incurred sales commissions of $77,000. The sales of these CDIs were exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

 

    In connection with a private placement, on July 9, 2013, we issued 71,833,628 CDIs. The aggregate offering proceeds for this issuance was $34.8 million (A$38.1 million), and we incurred sales commissions of $1.4 million (A$1.6 million). Our lead placement agent was Bell Potter and CIBC and Lazard Capital Markets, LLC served as co-placement agent. The sales of these CDIs were exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

    In connection with a share purchase plan, on August 5, 2013, we issued 4,438,120 CDIs. The aggregate offering proceeds for this issuance was $2.1 million (A$2.4 million). The sales of these CDIs were exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

    In connection with a private placement, on August 8, 2013, we issued 36,656,937 CDIs. The aggregate offering proceeds for this issuance was $17.7 million (A$19.4 million), and we incurred sales commissions of $0.4 million (A$0.5 million). Our lead placement agent was Bell Potter and CIBC and Lazard Capital Markets, LLC served as co-placement agent. The sales of these CDIs were exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED.

General description of share capital

Shares — We are authorized to issue 130,000,000 shares of Common Stock ($0.01 par value per share), 10,000,000 Class B Common Stock ($0.01 par value per share) and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock ($0.01 par value per share). None of the preferred stock is currently outstanding. The Board may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time, subject to compliance with the ASX Listing Rules and Delaware General Corporation Law.

Preferred Stock — The Board has the authority, subject to the ASX Listing Rules and Delaware General Corporation Law, to issue from time to time up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the terms, limitations, voting rights, relative rights and preferences and variations of each series without shareholder approval. Although we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock, the issue of shares of preferred stock, or the issue of rights to subscribe for such shares, could, subject to the ASX Listing Rules, decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to our shareholders, could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of our Common Stock and could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control of us or an unsolicited acquisition proposal.

Options — We have reserved an aggregate of 13,095,135 shares of Common Stock for issue under our 2011 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan, which is subject to increase on an annual basis pursuant to the terms of the 2011 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, we have

 

61


Table of Contents

reserved an aggregate of 3,113,329 shares of Common Stock for issue under our 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan, which is not subject to increase, as no additional awards will be made under the 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan. Shares of Common Stock that cease to be reserved under the 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan will automatically become available for issue under the 2011 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan.

Class B Common Stock — We have authorized an additional class of common stock designated as Class B Common Stock in order to cater to the requirements of the ASX Listing Rules so far as they apply to escrowed securities. In the event that holders of Common Stock, who are subject to the ASX-imposed escrow, breach the terms of their escrow agreement or the ASX Listing Rules as they apply to escrowed securities, their shares of Common Stock will be automatically converted into Class B Common Stock until the earlier to occur of the expiration of the escrow period or the breach being rectified. Shares of Class B Common Stock are identical to and rank equally with the shares of Common Stock, except that they have no voting or distribution rights.

Voting

At a meeting of the Company, every holder of Common Stock present in person or by proxy, is entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held on the record date for the meeting on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders. Holders of Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any shares of preferred stock on issue in the Company, shareholders are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board out of funds legally available for dividend payments.

Rights attaching to Common Stock

Shareholders have no preferences or rights of conversion, exchange, pre-emption or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock.

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, shareholders will be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are remaining after payment or provision for payment of all of our debts and obligations and after liquidation payments to holders of shares of preferred stock on issue, if any.

Registration of Shares underlying Options

We ultimately intend to register all of the shares of Common Stock that may be issued on exercise of options under the 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan and the 2011 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan by filing a Form S-8 with the SEC. We will only be able to do so once this registration statement has become effective. Following the filing and effectiveness of the Form S-8, all shares of Common Stock issued on exercise of options will generally be available for resale under U.S. federal securities rules.

Anti-takeover provisions of Delaware Law, Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

As a foreign company registered in Australia, we will not be subject to Chapters 6A, 6B and 6C of the Australian Corporations Act dealing with the acquisition of shares.

Provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws could make it more difficult to acquire us by means of a tender offer (takeover), a proxy contest or otherwise, or to remove our incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and takeover bids that the Board may consider inadequate and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with the Board. We believe that the benefits

 

62


Table of Contents

of increased protection of its ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover or acquisition proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware anti-takeover statute — Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested shareholder” for a period of three years following the time the person became an interested shareholder, unless the business combination or the acquisition of shares that resulted in a shareholder becoming an interested shareholder is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” can include a merger, asset or share sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to an interested shareholder. Generally, an interested shareholder is a person who, together with its affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior to the determination of interested shareholder status did own) 15% or more of a corporation’s voting shares. The existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the Board, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for our Common Stock held by shareholders.

Classified board — Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the Board is divided into three classes, each comprised of two directors.

Directors for each class will be eligible for re-election at our annual meeting held in the year in which the term for that class expires and, if re-elected, will serve for a term of three years. The election of directors will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the shareholders entitled to vote at the election. Under this mechanism, shareholders are effectively not provided with the option to vote ‘against’ the proposed resolutions to re-elect directors. The two nominees receiving the highest number of ‘for’ votes will be elected as directors. Shareholders who withhold their vote or vote against a director being re-elected would not be counted as votes cast and have no effect on the re-election of directors.

Under the classified board provisions, it would take at least two elections of directors for any individual or group to gain control of our Board. Accordingly, these provisions could discourage a third party from initiating a proxy contest, making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to gain control of us.

Removal of directors — Our Bylaws provide that shareholders may only remove directors with cause.

Amendment — Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of our voting shares is required to amend either of these documents.

Size of the Board and Board vacancies — Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the number of directors on the Board is to be fixed exclusively by the Board. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in our authorized number of directors or any vacancies will be filled by a majority of the remaining directors in office, unless otherwise required by law or by resolution of the Board.

Special shareholder meetings — Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders may be called by either a majority of the Board or by the holders of at least a majority of our voting shares.

Requirements for advance notification of shareholder nominations and proposals — Our Bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to shareholder proposals and nomination of candidates for election as directors other than nominations made by or at the direction of the Board or a committee of the Board.

No cumulative voting — The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that shareholders are denied the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise. Our Certificate of Incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.

 

63


Table of Contents

Undesignated preferred stock — The authority possessed by the Board (subject to the ASX Listing Rules and Delaware General Corporation Law) to issue preferred stock could potentially be used to discourage attempts by third parties to obtain control of us through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise by making such attempts more difficult or more costly. The Board may (subject to the ASX Listing Rules and Delaware General Corporation Law) issue preferred stock with conversion rights that, if exercised, could adversely affect the voting power of the shareholders.

Authorized but unissued shares — Subject to the limitations on the issue of securities under the ASX Listing Rules and Delaware General Corporation Law, our authorized but unissued common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issue without shareholder approval. We may use additional shares of Common Stock for a variety of purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, to fund acquisitions and as employee compensation. The existence of authorized but unissued common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult, or discourage, an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

CHESS Depositary Interests, or CDIs

In order for our Common Stock to trade electronically on ASX, we participate in the electronic transfer system known as CHESS operated by ASX Settlement.

CHESS cannot be used directly for the transfer of securities of companies domiciled in certain foreign jurisdictions, such as the U.S. Accordingly, to enable our Common Stock to be cleared and settled electronically through CHESS, we issue depositary interests called CHESS Depositary Interests, or CDIs.

CDIs confer the beneficial ownership in foreign securities such as the Common Stock on the CDI holder, with the legal title to such Common Stock being held by an Australian depositary entity. We have appointed CDN, a subsidiary of ASX, to act as our Australian depositary. Accordingly, by completing an Application Form, an Applicant will apply for shares of Common Stock to be issued to CDN, which will in turn issue CDIs to the Applicant.

Each CDI holder will receive a holding statement which sets out the number of CDIs held by the CDI holder and the reference number of the holding. These holding statements will be provided to a holder when a holding is first established and where there is a change in the holdings of CDIs.

We will operate a certificated register of Common Stock in the U.S. and an uncertificated issuer sponsored sub-register of CDIs and an uncertificated CHESS sub-register of CDIs in Australia. Our issuer-sponsored sub-register will be maintained by Link Market Services Limited. The certificated register is the register of legal title (and will reflect legal ownership by CDN of the shares of Common Stock underlying the CDIs) and the two uncertificated sub-registers combined will make up the register of beneficial title of the shares of Common Stock underlying the CDIs.

A summary of the rights and entitlements of CDI holders in the Company and CDI holders generally is set out below. Further information about CDIs is available from ASX, any stockbroker or our share registry.

CDI: Common Stock ratio

Each CDI represents an interest in one-fifth of a share of Common Stock.

Voting

If holders of CDIs wish to attend and vote at our general meetings, they will be able to do so. Under the ASX Listing Rules, we, as an issuer of CDIs, must allow CDI holders to attend any meeting of the holders of shares of Common Stock unless relevant U.S. law at the time of the meeting prevents CDI holders from attending those meetings.

 

64


Table of Contents

In order to vote at such meetings, CDI holders have the following options:

(a) instructing CDN, as the legal owner, to vote the shares of Common Stock underlying their CDIs in a particular manner. A voting instruction form will be sent to CDI holders with the notice of meeting or proxy statement for the meeting and this must be completed and returned to our share registry prior to the meeting;

(b) informing us that they wish to nominate themselves or another person to be appointed as CDN’s proxy with respect to their shares of Common Stock underlying the CDIs for the purposes of attending and voting at the general meeting; or

(c) converting their CDIs into a holding of shares of Common Stock and voting these at the meeting (however, if thereafter the former CDI holder wishes to sell their investment on ASX it would be necessary to convert the shares of Common Stock back to CDIs). In order to vote in person, the conversion must be completed prior to the record date for the meeting. See below for further information regarding the conversion process.

As holders of CDIs will not appear on our share register as the legal holders of the shares of Common Stock, they will not be entitled to vote at our shareholder meetings unless one of the above steps is undertaken. Proxy forms, CDI voting instruction forms and details of these alternatives will be included in each notice of meeting sent to CDI holders by us.

Converting from a CDI holding to a direct holding of shares of Common Stock

CDI holders who wish to convert their ASX listed CDIs to shares of Common Stock can do so by instructing our share registry either:

 

    directly in the case of CDIs on the issuer sponsored sub-register operated by us. CDI holders will be provided with a “Notice of Transmutation” for completion and return to our share registry; or

 

    through their sponsoring participant (usually their broker) in the case of CDIs which are sponsored on the CHESS sub-register. In this case, the sponsoring broker will arrange for completion of the relevant form and its return to our share registry.

Our share registry will then arrange for the shares of Common Stock to be transferred from CDN into the name of that holder and a new share certificate will be issued. This will cause the shares of Common Stock to be registered in the name of the holder on our share register and trading on ASX will no longer be possible. The shares of Common Stock are not and will not in the near future be quoted on any market in the U.S. Any shares so issued will bear restrictive legends in accordance with U.S. law.

Our share registry will not charge an individual security holder a fee for transferring CDI holdings into shares of Common Stock (although a fee will be payable by market participants). It is expected that this process will be completed within 2 days, provided that our share registry is in receipt of a duly completed and valid Notice of Transmutation. However, no guarantee can be given about the time for this conversion to take place. If the shares of Common Stock are listed on a U.S. securities exchange in the future, a fee may be payable for entering the shares of Common Stock into the Depository Trust Company or Direct Registration System.

If holders of the shares of Common Stock wish to convert their holdings to CDIs, they can do so by contacting our share registry. Our share registry will not charge a fee to a holder of shares of Common Stock seeking to convert such shares to CDIs (although a fee will be payable by market participants).

Communication with CDI holders

CDI holders will receive all notices and company announcements (such as annual reports) that shareholders are entitled to receive from us.

 

65


Table of Contents

Dividends and other shareholder entitlements

The ASX Settlement Operating Rules have the force of law by virtue of the Australian Corporations Act. These rules grant CDI holders the right to receive any dividends and other entitlements, which attach to the shares of Common Stock. Despite legal title to the shares of Common Stock being vested in CDN, the ASX Settlement Operating Rules provide that CDI holders are to receive all direct economic benefits and other entitlements in relation to the underlying shares of Common Stock (such as the right to receive the same dividends and entitlement to participate in rights issues and bonus issues).

Local and international trading in CDIs

CDI holders who wish to trade their CDIs will be transferring the beneficial interest in the shares of Common Stock rather than the legal title. The transfer will be settled electronically by delivery of the relevant CDI holdings through CHESS. In other respects, trading in CDIs is essentially the same as trading in other CHESS approved securities, such as shares in an Australian company.

Takeovers

If a takeover bid or similar transaction is made in relation to the shares of Common Stock of which CDN is the registered holder, under the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, CDN must not accept the offer made under the takeover bid except to the extent that acceptance is authorized by the relevant CDI holder.

Rights on liquidation or winding up

If we liquidate, dissolve or wind up, a CDI holder will be entitled to the same economic benefit on their CDIs as our shareholders.

 

ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

The Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate, subject to specified conditions, the personal liability of directors to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties. Our Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

We have obtained director and officer liability insurance to cover liabilities our directors and officers may incur in connection with their services to us. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws also provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses to any of our directors and officers who, by reason of the fact that he or she is one of our officers or directors, is involved in a legal proceeding of any nature. We will repay certain expenses incurred by a director or officer in connection with any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action or proceeding, including actions by us in our name. Such indemnifiable expenses include, to the maximum extent permitted by law, attorney’s fees, judgments, fines, settlement amounts and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with legal proceedings. A director or officer will not receive indemnification if he or she is found not to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests.

We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors to the extent permitted by law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors.

Such limitation of liability and indemnification does not affect the availability of equitable remedies. In addition, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

66


Table of Contents
ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

Our consolidated financial statements, together with the report of our independent registered public accounting firm, appear on pages F-1 through F-27 of this registration statement.

 

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

 

ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.

 

(a) Financial Statements

Our consolidated financial statements appear at the end of this Form 10. Please see the index to the consolidated financial statements on page F-1.

 

(b) Exhibits

 

Exhibit

  

Description

  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of GI Dynamics, Inc.
  3.2    Bylaws of GI Dynamics, Inc.
  4.1    Form of Warrant
10.1†    2011 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan
10.2†    2003 Omnibus Stock Plan
10.3†    Amended Letter of Employment, dated July 11, 2011, between GI Dynamics, Inc. and Stuart Randle
10.4†    Letter of Employment, dated July 11, 2011, between GI Dynamics, Inc. and Robert Crane
10.5†    Letter of Employment, dated March 25, 2013, between GI Dynamics, Inc. and David Maggs
10.6†    Letter of Employment, dated November 28, 2011, between GI Dynamics, Inc. and Mark Twyman
10.7    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.8    Sublease Agreement, dated May 23, 2013, between GI Dynamics, Inc. and Cambridge Technology, Inc.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries

 

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

67


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

   

GI DYNAMICS, INC.

(Registrant)

    By:   /s/ Robert W. Crane      
      Name: Robert W. Crane
Date: April 30, 2014       Title: Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer

 

68


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries, at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Boston, Massachusetts   /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
February 27, 2014  

 

F-2


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 58,616      $ 41,481   

Restricted cash

            33   

Accounts receivable, net

     660        473   

Inventory

     7,271        5,359   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,288        838   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     67,835        48,184   

Property and equipment, net

     1,490        701   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 69,325      $ 48,885   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,267      $ 410   

Accrued expenses

     4,400        5,627   

Deferred revenue

     722        721   

Current portion of long-term debt

     58        67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     6,447        6,825   

Deferred rent

     167          

Long-term debt, net of current portion

            58   

Warrant to purchase common stock

     326        294   

Commitments ( Note 11 )

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value – 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012

              

Common stock, $0.01 par value – 130,000,000 shares authorized; 80,087,717 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 57,361,031 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012

     801        574   

Class B common stock, $0.01 par value – 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012

              

Additional paid-in capital

     213,305        157,277   

Accumulated deficit

     (151,721     (116,143
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     62,385        41,708   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 69,325      $ 48,885   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Revenue

   $ 2,255      $ 668      $ 234   

Cost of revenue

     2,492        1,358        709   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loss

     (237     (690     (475

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     14,676        11,469        8,558   

Sales and marketing

     11,011        7,886        5,017   

General and administrative

     8,932        10,085        10,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     34,619        29,440        23,630   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (34,856     (30,130     (24,105

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     366        678        683   

Interest expense

     (5     (8     (180

Foreign exchange (loss) gain

     (955     1,871        (3,261

Remeasurement of warrant liability

     (32     822        505   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     (626     3,363        (2,253
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

     (35,482     (26,767     (26,358

Income tax expense

     (96     (19       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (35,578   $ (26,786   $ (26,358
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (0.53   $ (0.47   $ (1.29
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares used in basic and diluted net loss per common share

     67,676,938        57,015,561        20,388,841   

Comprehensive loss

   $ (35,578   $ (26,786   $ (26,358
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Series A
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series C
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
    Shares     Par Value     Shares     Par Value     Shares     Par Value     Shares     Par Value        

Balance at December 31, 2010

    4,100,000      $ 41        8,000,000      $ 80        24,000,000      $ 240        3,142,403      $ 31      $ 76,422      $ (62,999   $ 13,815   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                                              2,349,739        24        428               452   

Conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock upon initial public offering

    (4,100,000     (41     (8,000,000     (80     (24,000,000     (240     36,100,000        361                        

Issuance of shares upon initial public offering, net of offering costs of approximately $6.6 million

                                              13,545,427        135        72,234               72,369   

Conversion of convertible debt

                                              1,055,242        11        6,139               6,150   

Issuance of warrant for common shares in connection with initial public offering

                                                            (1,621            (1,621

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                            744               744   

Net loss

                                                                   (26,358     (26,358
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

                                              56,192,811        562        154,346        (89,357     65,551   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                                              1,168,220        12        341               353   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                            2,590               2,590   

Net loss

                                                                   (26,786     (26,786
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

                                              57,361,031        574        157,277        (116,143     41,708   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                                              140,949        1        52               53   

Issuance of shares upon private placement and share purchase plan, net of issuance costs of approximately $2.1 million

                                              22,585,737        226        52,271               52,497   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                            3,705               3,705   

Net loss

                                                                   (35,578     (35,578
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

         $             $             $        80,087,717      $ 801      $ 213,305      $ (151,721   $ 62,385   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Operating activities

      

Net loss

   $ (35,578   $ (26,786   $ (26,358

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     441        267        212   

Amortization and accretion of investments

                   9   

Stock-based compensation expense

     3,705        2,590        744   

Remeasurement of warrant liability

     32        (822     (505

Gain on sale of property and equipment

     (1            (2

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (187     (313     (160

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (450     327        (838

Inventory

     (1,912     (1,339     (2,225

Accounts payable

     857        (1,436     862   

Accrued expenses

     (1,296     2,566        1,044   

Deferred revenue

     1        456        265   

Deferred rent

     236        (67     (71
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (34,152     (24,557     (27,023

Investing activities

      

Purchases of property and equipment

     (1,230     (460     (106

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     1               7   

Change in restricted cash

     33        33        33   

Purchases of investments

                   (350

Maturities of investments

                   9,550   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (1,196     (427     9,134   

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt

                   6,000   

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     53        353        452   

Proceeds from issuance of shares

     52,497               72,519   

Payments on long-term debt

     (67     (40       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     52,483        313        78,971   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     17,135        (24,671     61,082   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     41,481        66,152        5,070   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 58,616      $ 41,481      $ 66,152   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures

      

Issuance of warrant for common stock

   $      $      $ (1,621

Conversion of convertible debt

   $      $      $ (6,000

Borrowings under long-term debt

   $      $ 165      $   

Cash paid for interest

   $ 5      $ 7      $   

Income taxes paid

   $ 69      $ 5      $   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Nature of Business

GI Dynamics, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated on March 24, 2003, as a Delaware corporation, with operations based in Lexington, Massachusetts. The Company designs, develops, and markets medical devices for non-surgical approaches to treating type 2 diabetes and obesity. Since incorporation, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to product commercialization, research and development, business planning, recruiting management and technical staff, acquiring operating assets, and raising capital. The Company began commercial sales of its product in 2011.

The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other medical device companies, including, but not limited to, market acceptance of the Company’s products, development by its competitors of new technological innovations, safety and efficacy of the products in clinical trials, the regulatory approval process governing medical devices, raising additional capital and protection of proprietary technology.

The Company has incurred operating losses since inception and at December 31, 2013, had an accumulated deficit of approximately $151.7 million. At December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $58.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, which it believes is sufficient to fund its operations through at least January 1, 2015. In September 2011, the Company completed its initial public offering of common stock and raised a total of approximately $72.5 million in net proceeds. Additionally, in July and August 2013, the Company sold shares of its stock in the form of CHESS Depositary Interests (“CDIs”) on the Australian Securities Exchange (“ASX”) through a private placement and Share Purchase Plan (“SPP”), which raised a total of approximately $52.5 million in net proceeds.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of GI Dynamics, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. requires the Company’s management to make estimates and judgments that may affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, the Company’s management evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, inventory valuation, impairment of long-lived assets, income taxes including the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, research and development, contingencies, and stock-based compensation. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results in the period in which they become known.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investment instruments with an original maturity when purchased of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Investments qualifying as cash equivalents primarily consist of money market funds and have a carrying amount that approximates fair value. The amount of cash equivalents included in cash and cash equivalents was approximately $45.6 million and $27.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had approximately $7.4 million and $11.2 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents denominated in Australian dollars that is subject to foreign currency gain and loss. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had approximately $1.0 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents denominated in euros that is subject to foreign currency gain and loss.

Investments

The Company classifies all short-term investments with an original maturity when purchased of greater than three months as held-to-maturity as the Company has the intent and ability to hold these investments to maturity. The net carrying value of securities classified as held-to-maturity is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization is computed under the effective interest method and is included in interest income along with any declines in value judged to be other than temporary. The Company classifies all investments that mature in less than one year from the balance sheet date as short-term investments. Investments that mature in more than one year are classified as long-term, held-to-maturity investments within the consolidated balance sheets. The Company did not have any investments at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

To determine whether an other-than-temporary impairment exists, the Company considers whether it has the ability and intent to hold the investment until a market price recovery and whether evidence indicating the recoverability of the cost of the investment outweighs evidence to the contrary. There were no other-than-temporary impairments for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Accounts Receivable and Related Valuation Account

The Company grants credit to customers in the normal course of business but generally does not require collateral or any other security to support its receivables. The Company makes judgments as to its ability to collect outstanding receivables and provides an allowance for receivables when collection becomes doubtful. Provisions are made based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding invoices and the overall quality and age of those invoices not individually reviewed. The Company believes that credit risks associated with these customers are not significant. To date, the Company has not had any write-offs of bad debt, and as such, the Company does not have an allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject the Company to credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalent balances with high-quality financial institutions, and consequently, the Company believes that such funds are subject to minimal credit risk. The Company’s short-term investments potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. The Company has adopted an investment policy that limits the amounts the Company may invest in any one type of investment and requires all investments held by the Company to have a rating of not less than A, thereby reducing credit risk concentration.

Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from customers. The Company’s accounts receivable are with distributors and health care providers in different countries. In light of the current economic state of many foreign countries, the Company continues to monitor the creditworthiness of its customers.

At December 31, 2013, one distributor accounted for approximately 49% of the Company’s accounts receivable. At December 31, 2012, one distributor accounted for approximately 53% of the Company’s accounts

 

F-8


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

receivable, and two health care providers each accounted for approximately 11% of the Company’s accounts receivable. No other customer accounted for greater than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable in 2013 and 2012.

In the year ended December 31, 2013, one distributor accounted for approximately 15% of the Company’s revenue and one health care provider accounted for approximately 13% of the Company’s revenue. In the year ended December 31, 2012, one health care provider and one distributor each accounted for approximately 29% of the Company’s revenue. In the year ended December 31, 2011, one distributor accounted for approximately 42% of the Company’s revenue, a second distributor accounted for approximately 36% and a third distributor accounted for approximately 20% of the Company’s revenue. No other customer accounted for greater than 10% of the Company’s revenue in 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Inventory

The Company states inventory at the lower of first-in, first-out cost or market. The Company records a provision for excess, expired, and obsolete inventory based primarily on estimates of forecasted revenues. A significant change in the timing or level of demand for products as compared to forecasted amounts may result in recording additional provisions for excess, expired, and obsolete inventory in the future. When capitalizing inventory, the Company considers factors such as status of regulatory approval, alternative use of inventory, and anticipated commercial use of the product.

Inventory at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  

Finished goods

   $ 1,010       $ 670   

Work-in-process

     1,208         1,136   

Raw materials

     5,053         3,553   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,271       $ 5,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are recorded at cost and are depreciated when placed in service using the straight-line method based on their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Asset Description

   Estimated
Useful Life
(In Years)
 

Laboratory equipment

     5   

Computer equipment and software

     3   

Office furniture and equipment

     5   

Included in property and equipment are certain costs of software obtained for internal use. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred, while costs incurred during the application development stage are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the software. The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality. Maintenance and training costs related to software obtained for internal use are expensed as incurred.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the remaining lease term. Costs for capital assets not yet placed into service have been capitalized as construction in progress and will be depreciated in accordance with the above guidelines once placed into service. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.

Restricted Cash

At December 31, 2012, the Company had a letter of credit of approximately $33,000 related to an operating lease for office and laboratory facilities that was secured by a restricted account invested in a money market fund. At December 31, 2012, the balance of such restricted cash account was approximately $33,000. In September 2013, the Company terminated the letter of credit pursuant to the expiration of its lease.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates all of its revenue from sales of its EndoBarrier ® family of products to health care providers and third-party distributors who resell the product to health care providers.

The Company considers revenue to be realized or realizable and earned when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized upon passage of title and risk of loss to customers, unless a consignment arrangement exists, and provided an estimate can be made for sales returns.

With respect to these criteria:

 

    The evidence of an arrangement generally consists of a health care provider or distributor purchase order with the necessary approvals and acceptance by the Company.

 

    Transfer of title and risk and rewards of ownership are passed to the health care provider or third-party distributor upon delivery of the products.

 

    The selling prices for all sales are fixed and agreed with the health care provider or third-party distributor. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers are established as a reduction to revenue in the same period the related sales are recorded.

 

    When doubt exists about collectibility from specific customers, the Company defers revenue from sales of products to those customers until payment is received.

In certain circumstances the Company allows customers to return expired, defective or nonconforming products. The Company bases its estimate for sales returns upon historical trends and records the amount as a reduction to revenue upon the initial sale of the product. The Company determined it had sufficient historical data on which to base an estimate of future product returns such that starting in the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company began to recognize revenue at the time of delivery net of these return estimates. Prospectively, the Company will continue to evaluate whether it has sufficient data to determine return estimates as it enters new markets.

The Company has certain relationships in which title to delivered product passes to a buyer, but the substance of the transaction is that of a consignment arrangement. In these cases, the Company recognizes revenue based on payment from the customer, which indicates that the sale is complete. For these transactions,

 

F-10


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

revenue recognition is deferred until the sale is complete. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had deferred revenue of approximately $0.7 million.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs are included in costs of revenue.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed when incurred. Research and development costs include costs of all basic research activities as well as other research, engineering, and technical effort required to develop a new product or service or make significant improvement to an existing product or manufacturing process. Research and development costs also include pre-approval regulatory and clinical trial expenses.

Patent Costs

The Company expenses as incurred all costs, including legal expenses, associated with obtaining patents until the patented technology becomes feasible. All costs incurred after the patented technology is feasible will be capitalized as an intangible asset. As of December 31, 2013, no such costs had been capitalized since inception of the Company. The Company has expensed approximately $0.4 million, $0.5 million and $0.7 million of patent costs within general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718, Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which requires that stock-based compensation be measured and recognized as an expense in the financial statements and that such expense be measured at the grant date fair value.

The Company adopted ASC 718 on January 1, 2006, using the prospective method of application, which requires compensation expense to be recognized on a prospective basis, and therefore, prior period financial statements were not restated. Compensation expense recognized relates to stock options granted or modified on or after January 1, 2006. Stock options granted prior to that date are excluded from ASC 718 and will continue to be accounted for using the intrinsic value method. Under the intrinsic value method, compensation associated with stock awards to employees was determined as the difference, if any, between the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date compensation is measured, generally the grant date, and the price an employee must pay to exercise the award. For awards that vest based on service conditions, the Company uses the straight-line method to allocate compensation expense to reporting periods. The grant date fair value of options granted is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the use of subjective assumptions including volatility, expected term and the fair value of the underlying common stock, among others.

Stock awards to non-employees are accounted for in accordance with ASC 505-50, Equity Based Payments to Non-Employees (“ASC 505-50”). The measurement date for non-employee awards is generally the date performance of services required from the non-employee is complete. For non-employee awards that vest based on service conditions, the Company expenses the value of the awards over the related service period, provided they expect the service condition to be met. The Company records the expense of services rendered by non-

 

F-11


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

employees based on the estimated fair value of the stock option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model over the contractual term of the non-employee. The fair value of unvested non-employee awards are remeasured at each reporting period and expensed over the vesting term of the underlying stock options on a straight-line basis.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of GID Europe Holding B.V., GID Europe B.V., GID Germany GmbH and GI Dynamics Australia Pty Ltd is the U.S. dollar. Balance sheet accounts of the Company’s subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date while expenses are translated using the average exchange rate in effect during the period. Gains and losses arising from translation of the wholly owned subsidiaries’ financial statements are included in the determination of net loss.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company regularly reviews the carrying amount of its long-lived assets to determine whether indicators of impairment may exist that warrant adjustments to carrying values or estimated useful lives. If indications of impairment exist, projected future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the carrying amount to determine whether the asset’s value is recoverable. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds such projected undiscounted cash flows, the asset will be written down to its estimated fair value. To date, no such impairments have been recognized.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”). ASU 2011-05 requires companies to present the components of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss) either as one continuous statement or as two consecutive statements and eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income (loss) as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. ASU 2011-05 does not change the items which must be reported in other comprehensive income (loss), how such items are measured or when they must be reclassified to net income (loss). The Company adopted ASU 2011-05 in the first quarter of 2012 and has revised its presentation of comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The adoption of ASU 2011-05 had no material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Comprehensive loss was equal to the net loss for all periods reported.

Loss Contingencies

In accordance with ASC 450, Contingencies , the Company accrues anticipated costs of settlement, damages, and losses for loss contingencies based on historical experience or to the extent specific losses are probable and estimable. Otherwise, the Company expenses these costs as incurred. If the estimate of a probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is more likely, the Company accrues the minimum amount of the range.

Net Loss per Common Share

The Company uses the two-class method to compute net loss per common share, as the convertible preferred stock that was outstanding prior to the September 2011 initial public offering represented a participating security. Net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss available to common stockholders by the weighted-

 

F-12


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Potential common stock equivalents are determined using the treasury stock method. The Company excludes stock options and other stock-based awards whose effect would be anti-dilutive from the calculation. During each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the entire net loss was applicable to the common stockholders, and common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per common share, as their effect was anti-dilutive due to the net loss incurred.

The following potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the computation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, as they would be anti-dilutive:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  

Warrants to purchase common stock

     500,000         500,000         500,000   

Options to purchase common stock

     9,634,547         8,574,342         7,940,035   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     10,134,547         9,074,342         8,440,035   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income Taxes

The Company provides for income taxes under the liability method. The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the Company’s financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities measured using the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to reflect the uncertainty associated with their ultimate realization.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions recognized in the consolidated financial statements by prescribing a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.

Guarantees

The Company has identified the guarantees described below as disclosable, in accordance with ASC 460, Guarantees .

As permitted under Delaware law, the Company indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was, serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is unlimited; however, the Company has directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage that should limit its exposure and enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid.

The Company is a party to a number of agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that contain typical provisions that obligate the Company to indemnify the other parties to such agreements upon the occurrence of certain events. Such indemnification obligations are usually in effect from the date of execution of the applicable agreement for a period equal to the applicable statute of limitations. The aggregate maximum potential future liability of the Company under such indemnification provisions is uncertain.

The Company leases office space under several noncancelable operating leases (Note 11). The Company has standard indemnification arrangements under these leases that require it to indemnify the landlord against all

 

F-13


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

costs, expenses, fines, suits, claims, demands, liabilities, and actions directly resulting from any breach, violation, or nonperformance of any covenant or condition of the respective lease.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had not experienced any losses related to these indemnification obligations, and no material claims with respect thereto were outstanding. The Company does not expect significant claims related to these indemnification obligations and, consequently, concluded that the fair value of these obligations is negligible, and no related reserves have been established.

Subsequent Events

The Company evaluates events occurring after the date of its consolidated balance sheet for potential recognition or disclosure in its consolidated financial statements. No subsequent events have occurred through the date the Company issued its consolidated financial statements that require disclosure in or adjustment to its consolidated financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications related to the presentation of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss have been made to prior year amounts to conform with current year presentation. Additionally, certain reclassifications related to the presentation of deferred rent expense in the consolidated statements of cash flows have been made to prior year amounts to conform with current year presentation.

New Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard-setting bodies that are adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the Company believes that the effect of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

3. Common Stock Warrant

In connection with the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) in September 2011, the Company issued warrants in an aggregate amount of 500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of A$5.50 per share to the lead manager of the IPO and certain other investors (Note 4). The warrants will expire on the fifth anniversary of their date of grant. The warrants may be converted on a cashless basis at the option of the holder. The Company has reserved 500,000 shares of common stock related to these warrants.

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The tables below present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques the Company used to determine such fair value. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points that are either directly or indirectly observable, such as quoted prices, interest rates and yield curves. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs utilize unobservable data points in which there is little or no market data, requiring the Company to develop its own assumptions for the asset or liability.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

 

The following tables present the assets the Company has measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 

            Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
 

Description

   December 31,
2013
     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Money market funds (included in cash and cash equivalents)

   $ 45,560       $ 45,560       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,560       $ 45,560       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

            Fair Value Measurements at
Reporting Date Using
 

Description

   December 31,
2012
     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Money market funds (included in cash and cash equivalents)

   $ 27,149       $ 27,149       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 27,149       $ 27,149       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In September 2011, the Company issued warrants in an aggregate amount of 500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of A$5.50 per share in conjunction with its IPO (Note 3). The Company accounts for the warrants under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). In accordance with the guidance included in ASC 815, because the Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar and the exercise price of the warrants is in Australian dollars, the Company is exposed to currency exchange risk related to the warrants. As a result, the warrants are not considered indexed to the Company’s own stock, and therefore, the warrants are classified as a liability and the fair value of the warrants must be remeasured at each reporting period. At the time the warrants were issued, the Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company remeasured the fair value of the warrants at each reporting period using current assumptions and current foreign exchange rates, with changes in value recorded as other income or expense.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

 

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Exercise price (A$5.50 at current exchange rate)

   $ 4.92      $ 5.71      $ 5.59   

Fair value of common stock

   $ 3.36      $ 2.86      $ 4.72   

Expected volatility

     48.7     53.6     63.2

Expected term (in years)

     2.7        3.7        4.7   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.7     0.5     0.8

Expected dividend yield

            

The following table is a rollforward of the fair value of the warrant, where fair value is determined by Level 3 inputs (in thousands):

 

Balance at time of issuance

   $ 1,621   

Decrease in fair value of warrant upon remeasurement included in other income (expense)

     (505
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     1,116   

Decrease in fair value of warrant upon remeasurement included in other income (expense)

     (822
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     294   

Increase in fair value of warrant upon remeasurement included in other income (expense)

     32   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 326   
  

 

 

 

Cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are carried at amounts that approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities and highly liquid nature of these instruments.

5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  

Laboratory equipment

   $ 387      $ 363   

Computer equipment and software

     1,032        665   

Office furniture and equipment

     270        249   

Construction in process

     95        204   

Leasehold improvements

     921        482   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,705        1,963   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,215     (1,262
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,490      $ 701   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5. Property and Equipment (continued)

 

Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment was approximately $0.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

6. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  

Clinical trials

   $ 1,526       $ 1,206   

Payroll and related liabilities

     1,576         770   

Professional fees

     630         3,157   

Deferred rent, current portion

     91         22   

Other

     577         472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,400       $ 5,627   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Debt

In January 2012, the Company entered into an unsecured credit facility of approximately $165,000, expiring in August 2014, related to the Company’s acquisition of its enterprise resource planning system. Interest on the borrowings under the credit facility is at an annual interest rate of 5.6%. Future principal payments under the credit facility at December 31, 2013, are approximately $58,000 through August 2014.

8. Stockholders’ Equity

The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 145,000,000 shares, of which 130,000,000 shares are designated as common stock, 10,000,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock, and 5,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

Common Stock

In September 2011, in conjunction with the Company’s IPO, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to authorize it to issue up to 130,000,000 shares of common stock, 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

The Company authorized Class B common stock in order to meet the Listing Rules of the ASX so far as they apply to escrowed securities. In the event that holders of common stock, who are subject to ASX-imposed escrow, breach the terms of their escrow agreement or the Listing Rules as they apply to escrowed securities, their common stock will be automatically converted into Class B common stock until the earlier to occur of the expiration of the escrow period or the breach being rectified. The Class B common stock is identical to and ranks equally with the common stock except that Class B common stock has no voting rights and are not entitled to any dividends.

In July and August 2013, the Company sold approximately 108.5 million CDIs at an issue price of A$0.53 per CDI in a private placement. Five CDIs are the equivalent of one share of common stock. In conjunction with the private placement, the Company initiated an SPP, in which eligible shareholders who held CDIs or shares of

 

F-17


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

8. Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

common stock in the Company at the record date were entitled to acquire up to A$15,000 worth of additional CDIs at an issue price of A$0.53 per CDI. The Company sold approximately 4.4 million CDIs in the SPP. As a result of the private placement and SPP, the Company raised approximately $52.5 million, net of expenses. The Company intends to use these proceeds to fund its U.S. pivotal clinical trial and for general working capital purposes.

9. Stock Option Plans

The Company has two stock-based compensation plans. The Board of Directors adopted the 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan (the “2003 Plan”), which provides for the grant of qualified incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options or other awards to the Company’s employees, officers, directors, advisors, and outside consultants to purchase up to an aggregate of 9,220,861 shares of the Company’s common stock.

In August 2011, the Board of Directors adopted the 2011 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”, together with the 2003 Plan, the “Plans”) as the successor to the 2003 Plan. Under the 2011 Plan, the Company may grant incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted and unrestricted stock awards and other stock-based awards. The Company had initially reserved 4,500,000 shares of its common stock for issue under the 2011 Plan. Awards that are returned to the Company’s 2003 Plan as a result of their forfeiture, expiration or cancellation without delivery of common stock shares or that result in the forfeiture of shares back to the Company on or after August 1, 2011, the date the 2011 Plan became effective, are automatically made available for issuance under the 2011 Plan. At August 1, 2011, 802,350 shares available for grant under the 2003 Plan were transferred to the 2011 Plan. At December 31, 2013, 4,777,156 shares were available for grant under the 2011 Plan.

In addition, the 2011 Plan allows for an annual increase in the number of shares available for issue under the 2011 Plan commencing on the first day of each fiscal year during the period beginning in fiscal year 2012 and ending in fiscal year 2020. The annual increase in the number of shares shall be equal to the lowest of:

 

    5 million shares;
    4% of the number of common shares outstanding as of such date; and
    an amount determined by the Board of Directors or the Company’s compensation committee.

Accordingly, during 2013, 2,294,441 shares were added to the 2011 Plan.

The stock options granted under the Plans generally vest over a four-year period and expire ten years from the date of grant. From time to time, the Company grants stock options to purchase common stock subject to performance-based milestones. The vesting of these stock options will occur upon the achievement of the milestones. When achievement of the milestone is deemed probable, the Company expenses the compensation of the respective stock option over the implicit service period. At December 31, 2013, the Company had options for the purchase of 220,000 shares of common stock subject to performance-based milestone vesting with unrecognized stock-based compensation of approximately $0.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 2013, an option granted in 2007, for the purchase of 130,000 shares of common stock, originally associated with a performance-based milestone, was modified by the Board of Directors to fully vest based upon services provided. The Company recorded approximately $0.4 million of expense associated with the modification and vesting of this option grant. No expense associated with performance-based milestone options was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9. Stock Option Plans (continued)

 

Due to the absence of an active market for the Company’s common stock, prior to the Company’s IPO in September 2011, the Board of Directors was required to determine the fair value of the common stock for consideration in setting exercise prices for the options granted and in valuing the options granted. In determining the exercise prices for options granted, the Company’s Board of Directors considered both quantitative and qualitative factors including the results obtained from an independent third-party valuation, the Company’s financial position and historical financial performance, the status of technological developments within the Company’s products, the composition and ability of the current research and management team, achievement of enterprise milestones, an evaluation or benchmark of the Company’s competition, the current business climate in the marketplace, the illiquid nature of the common stock, arm’s length sales of the Company’s capital stock (including convertible preferred stock), the effect of the rights and preferences of the preferred shareholders, and the prospects of a liquidity event, among others.

In calculating stock-based compensation costs, the Company estimated the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of short lived, exchange-traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. The Company estimates the number of awards that will be forfeited in calculating compensation costs. Such costs are then recognized over the requisite service period of the awards on a straight-line basis.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the award, expected stock price volatility and, up to the date of the Company’s IPO, the fair value of the Company’s common stock. The weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2013     2012     2011  

Expected volatility

     64.8     64.2     63.0

Expected term (in years)

     6.05        6.05        6.05   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.1     1.0     1.8

Expected dividend yield

            

Expected Volatility

Volatility measures the amount that a stock price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate during a period. As the Company was not publicly traded prior to September 2011 and therefore had no trading history, stock price volatility was estimated based on an analysis of historical and implied volatility of comparable public companies.

Expected Term

The Company has limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior for its stock option grants. As a result, for stock option grants made during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the expected term was estimated using the “simplified method.” The simplified method is based on the average of the contractual term of the option and the weighted-average vesting period of the option. For options granted to non-employees, the Company used the remaining contractual life to estimate the expected term of non-employee awards for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9. Stock Option Plans (continued)

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate

The risk-free interest rate used for each grant is based on a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury instrument with a remaining term similar to the expected term of the stock-based award.

Expected Dividend Yield

The Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying cash dividends on its shares of common stock in the foreseeable future; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

Forfeitures

Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from the Company’s estimates. Subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures are recognized through a cumulative adjustment in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock-based compensation expense in future periods. The Company uses historical data to estimate forfeiture rates. The Company’s estimated forfeiture rates were 2.0% as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Non-Employee Awards

The Company accounts for non-employee awards in accordance with ASC 505-50. Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to non-employees is recognized as services are rendered, generally on a straight-line basis. The Company believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measurable than the fair value of the services rendered. The fair value of the stock options granted is remeasured at each reporting date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as prescribed by ASC 718. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company granted options to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock to non-employees with an aggregate fair value of approximately $0.6 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company did not grant any options for shares of common stock to non-employees. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company granted options to purchase 61,400 shares of common stock to non-employees with an aggregate fair value of approximately $35,000.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company modified the terms of stock options previously granted to an employee upon his change in status from employee to non-employee. The modifications included an extension of the exercise period after the status change with respect to certain of the options and the extension of the vesting of certain options through the end of his expected service to the Company. These modifications resulted in a reduction of stock-based compensation of approximately $0.2 million. The Company accounted for the modifications of stock option awards in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. Stock options that are modified and continue to vest when an employee has a change in employment status are subject to periodic revaluation over their vesting terms.

The Company has recorded non-employee, stock-based compensation expense in accordance with ASC 505-50 of approximately $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which is included in the total stock-based compensation expense.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9. Stock Option Plans (continued)

 

Stock-based compensation is reflected in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss as follows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  

Cost of revenue

   $ 69       $ 58       $   

Research and development

     679         534         179   

Sales and marketing

     1,364         1,052         69   

General and administrative

     1,593         946         496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,705       $ 2,590       $ 744   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, there was approximately $7.5 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock option grants under the Plans which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years. The total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures.

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Company’s stock option plans:

 

     Shares of
Common
Stock
Attributable
to Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Contractual
Life
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                  (In years)      (In thousands)  

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     8,574,342      $ 2.43         7.24       $ 11,255   

Granted

     1,282,500      $ 3.48         

Exercised

     (140,949   $ 0.38         

Cancelled

     (81,346   $ 3.62         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

     9,634,547      $ 2.59         6.66       $ 13,319   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2013

     9,566,305      $ 2.58         6.65       $ 13,295   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

     5,910,971      $ 1.75         5.54       $ 12,090   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1.90, $2.64 and $2.37, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $0.5 million, $5.5 million and $4.2 million, respectively. The intrinsic value represents the difference between the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price of the stock option. Cash received from option exercises during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $53,000, $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively. No tax benefits were realized from options and other stock-based payment arrangements during these periods.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Income Taxes

Loss before provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Domestic

   $ (35,599   $ (26,800   $ (26,372

Foreign

     117        33        14   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (35,482   $ (26,767   $ (26,358
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2013      2012      2011  

Current provision:

        

Federal

   $       $       $   

State

     39                   

Foreign

     57         19           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     96         19           

Deferred provision:

        

Federal

                       

State

                       

Foreign

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision

   $ 96       $ 19       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of income taxes from operations computed using the U.S. federal statutory rate to that reflected in operations follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Income tax benefit using U.S. federal statutory rate

   $ (12,064   $ (9,102   $ (8,978

Permanent differences

     40        (252     (95

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (1,612     (1,120     (1,312

Stock-based compensation

     645        408        129   

Tax credits

     (306     (75     (293

Foreign tax rate differential

     (11     (3     (1

Change in the valuation allowance

     13,841        10,083        10,550   

Other

     (437     80          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 96      $ 19      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 43,167      $ 29,347   

Research and development credit carryforwards

     2,553        1,864   

Capitalized research and development costs

     4,168        5,223   

Capitalized start-up expenses

     6,137        6,649   

Depreciation and other

     4,339        3,441   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     60,364        46,524   

Valuation allowance

     (60,364     (46,524
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management of the Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of the Company’s deferred tax assets and determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will not recognize the benefits of the deferred tax assets. As a result, a valuation allowance of approximately $60.4 million and $46.5 million was established at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $13.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to the increase in the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (excluding ASC 718 additional paid-in capital net operating losses) of approximately $110.5 million and $75.3 million, respectively. These operating loss carryforwards will expire at various times beginning in 2025 through 2032 for federal purposes and begin to expire in 2014 and will continue to expire through 2032 for state purposes. The Company has also recorded $0.5 million as a reduction to net operating losses carryforward that is attributable to excess stock option deductions as of December 31, 2013.

In addition, the Company also has federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards (excluding ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), reserve) of approximately $2.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively, to offset future income taxes. These tax credit carryforwards will expire at various times beginning in 2024 through 2033 for federal purposes and will expire at various times beginning in 2019 through 2028 for state purposes.

On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law reinstating the federal research and development credit for the 2012 and 2013 years. Under the accounting guidance on this topic, the effects are recognized as a component of income tax expense or benefit from continuing operations in the consolidated financial statements for the interim or annual period that includes the enactment date. The deferred benefit recorded in 2013 related to the 2012 federal research and development credit was $0.4 million, which was offset by a full valuation allowance.

Utilization of net operating loss carryforwards and research and development credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future in accordance with Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“IRC Section 382”) and with Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as well as similar state provisions.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Income Taxes (continued)

 

These ownership changes may limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards and research and development credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and taxes, respectively. In general, an ownership change, as defined by IRC Section 382, results from transactions increasing the ownership of certain stockholders or public groups in the stock of a corporation by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period. The Company has completed several financings since its inception, which may have resulted in a change in control as defined by IRC Section 382 or could result in a change in control in the future. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has not, as yet, conducted an IRC Section 382 study, which could impact its ability to utilize net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards annually in the future to offset the Company’s taxable income, if any.

The Company applies ASC 740, which provides guidance on the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements and requires the impact of a tax position to be recognized in the financial statements if that position is more likely than not of being sustained by the taxing authority. As a result of the implementation of the new guidance, the Company recognized an immaterial adjustment for unrecognized income tax liability related to research and development credits. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had unrecognized tax liabilities of approximately $1.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively. Because the Company has a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets, there was no consolidated financial statement impact of the implementation of ASC 740.

The following is a rollforward of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  

Unrecognized tax benefit – as of the beginning of the year

   $ 776,646       $ 725,973   

Gross increases – tax positions of the prior periods

               

Gross increases – current period tax positions

     247,864         50,673   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits – as of the end of the year

   $ 1,024,510       $ 776,646   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company will recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions, and no amounts have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

The statute of limitations for assessment by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and state tax authorities is open for tax years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, although carryforward attributes that were generated prior to tax year 2010 may still be adjusted upon examination by the IRS or state tax authorities if they either have been or will be used in a future period. The statute of limitations for assessment by foreign tax authorities is open for tax years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. There are currently no federal or state audits in progress.

The Company has not, as yet, completed a study of its research and development credit carryforwards. Once completed, this study may result in an adjustment to the Company’s research and development credit carryforwards. A full valuation allowance has been provided against the Company’s research and development credits, and if an adjustment is required at the time the study is completed, this adjustment would be offset by an adjustment to the deferred tax asset established for the research and development credit carryforward and the valuation allowance.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

In June 2013, the Company entered into a noncancelable agreement to sublease 33,339 square feet of office, laboratory and manufacturing space in Lexington, Massachusetts. The sublease commenced in June 2013 and expires in December 2016, subject to earlier termination under certain conditions. Base rent during the initial rent period is approximately $0.6 million per year and increases annually by approximately $17,000. The space was delivered to the Company in June 2013 and rent payments will commence in May 2014. The rent expense, inclusive of the escalating rent payments and free rent period, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the sublease agreement. In accordance with the terms of the sublease agreement, the Company maintains an unsecured letter of credit of approximately $0.2 million, securing its obligations under the sublease agreement.

In August 2013, the Company relinquished its office and laboratory space in the One Maguire Road facility in Lexington, Massachusetts, pursuant to expiration of its lease.

In March 2012, the Company’s subsidiary, GID Germany GmbH, entered into a noncancelable operating lease for office space in Dusseldorf, Germany. The lease was renewed in September 2013 and was extended through April 2015 and is subject to earlier termination based on certain terms and conditions. The lease will extend automatically for successive twelve-month periods until terminated. The rent expense, inclusive of the free rent periods, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the current lease agreement.

In July 2013, the Company’s subsidiary GI Dynamics Australia Pty Ltd entered into a noncancelable operating lease for office space in Baulkham Hills, Australia. The initial term of the lease is for twelve months, expiring in July 2014, subject to earlier termination under certain conditions. The Company has the right to extend the lease for an additional term of twelve months, subject to certain terms and conditions.

Rent expense on noncancelable operating leases was approximately $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and approximately $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2013, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,       

2014

   $ 433   

2015

     609   

2016

     611   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,653   
  

 

 

 

License Agreement

In 2003, the Company entered into a license agreement (“License Agreement”) for certain intellectual property. The License Agreement required the Company to pay $75,000 at execution, make payments of $12,500 in 2004, and $25,000 each year thereafter, until the date of first commercial sale of the product, as defined in the License Agreement. In 2011, the Company began commercial sales of the product as defined in the License Agreement and as a result ceased making the yearly payments. The royalty obligation begins with U.S. commercial sales of products as defined in the License Agreement, if any. The royalty percentage may vary on products covered by the License Agreement, but in any case, the royalties are not considered significant. The Company will cease paying royalties, if any, at the time the patent covered by the License Agreement expires in 2017.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

Supply Agreement

In July 2013, the Company and W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. (“Gore”) agreed to terminate their supply agreement (“Supply Agreement”). The Supply Agreement, entered into in 2004, was for the supply of a material used to manufacture the sleeve used in the Company’s products.

Litigation

On January 9, 2013, the Company reached a settlement of litigation brought by Gore in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona in June 2010. In the litigation, Gore sought essentially the following declarations: (1) that it was the co-owner of all of the Company’s patents and patent applications and (2) that the Supply Agreement (discussed above) was void. The Company strongly denied all of the claims made by Gore and also filed counterclaims against Gore alleging, among other claims, misuse and misappropriation by Gore of the Company’s trade secrets. The Company also sought declarations that Gore was not the co-inventor or co-owner of any of the Company’s patents.

Under the settlement, the Company retains exclusive ownership and control of its patent portfolio, and both parties have dismissed all claims against each other. The dismissed claims included Gore’s claim that the Supply Agreement was void. The Company granted to Gore, a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the Company’s patents, but only for application in the vasculature. Gore is not licensed to use the Company’s patents for any applications in the gastrointestinal tract, which is the area of the body in which the Company’s products are designed to be used. Neither side made any cash payments to the other, nor will any royalties be due.

The Company did not record any loss contingency related to this matter at December 31, 2012 or 2011, based on its conclusion that a loss is neither probable nor estimable.

12. Retirement Plans

The Company has a 401(k) retirement and savings plan (the “401(k) Plan”) covering all qualified U.S. employees. The 401(k) Plan is a defined contribution plan and allows each participant to contribute up to 75% of the participant’s base wages up to an amount not to exceed an annual statutory maximum. The Company has made discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan and recorded expenses of approximately $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and approximately $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

13. Segment Reporting

For financial reporting purposes, the Company has one reportable segment which designs, develops, manufactures and markets medical devices for non-surgical approaches to treating type 2 diabetes and obesity.

Geographic Reporting

All the Company’s revenue is attributable to customers outside the U.S. The Company is dependent on favorable economic and regulatory environments for its products. Products are sold to customers located in Europe, the Middle East, Australia and South America and sales are attributed to a country or region based on the location of the customer to whom the products are sold.

Long-lived assets at December 31, 2013 of approximately $1.5 million are primarily held in the U.S. Total long-lived assets held outside of the U.S. represent less than 1% of total long-lived assets.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

GI Dynamics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Segment Reporting (continued)

 

Product sales by geographic location for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are listed in the table below (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2013              2012              2011      

Germany

   $ 641       $ 160       $ *   

Netherlands

     299         197           

Austria

     *                 47   

United Kingdom

     *         *         99   

Other Europe

     393         106         5   

Middle East

     255         13           

Chile

     337         192         83   

Australia

     330                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 2,255       $ 668       $ 234   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Revenue associated with the individual country is less than 10% of total revenue for the year.

 

F-27

Exhibit 3.1

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

GI DYNAMICS, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

GI Dynamics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 24, 2003. The Corporation filed an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on June 9, 2003 and a Certificate of Amendment to such Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on March 22, 2004. The Corporation filed a Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on May 7, 2004, a Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on May 17, 2006, a Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on December 18, 2008, and a Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on December 23, 2009.

FIRST: The name of the corporation is GI Dynamics, Inc.

SECOND: The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity or carry on any business for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any successor statute.

FOURTH:

 

  A. Designation and Number of Shares .

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is one hundred and forty-five million (145,000,000) shares, consisting of one hundred and thirty million (130,000,000) shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), ten million (10,000,000) shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”) and five million (5,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

 

  B. Preferred Stock .

1. Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series at such time or times and for such consideration as the Board of Directors may determine.


2. Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors to fix from time to time, by resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment and/or issuance of any series of Preferred Stock, the designation and number of the shares of such series and the powers, preferences and rights of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, to the fullest extent such authority may be conferred upon the Board of Directors under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

The number of authorized shares of any class of capital stock of the Corporation may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a vote of the holders of the Class B Common Stock or the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock designation.

 

  C. Common Stock .

The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to Preferred Stock).

 

  D. Class B Common Stock .

1. Except as otherwise provided by law, the holders of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to any voting rights.

2. The holders of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to share in any dividends and other distributions of cash, property or shares of the Corporation as may be declared by the Board of Directors on the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock (or any series thereof).

3. Subject to the rights of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof that may come into existence from time to time, in the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to share equally, on a per share basis, in all assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock.

4. If the Corporation shall in any mariner split, subdivide or combine the outstanding shares of Common. Stock, the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock shall be proportionately split, subdivided or combined in the same manner and on the same basis.

 

2


5. In the event of any merger or consolidation to which the Corporation is a party (whether or not the Corporation is the surviving entity), the holders of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a per share basis, the same amount and form of stock and other securities, property and cash as the holders of Common Stock.

FIFTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

A. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation as in effect from time to time, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

B. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

C. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and not by written consent.

D. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called (1) by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or (2) at the direction of stockholders holding at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the Corporation then entitled to vote at an election of directors. For the purposes of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

SIXTH: In connection with the Corporation’s initial public offering (the “Offering”) of CHESS Depositary Interests (“CDIs”) (with each CDI representing an interest in one fifth of a share of Common Stock), certain stockholders were required by the Australian Securities Exchange (the “ASX”) to enter into an escrow agreement (each a “Mandatory Escrow Agreement”) with the Corporation under which the stockholder agreed, among other things, to certain restrictions and prohibitions from engaging in transactions in the shares of Common Stock (including Common Stock in the form of CDIs) held or acquired by the stockholder (including shares of Common Stock that may be acquired upon exercise of a stock option, warrant or other right) or shares of Common Stock which attach to or arise from such Common Stock (collectively, the “Restricted Securities”) for a period of time identified in the Mandatory Escrow Agreement (the “Lock-Up Period”). The Restricted Securities shall automatically and

 

3


without further action be converted into shares of Class B Common Stock, on a one-for-one basis, if the Corporation determines, in its sole discretion, that the stockholder breached or violated any term of such stockholder’s Mandatory Escrow Agreement or breached the Official Listing Rules of the ASX relating to the Restricted Securities. Any shares of Common Stock converted to Class B Common Stock pursuant to this Article SIXTH shall automatically and without further action be converted back into shares of Common Stock, on a one-for-one basis, upon the earlier to occur of the expiration of the Lock-Up Period in the applicable Mandatory Escrow Agreement pursuant to which the shares of Common Stock were originally converted to Class B Common Stock or the breach of the Official Listing Rules of the ASX relating to the Restricted Securities being remedied.

SEVENTH:

A. Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, provided that in no event shall the number of members of the Board of Directors exceed ten (10).

B. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of directors, the term of office of the second class to expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of directors, and the term of office of the third class to expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire, other than directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances, shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to such classes as it may determine at the time the classification of the Board of Directors pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation becomes effective.

C. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise required by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by stockholders, and directors so chosen shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been chosen expires or until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

D. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

E. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the Corporation then entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

4


EIGHTH: The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH:

A. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, or trustee of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Paragraph C of this Article NINTH with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or as otherwise required by law, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify or advance expenses to any such Indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

B. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Paragraph A of this Article NINTH, an Indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in his capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such Indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Paragraph B or otherwise.

 

5


C. If a claim under Paragraph A or B of this Article NINTH is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it sha.3 be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article NINTH or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

D. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article NINTH shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation as amended from time to time, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

E. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

F. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article NINTH with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

6


G. The rights conferred upon Indemnitees in this Article NINTH shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article NINTH that adversely affects any right of an Indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit or eliminate any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to any such amendment, alteration or repeal.

TENTH: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for any monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty as a director; provided that this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director, to the extent that such liability is imposed by applicable law, (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 or successor provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended. All references in this Article TENTH to a director shall also be deemed to refer to any such director acting in his or her capacity as a Continuing Director (as defined in Article TWELFTH).

ELEVENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the Delaware General Corporation Law and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided that in addition to the vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of voting stock of the Corporation representing at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, any article of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

TWELFTH: The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to cause the Corporation to issue rights pursuant to Section 157 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and, in that connection, to enter into any agreements necessary or convenient for such issuance, and to enter into other agreements necessary and convenient to the conduct of the business of the Corporation. Any such agreement may include provisions limiting, in certain circumstances, the ability of the Board of Directors of the Corporation to redeem the securities issued pursuant thereto or to take other action thereunder or in connection therewith unless there is a specified

 

7


number or percentage of Continuing Directors then in office. Pursuant to Section 141(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Continuing Directors shall have the power and authority to make all decisions and determinations, and exercise or perform such other acts, that any such agreement provides that such Continuing Directors shall make, exercise or perform. For purposes of this Article TWELFTH and any such agreement, the term, “Continuing Directors,” shall mean (1) those directors who were members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation at the time the Corporation entered into such agreement and any director who subsequently becomes a member of the Board of Directors, if such director’s nomination for election to the Board of Directors is recommended or approved by the majority vote of the Continuing Directors then in office or (2) such members of the Board of Directors designated in, or in the manner provided in, such agreement as Continuing Directors.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation, and which has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, has been duly executed by its duly authorized President this 1 st day of September, 2011.

 

GI DYNAMICS, INC.
By:    

/s/ Stuart Randle

    Name:   Stuart Randle
    Title:   President

 

9

Exhibit 3.2

GI DYNAMICS, INC.

RESTATED BYLAWS

(effective September 1, 2011)

ARTICLE I - STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Annual Meeting.

An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix each year.

Section 2. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called (1) by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or (2) at the direction of stockholders holding at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the Corporation then entitled to vote at an election of directors. For the purposes of these Restated Bylaws, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. Special meetings of the stockholders may be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be stated in such resolution.

Section 3. Notice of Meetings.

Notice of the place, if any, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time).

When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, if any, date and time thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the place, if any, date, and time of the adjourned meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.


Section 4. Quorum.

At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of one-third (1/3) of the voting power of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law. Where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, one-third (1/3) of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time.

Section 5. Organization and Conduct of Business.

The Chairman of the Board of Directors or, in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, the President or, in his or her absence, such person as the Board of Directors may have designated, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and shall preside at and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedures at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as he or she deems to be appropriate. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place and time. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

Section 6. Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

A. Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (a) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section.

B. Special Meetings of Stockholders.

Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting given pursuant to Section 3 above. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at

 

- 2 -


such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section.

C. Certain Matters Pertaining to Stockholder Business and Nominations.

(1) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph A of this Section or a special meeting pursuant to paragraph B of this Section, (1) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (2) such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action under the Delaware General Corporation Law, (3) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the Corporation with a Solicitation Notice, as that term is defined in this paragraph, such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial holder to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice and (4) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this Section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice pertaining to an annual meeting shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than forty-five (45) or more than seventy-five (75) days prior to the first anniversary (the “Anniversary”) of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth (90) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60th) day prior to such annual meeting or the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. Such stockholder’s notice for an annual meeting or a special meeting shall set forth: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or would be otherwise required, in each case, pursuant to Regulation 14A under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned beneficially

 

- 3 -


and held of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

(2) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph C (1) of this Section to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least fifty-five (55) days prior to the Anniversary (or, if the annual meeting is held more than thirty (30) days before or sixty (60) days after the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, at least seventy (70) days prior to such annual meeting), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(3) In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph C(1) of this Section shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting nor later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60th) day prior to such special meeting, or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.

D. General.

(1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section shall be eligible to be elected as directors at a special meeting of stockholders, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance herewith, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

(2) For purposes of this Section, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the ASX Limited or with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

- 4 -


(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, if the Corporation then has a class of securities that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein. Nothing in this Section shall be deemed to affect any rights (i) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, if the Corporation then has a class of securities that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or (ii) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.

Section 7. Proxies and Voting.

At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this Section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, shall be taken by ballots, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.

Except as otherwise provided in the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, all elections at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or as provided herein, all other matters determined by stockholders at a meeting shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

Section 8. Action Without Meeting.

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by written consent.

 

- 5 -


Section 9. Stock List.

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting.

The stock list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

ARTICLE II - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers, Number, Election, Tenure, Qualification and Chairman.

A. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors.

B. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, provided that in no event shall the number of members of the Board of Directors exceed ten (10).

C. Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of directors, the term of office of the second class to expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of directors, and the term of office of the third class to expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire, other than directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to such classes as it may determine at the time the classification of the Board of Directors becomes effective.

D. The Chairman of the Board and any Vice Chairman appointed to act in the absence of the Chairman, if any, shall be elected by and from the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders at which he or she is present and shall have such authority and perform such duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws or from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

- 6 -


Section 2. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise required by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and not by stockholders, and directors so chosen shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been chosen expires or until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

Section 3. Resignation and Removal.

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation at its principal place of business or to the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the Corporation then entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 4. Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

Section 5. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer and shall be called by the Secretary if requested by a majority of the Whole Board, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as he or she or they shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by mailing written notice not less than five (5) days before the meeting or orally, by telegraph, telex, cable, telecopy or electronic transmission given not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

- 7 -


Section 6. Quorum.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

Section 7. Action by Consent.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 8. Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 9. Conduct of Business.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

Section 10. Powers.

The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law, exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the unqualified power:

 

  (1) To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

 

  (2) To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

  (3) To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, to borrow funds and guarantee obligations, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

  (4) To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

- 8 -


  (5) To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

  (6) To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

  (7) To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and,

 

  (8) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

Section 11. Compensation of Directors.

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE III - COMMITTEES

Section 1. Committees of the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors, by a vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, may from time to time designate committees of the Board, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by law. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

Section 2. Conduct of Business.

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; a majority of the members of any committee shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one (1) or two (2) members, in which event one (1) member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee

 

- 9 -


without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

ARTICLE IV – OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration.

The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Secretary and such other officers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may determine, including, but not limited to, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries.

Section 2. Election.

The Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and the Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at their first meeting following the annual meeting of the stockholders. The Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, may, from time to time, elect or appoint such other officers as it or he or she may determine, including, but not limited to, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries.

Section 3. Qualification.

No officer need be a director. Two or more offices may be held by any one person.

Section 4. Tenure and Removal.

Each officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until his or her successor is elected or appointed and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified, unless a shorter term is specified in the vote electing or appointing said officer. Each officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected or appointed and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified, unless a shorter term is specified by any agreement or other instrument appointing such officer. Any officer may resign by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or the Secretary, or to the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board, and such resignation shall become effective at the time specified therein. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed from office with or without cause only by vote of a majority of the directors. Any officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer may be removed with or without cause by the Chief Executive Officer or by vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

 

- 10 -


Section 5. Chief Executive Officer.

The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general supervision and control of its business. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, if a director, meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall also have the power and authority to determine the duties of all officers, employees and agents of the Corporation, shall determine the compensation of any officers whose compensation is not established by the Board of Directors and shall have the power and authority to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized.

Section 6. President.

Except for meetings at which the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Board, if any, presides, the President shall, if present, preside at all meetings of stockholders, and if a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The President shall, subject to the control and direction of the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, have and perform such powers and duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws or from time to time be determined by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors. The President shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized. In the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general supervision and control of its business and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation.

Section 7. Vice Presidents.

The Vice Presidents, if any, in the order of their election, or in such other order as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may determine, shall have and perform the powers and duties of the President (or such of the powers and duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may determine) whenever the President is absent or unable to act. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall also have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 8. Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.

The Chief Financial Officer shall, subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall have and perform such powers and duties as may be prescribed in these Bylaws or be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer. All property of the Corporation in the custody of the Chief Financial Officer shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the responsibility for maintaining the financial records of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation. Unless the Board of Directors has designated another person as the Corporation’s Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer shall also be

 

- 11 -


the Treasurer. Unless otherwise voted by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer (if different than the Chief Financial Officer) and each Assistant Treasurer, if any, shall have and perform the powers and duties of the Chief Financial Officer whenever the Chief Financial Officer is absent or unable to act, and may at any time exercise such of the powers of the Chief Financial Officer, and such other powers and duties, as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer.

Section 9. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.

The Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall appoint a Secretary and, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary. Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Secretary or, in his or her absence, any Assistant Secretary, shall attend all meetings of the directors and stockholders and shall record all votes of the Board of Directors and stockholders and minutes of the proceedings at such meetings. The Secretary or, in his or her absence, any Assistant Secretary, shall notify the directors of their meetings, and shall have and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. If the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary is elected but is not present at any meeting of directors or stockholders, a temporary Secretary may be appointed by the directors or the Chief Executive Officer at the meeting.

Section 10. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations.

Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

ARTICLE V – STOCK

Section 1. Certificated and Uncertificated Stock.

Shares of the Corporation’s stock may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided under applicable law, and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation and registered as they are issued. Any certificates representing shares of stock shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe, certifying the number and class of shares of the stock owned by the stockholder. Any certificates issued to a stockholder of the Corporation shall bear the name of the Corporation and shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

Section 2. Transfers of Stock.

(a) Subject to the restrictions set out in Section 2(b) below, transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by

 

- 12 -


transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of this Article of these Bylaws or in the case of uncertificated shares, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

(b) A stockholder who holds Restricted Securities (as that term is defined in Article SIXTH of the Corporation’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation) cannot dispose of their Restricted Securities during the escrow period attaching to those Restricted Securities except as permitted by the ASX (as defined in Article XI below) or the Listing Rules (as defined in Article XI below). Accordingly, the Corporation will refuse to acknowledge a disposal (including registering a transfer) of Restricted Securities during the escrow period except as permitted by the ASX or the Listing Rules. The Corporation will also refuse to acknowledge or register any transfer of its securities which is not made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S (Rule 901 through 905 and preliminary notes) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to registration under the Securities Act, or pursuant to an exemption from registration available under the Securities Act.

Section 3. Record Date.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the time for such other action as hereinbefore described; provided, however, that if no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and, for determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any rights of change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, the Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation pursuant to such regulations as the Board of Directors may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

 

- 13 -


Section 5. Regulations.

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

Section 6. Interpretation.

The Board of Directors shall have the power to interpret all of the terms and provisions of these Bylaws, which interpretation shall be conclusive.

ARTICLE VI - NOTICES

Section 1. Notices.

If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 2. Waiver of Notice.

A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the timeliness of notice.

ARTICLE VII - INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 1. Right to Indemnification.

Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, or trustee of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and

 

- 14 -


loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or as otherwise required by law, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify or advance expenses to any such Indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Section 2. Right to Advancement of Expenses.

In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 1 of this Article, an Indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in his capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such Indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 2 or otherwise.

Section 3. Right of Indemnitees to Bring Suit.

If a claim under Section 1 or 2 of this Article is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of

 

- 15 -


expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

Section 4. Non-Exclusivity of Rights.

The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation as amended from time to time, these Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 5. Insurance.

The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 6. Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation.

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

Section 7. Nature of Rights.

The rights conferred upon Indemnitees in this Article shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an Indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit or eliminate any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to any such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

- 16 -


ARTICLE VIII - CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

Section 1. Transactions with Interested Parties.

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction or solely because the votes of such director or officer are counted for such purpose, if:

(a) The material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or

(b) The material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or

(c) The contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.

Section 2. Quorum.

Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IX - MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1. Facsimile Signatures.

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

Section 2. Corporate Seal.

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

 

- 17 -


Section 3. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 4. Fiscal Year.

Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors from time to time, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the last day of December of each year.

Section 5. Time Periods.

In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

Section 6. Pronouns.

Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in these Bylaws shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms.

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting power of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation, entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, at any meeting at which a proposal to amend or repeal these Bylaws is properly presented.

ARTICLE XI – AUSTRALIAN SECURITIES EXCHANGE LISTING RULES

If the Corporation is admitted to the Official List of ASX, for so long as the Corporation is admitted to the Official List of ASX, the following clauses apply:

1. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Restated Bylaws, if the Listing Rules prohibit an act being done, the act shall not be done.

2. Nothing contained in these Restated Bylaws prevents an act being done that the Listing Rules require to be done.

 

- 18 -


3. If the Listing Rules require an act to be done or not to be done, authority is given for that act to be done or not to be done (as the case may be).

4. If the Listing Rules require these Restated Bylaws to contain a provision and they do not contain such a provision, these Restated Bylaws are deemed to contain that provision.

5. If the Listing Rules require these Restated Bylaws not to contain a provision and they contain such a provision, these Restated Bylaws are deemed not to contain that provision.

6. If any provision of these Restated Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with the Listing Rules, these Restated Bylaws are deemed not to contain that provision to the extent of the inconsistency.

For the purposes of this Article XI:

(a) “ASX” means ASX Limited.

(b) “Listing Rules” means the Listing Rules of ASX and any other rules of ASX which are applicable while the Corporation is admitted to the Official List of ASX, each as amended or replaced from time to time, except to the extent of any express written waiver by ASX.

 

- 19 -

Exhibit 4.1

THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN, AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK WHICH MAY BE RECEIVED PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT WILL BE, ACQUIRED SOLELY FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR RESALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NEITHER THIS WARRANT NOR SUCH SHARES HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH DISPOSITION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

Dated as of September 1, 2011

W ARRANT T O P URCHASE C OMMON S TOCK

 

 

This Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (the “ Warrant ”) certifies that, for good and valuable consideration, [                    ] (along with its permitted assignees, the “ Holder ”) is entitled to, and GI DYNAMICS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants the Holder the right to, purchase, as of the date set forth above (the “ Warrant Date ”), [                    ] fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 (“ Common Stock ”), of the Company (as adjusted pursuant to Section 3 hereof) (the “ Warrant Shares ”) at a price per share equal to A$5.50 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 3) (the “ Exercise Price ”). This Warrant is one of a number of warrants issued pursuant to the Offer Management Agreement (the “ OMA ”) dated as of August 3, 2011 by and between the Company and Inteq Limited.

 

1. Exercise; Payment.

(a) Exercise Period . This Warrant may be exercised in whole or part by the Holder during the term (as set forth in Section 8) and in compliance with the provisions of this Warrant at any time after the Warrant Date, by the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”) duly executed) to the Company at the address set forth on the signature page hereto. If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the time of delivery of the certificate or certificates representing Warrant Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the then unpurchased Warrant Shares, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant, or at the request of the Holder, appropriate notation may be made on this Warrant and the same returned to the Holder.

(b) Cash Exercise . Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall pay the Company an amount (the “ Exercise Payment ”) equal to the product of the Exercise Price multiplied by the total number of Warrant Shares purchased pursuant to such exercise of this Warrant, by wire transfer of immediately available funds or check payable to the order of the Company. The Holder shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of, and shall be treated for


all purposes as the record holder of, the Warrant Shares represented by such exercise (and such Warrant Shares shall be deemed to have been issued) immediately prior to the close of business on the date upon which the Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company or, if later, the date upon which the Exercise Payment is paid to the Company.

(c) Net Exercise . The Exercise Payment also may also be paid at the Holder’s election by surrender of all or a portion of the Warrant for Warrant Shares to be exercised under this Warrant (“ Net Exercise ”). If the Holder elects the Net Exercise method, the Company will issue Warrant Shares in accordance with the following formula:

 

X   =  

Y(A-B)

 
    A  

Where:

 

X   =    the number of Warrant Shares to be issued upon the Net Exercise of the Warrant
Y   =    the number of Warrant Shares to be surrendered
A   =    the fair market value of one (1) share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of this Warrant
B   =    the Exercise Price

For purposes of the above calculation, fair market value of Common Stock shall mean the following (“ Fair Market Value ”):

(i) if CHESS Depository Interests representing interests in shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ CDIs ”) are then quoted on the Australian Securities Exchange (“ ASX ”), then the fair market value per share of Common Stock shall be equal to the result obtained by multiplying (A) the volume weighted average price of one CDI in Australian dollars over five (5) consecutive trading days ending three days before the day the Fair Market Value is being determined by (B) the number of CDIs (or fraction thereof) which equal an interest in exactly one share of Common Stock on such dates;

(ii) if CDIs are not then quoted on the ASX, then if the Common Stock is traded on another securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock over the five (5) consecutive trading days ending three days before the day the Fair Market Value is being determined;

(iii) if CDIs are not then quoted on the ASX and the Common Stock is not then traded on another securities exchange, then if the Common Stock is traded over-the-counter, the Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid and asked prices quoted on the principal market on which or through which the Common Stock is traded over the five (5) consecutive trading days ending three days before the day the Fair Market Value is being determined;

(iv) if CDIs are not then quoted on the ASX and the Common Stock is not then listed on any securities exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be the highest price per share of Common Stock which the Company could reasonably obtain from a willing buyer (other than an employee, director or “Affiliate” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)) for Common Stock sold by the Company, as determined in good faith by its Board of Directors (which determination shall take into consideration any available appraisals);

 

- 2 -


If any of the amounts used to calculate the Fair Market Value are expressed in Australian dollars and not United States Dollars, then each such amount shall be converted into United States Dollars based on the closing exchange rate published by the Reserve Bank of Australia in their Official Bulletin at 4pm for the applicable date. The amounts used to calculate the Fair Market Value shall be equitably adjusted for the occurrence of any of the events for which an adjustment would be made pursuant Section 3 but which is not otherwise fully reflected in the Fair Market Value calculation.

(d) Election to receive CDIs . The Holder may include in their notice of exercise, the election to receive the corresponding number of CDIs for the Warrant Shares. In such case, the Holder may nominate a CHESS account or accounts for those CDIs to be issued into.

(e) Stock Certificates . In the event of the exercise of this Warrant, certificates for the Warrant Shares so purchased (or in the event that CDIs were elected, a Holding Statement to certify that CDIs were issued) shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time (and in no event more than 5 Business Days) after the Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company, or if later, after the Exercise Payment is paid to the Company.

 

2. Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares . All of the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant, upon issuance and receipt by the Company of the Exercise Price therefor (or upon Net Exercise thereof, as provided in Section 1(c)), shall be fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or first offer, taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof. During the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company shall at all times have authorized and reserved for issuance a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for the exercise of this Warrant.

 

3. Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares . The number and kind of Warrant Shares to be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price payable therefor shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the Listing Rules of ASX upon the occurrence of certain events as described in this Section 3, or if the Listing Rules of the ASX are amended after the date of issue of this Warrant, the number of Warrant Shares issuable on exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the Company’s obligations under the ASX Listing Rules as modified by the amendment. In furtherance of the foregoing:

(a) Reclassification, Consolidation or Reorganization . In case of any reclassification of the Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or as a result of a subdivision or

 

- 3 -


combination), or in case of any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (any of which is a “ Reorganization Transaction ”), the Company, or such successor corporation as the case may be, shall execute a new warrant, providing that the Holder shall have the right to exercise such new warrant, and procure upon such exercise and payment of the same aggregate Exercise Price, in lieu of the Warrant Shares then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property as would be received by the Holder for such Warrant Shares as if such Warrant Shares were outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Transaction.

(b) Subdivisions and Combinations . In the event that the Company shall at any time subdivide the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall be increased in the same ratio as the outstanding shares of Common Stock and the Exercise Price shall be decreased in inverse proportion to that ratio. In the event that the Company shall at any time combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall be decreased in the same proportion as the outstanding shares of Common Stock and the Exercise Price shall be increased in inverse proportion to that ratio, effective at the close of business on the date of such subdivision or combination, as the case may be.

(b) Return of capital. In the event that the Company makes a distribution to the holders of the Common Stock, the number of Warrant Shares issuable on exercise of this Warrant shall remain the same, and the Exercise Price of each Warrant Share shall be reduced by the same amount as the amount distributed in relation to each share of Common Stock.

(c) Stock dividends . In the event that the Company pays a pro-rata dividend, payable only in shares of Common Stock, to the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock, the number of Warrant Shares issuable on exercise of this Warrant will be increased by the number of additional shares of Common Stock which the holder of this Warrant would have received if this Warrant had been exercised before the record date for the stock dividend.

(d) Other Changes. In the event of any other change to the capital structure of the Common Stock, the number of Warrant Shares issuable on exercise of this Warrant or the Exercise Price, or both, must (a) to the extent that the ASX Listing Rules prescribe how the Warrants must be treated as a result of the change, be adjusted in accordance with the requirements imposed by the ASX Listing Rules or (b) if the ASX Listing Rules do not prescribe the manner in which the adjustment is to be made, the number of Warrant Shares issuable on exercise of the Warrant or the Exercise Price, or both, will be proportionately changed so that the holder of this Warrant will not receive a benefit that holders of the Common Stock do not receive. Notice of Adjustment . Upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price, and/or any increase or decrease in the number of Warrant Shares, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Holder of the Warrant at the last address of the Holder herein. The notice, shall state the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of Warrant Shares issuable on exercise of this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

 

- 4 -


(e) Notice of Corporate Action . If at any time:

(i) the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend (other than a cash dividend payable out of earnings or earned surplus legally available for the payment of dividends under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company) or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for or purchase any evidences of its indebtedness, any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right; or

(ii) there shall be any Reorganization Transaction; or

(iii) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company,

then, in any one or more of such cases, the Company shall give to the Holder (i) at least five-days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record date shall be selected for such dividend, distribution or right or for determining rights to vote in respect of any such Reorganization Transaction or such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and (ii) in the case of any such Reorganization Transaction or such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, at least five-days’ prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place. Such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause also shall specify (i) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to any such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character thereof, and (ii) the date on which any such Reorganization Transaction or such dissolution, liquidation or winding up is to take place and the time, if any such time is to be fixed, as of which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such Reorganization Transaction or such dissolution, liquidation or winding up. Each such written notice shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Holder at the last address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company and delivered in accordance with Section 10(d).

 

4. Investment Representations of Holder; Transfer of Warrant and Resale of Warrant Shares.

(a) Holder represents and warrants to the Company that:

(i) it is an “Accredited Investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act; and

(ii) it has the ability to bear the economic risks of such Holder’s prospective investment, including a complete loss of Holder’s investment in the Warrants and the Warrant Shares;

 

- 5 -


(iii) the Warrants and the Warrant Shares are purchased for the Holder’s own account, and not with view to distribution of either the Warrants or any securities purchasable upon exercise thereof; provided however that the Holder may transfer the Warrant and any Warrant Shares to any Affiliate of the Holder;

This Warrant will be freely tradeable in whole or in part and only be subject to federal and state securities laws and any escrow imposed by the ASX.

(b) At the time of the surrender of this Warrant in connection with any transfer of this Warrant or the resale of the Warrant Shares (except to an Affiliate), the Company may require, as a condition of allowing such transfer (i) that the Holder or transferee of this Warrant or the Warrant Shares as the case may be, furnish to the Company a written opinion of counsel that is reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer may be made without registration under the Securities Act or qualification under any state securities laws and (ii) that the Holder or transferee execute and deliver to the Company an investment representation letter in form and substance acceptable to the Company and substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto. Transfer of this Warrant and all rights hereunder, in whole or in part, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, shall be registered on the books of the Company to be maintained for such purpose, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company or the office or agency designated by the Company, together with a written assignment of this Warrant substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto duly executed by the Holder or its attorney-in-fact. Upon such surrender and, if required, such payment, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees and in the denomination specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the Holder a new warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant not so assigned, and this Warrant shall be deemed cancelled.

 

5. Legend.

(a) Each certificate evidencing the Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

(b) Removal of Legend and Transfer Restrictions. Any legend endorsed on a certificate pursuant to this Section 5 shall be removed, and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such Warrant Shares if (i) such Warrant Shares are resold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) if such holder satisfies the requirements of Rule 144(b)(i) under the Securities Act or (iii) if

 

- 6 -


such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel for such holder of the Warrant Shares, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that a sale, transfer or assignment of such Warrant Shares may be made without registration and that upon such sale, transfer or assignment such Warrant Shares will not be deemed “restricted securities,” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

6. Fractional Shares. No fractional Warrant Shares will be issued in connection with any exercise of this Warrant, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor upon the basis of the Exercise Price then in effect.

 

7. Rights of Stockholders. The Holder shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or subscription rights (including any pro rata participation or subscription rights) or be deemed the holder of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of this Warrant for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or otherwise) with respect to the Warrant Shares until this Warrant shall have been exercised and the Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall have become deliverable, as provided in Section 1(b).

 

8. Term of Warrant. This Warrant shall become exercisable on the Warrant Date and shall terminate and no longer be exercisable from and after 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the date that is the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Warrant Date.

 

9. Registry of Warrants. The Company shall maintain a registry showing the name and address of the registered holder of this Warrant. Holder’s initial address, for purposes of such registry, is set forth below Holder’s signature on this Warrant. Holder may change such address by giving written notice of such changed address to the Company.

 

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Warrant is being delivered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, United States and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

(b) The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only, and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms hereof.

(c) The terms of this Warrant shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successors or assigns of the Company and of the Holder and of the Warrant Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise hereof.

(d) Any notice provided for or permitted under this Warrant shall be treated as having been given (i) upon receipt, when delivered personally, (ii) one day after sending, when sent by commercial overnight courier with written verification of receipt, (iii) upon confirmed

 

- 7 -


transmission when sent via facsimile on a business day prior to 5:00 pm local time or, if sent after 5:00 pm local time, the next business day after confirmed transmission, or (iv) three business days after deposit with the United States Postal Service, when mailed postage prepaid by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, in each case, addressed to the address or facsimile number set forth on the signature pages hereof or as otherwise furnished in writing.

(e) This Warrant and the OMA constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the matters contained herein.

(f) Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant, the Company at the Holder’s expense will execute and deliver to the holder of record, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like date and tenor.

(g) This Warrant and any provision hereof may be amended, waived or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Holder.

[continued and to be signed on following page]

 

- 8 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer, all as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:

 

GI DYNAMICS, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:   Robert Crane
Title:   CFO and Company Secretary

 

  Notice Address:    GI Dynamics, Inc.
     25 Hartwell Avenue
     Lexington, MA 02421

WARRANTHOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Title:  

 

 

  Notice Address:

 

- 9 -


E XHIBIT A

N OTICE OF E XERCISE

 

TO:   GI DYNAMICS, INC.
 

 

 

 

1. Cash Exercise . The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”), of GI DYNAMICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms of Section 1(b) of the Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated                      , (the “ Warrant ”), and tenders herewith payment of the Exercise Price (as such term is defined in the Warrant) therefor.

2. Net Exercise . The undersigned hereby elects to effect a Net Exercise for              shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Warrant.

Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said                  shares of Common Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

Name:  

 

   
Address:  

 

   
 

 

   

3. CDI Election . By initialing here, the undersigned hereby elects to receive the number of CHESS Depository Interest corresponding to the shares of Common Stock noted above in lieu of the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable:                     

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares of Common Stock or CDIs, as the case may be, are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale, in connection with the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares.

 

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 


E XHIBIT B

F ORM O F I NVESTMENT R EPRESENTATION L ETTER

In connection with the acquisition of [a warrant to purchase (the ‘ Warrant ”)]                  shares of Common Stock of GI DYNAMICS, INC. (the “ Company ”), par value $0.01 per share (or CHESS Depository Interests representing the same, the “ Common Stock ”), by                      (the “ Holder ”) from                      , the Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the [Warrant and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof/Common Stock] (collectively, the “Securities”); and, has the ability to bear the economic risks of such Holder’s investment, including a complete loss of the Holder’s investment in Securities.

The Holder, by acceptance of the Securities, represents to the Company that the Securities are purchased for the Holder’s own account, and not with view to distribution of the Securities in violation of applicable securities laws.

The Holder acknowledges that (i) the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act”), (ii) the certificate(s) representing the Securities shall bear a legend as set forth in the Warrant until such Securities shall have been registered for resale by the Holder under the Act that has been declared effective by the Securities Exchange Commission; or (ii) in the opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, such Securities may be sold without registration under the Act.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Holder has caused this Investment Representation Letter to be executed in its corporate name by its duly authorized officer this      day of              20      .

 

[Name]  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


E XHIBIT C

A SSIGNMENT F ORM

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned owner of this Warrant for the purchase of shares of Common Stock of GI DYNAMICS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the assignee named below all of the rights of the undersigned under this Warrant, with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock set forth below:

 

 

 

 

(Name and Address of Assignee)

 

(Number of Shares of Common Stock)

and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      attorney-in-fact to register such transfer on the books of the Company, maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:  

 

 

BY:  

 

      (Print Name and Title)

 

      (Signature)

Exhibit 10.1

GI DYNAMICS, INC.

2011 EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR AND CONSULTANT EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS.

Unless otherwise specified or unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms, as used in this GI Dynamics, Inc. 2011 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan, have the following meanings:

Administrator means the Board of Directors, unless it has delegated power to act on its behalf to the Committee, in which case the Administrator means the Committee.

Affiliate means a corporation which, for purposes of Section 424 of the Code, is a parent or subsidiary of the Company, direct or indirect.

Agreement means an agreement between the Company and a Participant delivered pursuant to the Plan and pertaining to a Stock Right, in such form as the Administrator shall approve.

ASX means ASX Limited ACN 008 624 691 or the market it operates, as the context requires.

ASX Listing Rules means the Listing Rules of ASX and any other rules of ASX which are applicable while the Company is admitted to the official list of ASX, each as amended or replaced from time to time, except to the extent of any express written waiver by ASX.

ASX Settlement means ASX Settlement Pty Limited (ABN 49 008 504 532).

ASX Settlement Operating Rules means the settlement and operating rules of the settlement facility providing by ASX Settlement.

Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause means, with respect to a Participant (a) dishonesty with respect to the Company or any Affiliate, (b) insubordination, substantial malfeasance or non-feasance of duty, (c) unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, (d) breach by a Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate, and (e) conduct substantially prejudicial to the business of the Company or any Affiliate; provided, however, that any provision in an agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, which contains a conflicting definition of Cause for termination and which is in effect at the time of such termination, shall supersede this definition with respect to that Participant. The determination of the Administrator as to the existence of Cause will be conclusive on the Participant and the Company.


CDIs means CHESS Depositary Interests representing an interest in one-fifth of a Share.

CHESS Depositary Interests has the meaning given to that term in the ASX Settlement Operating Rules,

Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended including any successor statute, regulation and guidance thereto.

Committee means the committee of the Board of Directors to which the Board of Directors has delegated power to act under or pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

Common Stock means shares of the Company’s common stock, $.01 par value per share (which will at all times while the Company is listed on ASX trade on ASX in the form of CDIs).

Company means GI Dynamics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Consultant means any natural person who is an advisor or consultant that provides bona fide services to the Company or its Affiliates, provided that such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital raising transaction, and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s or its Affiliates’ securities.

Disability or Disabled means permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

Employee means any employee of the Company or of an Affiliate (including, without limitation, an employee who is also serving as an officer or director of the Company or of an Affiliate), designated by the Administrator to be eligible to be granted one or more Stock Rights under the Plan.

Exchange Act means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock means:

(1) If the Common Stock is listed or quoted on a securities exchange (including without limitation ASX) or traded in the over-the-counter market and sales prices are regularly reported for the Common Stock, the closing price or, if not applicable, the last price of a share of Common Stock as quoted on that securities exchange constituting the primary market for the Common Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal , the Australian Financial Review or such other source as the Company deems reliable and if such applicable date is not a trading day, the last market trading day prior to such date;


(2) If the Common Stock is not traded on a securities exchange but is traded on the over-the-counter market, if sales prices are not regularly reported for the Common Stock for the trading day referred to in clause (1), and if bid and asked prices for the Common Stock are regularly reported, the mean between the bid and the asked price for the Common Stock at the close of trading in the over-the-counter market for the trading day on which Common Stock was traded on the applicable date and if such applicable date is not a trading day, the last market trading day prior to such date; and

(3) If the Common Stock is neither listed on a securities exchange nor traded in the over-the-counter market, such value as the Administrator, in good faith, shall determine.

ISO means an option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

Non-Qualified Option means an option which is not intended to qualify as an ISO. Option means an ISO or Non-Qualified Option granted under the Plan.

Participant means an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or an Affiliate to whom one or more Stock Rights are granted under them Plan. As used herein, “Participant” shall include “Participant’s Survivors” where the context requires.

Plan means this GI Dynamics, Inc. 2011 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan.

Securities Act means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shares means shares of the Common Stock as to which Stock Rights have been or may be granted under the Plan or any shares of capital stock into which the Shares are changed or for which they are exchanged within the provisions of Paragraph 4 of the Plan. The Shares issued under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or shares held by the Company in its treasury, or both.

Stock-Based Award means a grant by the Company under the Plan of an equity award or an equity based award which is not an Option or a Stock Grant.

Stock Grant means a grant by the Company of Shares under the Plan.

Stock Right means a right to Shares or the value of Shares of the Company granted pursuant to the Plan — an ISO, a Non-Qualified Option, a Stock Grant or a Stock-Based Award.


Survivor means a deceased Participant’s legal representatives and/or any person or persons who acquired the Participant’s rights to a Stock Right by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

2. PURPOSES OF THE PLAN.

The Plan is intended to encourage ownership of Shares by Employees and directors of and certain Consultants to the Company and its Affiliates in order to attract and retain such people, to induce them to work for the benefit of the Company or of an Affiliate and to provide additional incentive for them to promote the success of the Company or of an Affiliate. The Plan provides for the granting of ISOs, Non-Qualified Options, Stock Grants and Stock-Based Awards.

 

3. EFFECT OF ASX LISTING RULES ON OPERATION OF THE PLAN

If the Company is admitted to the official list of ASX, then, for so long as the Company is admitted to the official list of ASX, the following will apply:

(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Plan, if the ASX Listing Rules prohibit an act being done, the act shall not be done.

(b) Nothing contained in this Plan prevents an act being done that the ASX Listing Rules require to be done.

(c) If the ASX Listing Rules require an act to be done or not to be done, authority is given for that act to be done or not to be done (as the case may be).

(d) If the ASX Listing Rules require this Plan to contain a provision and it does not contain such a provision, this Plan is deemed to contain that provision.

(e) If the ASX Listing Rules require this Plan not to contain a provision and it contains such a provision, this Plan is deemed not to contain that provision.

(f) If any provision of this Plan is or becomes inconsistent with the ASX Listing Rules, this Plan is deemed not to contain that provision to the extent of the inconsistency.

 

4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) The number of Shares which may be issued from time to time pursuant to this Plan shall be the sum of; (i) 4,500,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) 802,350 shares of Common Stock previously reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan which were are not currently subject to awards granted thereunder and (iii) any shares of Common Stock that are represented by awards granted under the Company’s 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan that are forfeited, expire or are cancelled without delivery of shares of Common Stock or which result in the forfeiture of shares of Common Stock back to the Company on or after the date on which the Board of Directors adopts this Plan, or the equivalent of such number of Shares after the Administrator, in its sole discretion, has interpreted the effect of any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or similar transaction in accordance with Paragraph 25 of this Plan; provided, however, that no more than 6,671,908 Shares shall be added to the Plan pursuant to subsection (iii).


(b) Notwithstanding Subparagraph (a) above, on the first day of each fiscal year of the Company during the period beginning in fiscal year 2012, and ending on the second day of fiscal year 2020, the number of Shares that may be issued from time to time pursuant to the Plan, shall be increased by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 5,000,000 or the equivalent of such number of Shares after the Administrator, in its sole discretion, has interpreted the effect of any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or similar transaction in accordance with Paragraph 25 of the Plan; (ii) 4% of the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock on such date; and (iii) an amount determined by the Board.

(c) If an Option ceases to be “outstanding”, in whole or in part (other than by exercise), or if the Company shall reacquire (at not more than its original issuance price) any Shares issued pursuant to a Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award, or if any Stock Right expires or is forfeited, cancelled, or otherwise terminated or results in any Shares not being issued, the unissued or reacquired Shares which were subject to such Stock Right shall again be available for issuance from time to time pursuant to this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Stock Right is exercised, in whole or in part, by tender of Shares or if the Company or an Affiliate’s tax withholding obligation is satisfied by withholding Shares, the number of Shares deemed to have been issued under the Plan for purposes of the limitation set forth in Paragraph 4(a) above shall be the number of Shares that were subject to the Stock Right or portion thereof, and not the net number of Shares actually issued. However, in the case of ISOs, the foregoing provisions shall be subject to any limitations under the Code.

 

5. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

The Administrator of the Plan will be the Board of Directors, except to the extent the Board of Directors delegates its authority to the Committee, in which case the Committee shall be the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator is authorized to:

(a) Interpret the provisions of the Plan and all Stock Rights and to make all rules and determinations which it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan;

(b) Determine which Employees, directors and Consultants shall be granted Stock Rights;

(c) Determine the number of Shares for which a Stock Right or Stock Rights shall be granted, provided, however, that in no event shall Stock Rights with respect to more than 1,000,000 Shares be granted to any Participant in any fiscal year;

(d) Specify the terms and conditions upon which a Stock Right or Stock Rights may be granted;

(e) Amend any term or condition of any outstanding Stock Right, including, without limitation, to increase the exercise price or purchase price or accelerate the vesting schedule, provided that (i) such term or condition as amended is permitted by the Plan; (ii) any such amendment shall not impair the rights of a Participant under any Stock Right previously granted


without such Participant’s consent or in the event of death of the Participant the Participant’s Survivors; and (iii) any such amendment shall be made only after the Administrator determines whether such amendment would cause any adverse tax consequences to the Participant, including, but not limited to, the annual vesting limitation contained in Section 422(d) of the Code and described in Paragraph 7(b)(iv) below with respect to ISOs and pursuant to Section 409A of the Code;

(f) Buy out for a payment in cash or Shares, a Stock Right previously granted and/or cancel any such Stock Right and grant in substitution therefor other Stock Rights, covering the same or a different number of Shares and having an exercise price or purchase price per share which may be lower or higher than the exercise price or purchase price of the cancelled Stock Right, based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and the Participant’ shall accept; and

(g) Adopt any sub-plans applicable to residents of any specified jurisdiction as it deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with or take advantage of any tax or other laws applicable to the Company, any Affiliate or to Participants or to otherwise facilitate the administration of the Plan, which sub-plans may include additional restrictions or conditions applicable to Stock Rights or Shares issuable pursuant to a Stock Right;

provided, however, that all such interpretations, rules, determinations, terms and conditions shall be made and prescribed in the context of not causing any adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code and preserving the tax status under Section 422 of the Code of those Options which are designated as ISOs. Subject to the foregoing, the interpretation and construction by the Administrator of any provisions of the Plan or of any Stock Right granted under it shall be final, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, if the Administrator is the Committee. In addition, if the Administrator is the Committee, the Board of Directors may take any action under the Plan that would otherwise be the responsibility of the Committee.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the Board of Directors or the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any other person selected by it. The Board of Directors or the Committee may revoke any such allocation or delegation at any time. Notwithstanding the foregoing if the Company is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, only the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be authorized to grant a Stock Right to any director of the Company or to any “officer” of the Company as defined by Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act.

 

6. ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION.

The Administrator will, in its sole discretion, name the Participants in the Plan; provided, however, that each Participant must be an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate at the time a Stock Right is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may authorize the grant of a Stock Right to a person not then an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate; provided, however, that the actual grant of such Stock Right shall be conditioned upon such person becoming eligible to become a


Participant at or prior to the time of the execution of the Agreement evidencing such Stock Right. ISOs may be granted only to Employees who are deemed to be residents of the United States for tax purposes. Non-Qualified Options, Stock Grants and Stock-Based Awards may be granted to any Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or an Affiliate. The granting of any Stock Right to any individual shall neither entitle that individual to, nor disqualify him or her from, participation in any other grant of Stock Rights or any grant tinder any other benefit plan established by the Company or any Affiliate for Employees, directors or Consultants.

 

7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

Each Option shall be set forth in writing in an Option Agreement, duly executed by the Company and, to the extent required by law or requested by the Company, by the Participant. The Administrator may provide that Options be granted subject to such terms and conditions, consistent with the terms and conditions specifically required under this Plan, as the Administrator may deem appropriate including, without limitation, subsequent approval by the shareholders of the Company of this Plan or any amendments thereto, The Option Agreements shall be subject to at least the following terms and conditions:

(a) Non-Qualified Options : Each Option intended to be a Non-Qualified Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions which the Administrator determines to be appropriate and in the best interest of the Company, subject to the following minimum standards for any such Non-Qualified Option:

 

  (i) Exercise Price : Each Option Agreement shall state the exercise price (per share) of the Shares covered by each Option, which exercise price shall be determined by the Administrator and shall be at least equal to the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of grant of the Option.

 

  (ii) Number of Shares : Each Option Agreement shall state the number of Shares to which it pertains.

 

  (iii) Option Periods : Each Option Agreement shall state the date or dates on which it first is exercisable and the date after which it may no longer be exercised, and may provide that the Option rights accrue or become exercisable in installments over a period of months or years, or upon the occurrence of certain conditions or the attainment of stated goals or events.

 

  (iv) Option Conditions : Exercise of any Option may be conditioned upon the Participant’s execution of a Share purchase agreement in form satisfactory to the Administrator providing for certain protections for the Company and its other shareholders, including requirements that:

 

  A. The Participant’s or the Participant’s Survivors’ right to sell or transfer the Shares may be restricted; and

 

  B. The Participant or the Participant’s Survivors may be required to execute letters of investment intent and must also acknowledge that the Shares will bear legends noting any applicable restrictions.


  (v) Term of Option : Each Option shall terminate not more than ten years from the date of the grant or at such earlier time as the Option Agreement may provide.

(b) ISOs : Each Option intended to be an ISO shall be issued only to an Employee who is deemed to be a resident of the United States for tax purposes, and shall be subject to the following terms and conditions, with such additional restrictions or changes as the Administrator determines are appropriate but not in conflict with Section 422 of the Code and relevant regulations and rulings of the Internal Revenue Service:

 

  (i) Minimum standards : The ISO shall meet the minimum standards required of Non-Qualified Options, as described in Paragraph 7(a) above, except clause (i) and (v) thereunder.

 

  (ii) Exercise Price : Immediately before the ISO is granted, if the Participant owns, directly or by reason of the applicable attribution rules in Section 424(d) of the Code:

 

  A. 10% or less of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, the exercise price per share of the Shares covered by each ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant of the Option; or

 

  B. More than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, the exercise price per share of the Shares covered by each ISO shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant of the Option.

 

  (iii) Term of Option : For Participants who own:

 

  A. 10% or less of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, each ISO shall terminate not more than ten years from the date of the grant or at such earlier time as the Option Agreement may provide; or

 

  B. More than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, each ISO shall terminate not more than five years from the date of the grant or at such earlier time as the Option Agreement may provide.

 

  (iv)

Limitation on Yearly Exercise : The Option Agreements shall restrict the amount of ISOs which may become exercisable in any calendar year


  (under this or any other ISO plan of the Company or an Affiliate) so that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined on the date each ISO is granted) of the stock with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by the Participant in any calendar year does not exceed $100,000.

 

8. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK GRANTS.

Each Stock Grant to a Participant shall state the principal terms in an Agreement duly executed by the Company and, to the extent required by law or requested by the Company, by the Participant. The Agreement shall be in a form approved by the Administrator and shall contain terms and conditions which the Administrator determines to be appropriate and in the best interest of the Company, subject to the following minimum standards:

(a) Each Agreement shall state the purchase price per share, if any, of the Shares covered by each Stock Grant, which purchase price shall be determined by the Administrator but shall not be less than the minimum consideration required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, if any, on the date of the grant of the Stock Grant;

(b) Each Agreement shall state the number of Shares to which the Stock Grant pertains; and

(c) Each Agreement shall include the terms of any right of the Company to restrict or reacquire the Shares subject to the Stock Grant, including the time and events upon which such rights shall accrue and the purchase price therefor, if any.

 

9. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS.

The Administrator shall have the right to grant other Stock-Based Awards based upon the Common Stock having such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine, including, without limitation, the grant of Shares based upon certain conditions, the grant of securities convertible into Shares and the grant of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock awards or stock units. The principal terms of each Stock-Based Award shall be set forth in an Agreement, duly executed by the Company and, to the extent required by law or requested by the Company, by the Participant. The Agreement shall be in a form approved by the Administrator and shall contain terms and conditions which the Administrator determines to be appropriate and in the best interest of the Company.

The Company intends that the Plan and any Stock-Based Awards granted hereunder be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code or meet the requirements of paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) of subsection (a) of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable, and be operated in accordance with Section 409A of the Code so that any compensation deferred under any Stock-Based Award (and applicable investment earnings) shall not be included in income under Section 409A of the Code. Any ambiguities in the Plan shall be construed to effect the intent as described in this Paragraph 9.


10. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS AND ISSUE OF SHARES.

An Option (or any part or installment thereof) shall be exercised by giving written notice to the Company or its designee (in a form acceptable to the Administrator, which may include electronic notice), together with provision for payment of the aggregate exercise price in accordance with this Paragraph for the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, and upon compliance with any other condition(s) set forth in the Option Agreement. Such notice shall be signed by the person exercising the Option (which signature may be provided electronically in a form acceptable to the Administrator), shall state the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised and shall contain any representation required by the Plan or the Option Agreement. Payment of the exercise price for the Shares as to which such Option is being exercised shall be made (a) in United States dollars in cash or by check, or (b) at the discretion of the Administrator, through delivery of shares of Common Stock held for at least six months (if required to avoid negative accounting treatment) having a Fair Market Value equal as of the date of the exercise to the aggregate cash exercise price for the number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, or (c) at the discretion of the Administrator, by having the Company retain from the Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option, a number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal as of the date of exercise to the aggregate exercise price for the number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, or (d) at the discretion of the Administrator (after consideration of applicable securities, tax and accounting implications), by delivery of the grantee’s personal recourse note bearing interest payable not less than annually at no less than 100% of the applicable Federal rate, as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code, or (e) at the discretion of the Administrator, in accordance with a cashless exercise program established with a securities brokerage firm, and approved by the Administrator, or (f) at the discretion of the Administrator, by any combination of (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above or (g) at the discretion of the Administrator, by payment of such other lawful consideration as the Administrator may determine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall accept only such payment on exercise of an ISO as is permitted by Section 422 of the Code.

The Company shall then reasonably promptly deliver the Shares as to which such Option was exercised to the Participant (or to the Participant’s Survivors, as the case may be). In determining what constitutes “reasonably promptly,” it is expressly understood that the issuance and delivery of the Shares may be delayed by the Company in order to comply with any law or regulation (including, without limitation, state securities or “blue sky” laws) which requires the Company to take any action with respect to the Shares prior to their issuance. The Shares shall, upon delivery, be fully paid, non-assessable Shares.

 

11. PAYMENT IN CONNECTION WITH THE ISSUANCE OF STOCK GRANTS AND STOCK-BASED AWARDS AND ISSUE OF SHARES.

Any Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award requiring payment of a purchase price for the Shares as to which such Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award is being granted shall be made (a) in United States dollars (or in such other currency as the Administrator may determine) in cash or by check, or (b) at the discretion of the Administrator, through delivery of shares of Common Stock held for at least six months (if required to avoid negative accounting treatment) and having a Fair Market Value equal as of the date of payment to the purchase price of the Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award, or (c) at the discretion of the Administrator, by any combination of (a) and (b) above; or (d) at the discretion of the Administrator, by payment of such other lawful consideration as the Administrator may determine.


The Company shall when required by the applicable Agreement, reasonably promptly deliver the Shares as to which such Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award was made to the Participant (or to the Participant’s Survivors, as the case may be), subject to any escrow provision set forth in the applicable Agreement. In determining what constitutes “reasonably promptly,” it is expressly understood that the issuance and delivery of the Shares may be delayed by the Company in order to comply with any law or regulation (including, without limitation, state securities or “blue sky” laws) which requires the Company to take any action with respect to the Shares prior to their issuance.

 

12. RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.

No Participant to whom a Stock Right has been granted shall have rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by such Stock Right except after due exercise of an Option or issuance of Shares as set forth in any Agreement, tender of the aggregate exercise or purchase price, if any, for the Shares being purchased and registration of the Shares in the Company’s share register in the name of the Participant.

 

13. ASSIGNABILITY AND TRANSFERABILITY OF STOCK RIGHTS.

By its terms, a Stock Right granted to a Participant shall not be transferable by the Participant other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or (ii) as approved by the Administrator in its discretion and set forth in the applicable Agreement provided that no Stock Right may be transferred by a Participant for value. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an ISO transferred except in compliance with clause (i) above shall no longer qualify as an ISO. The designation of a beneficiary of a Stock Right by a Participant, with the prior approval of the Administrator and in such form as the Administrator shall prescribe, shall not be deemed a transfer prohibited by this Paragraph. Except as provided above during the Participant’s lifetime a Stock Right shall only be exercisable by or issued to such Participant (or his or her legal representative) and shall not be assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of any Stock Right or of any rights granted thereunder contrary to the provisions of this Plan, or the levy of any attachment or similar process upon a Stock Right, shall be null and void.

 

14. EFFECT ON OPTIONS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE OR DEATH OR DISABILITY.

Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Option Agreement, in the event of a termination of service (whether as an Employee, director or Consultant) with the Company or an Affiliate before the Participant has exercised an Option, the following rules apply:

(a) A Participant who ceases to be an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate (for any reason other than termination for Cause, Disability, or death for which events there are special rules in Paragraphs 15, 16, and 17, respectively), may exercise any Option granted to him or her to the extent that the Option is exercisable on the date of such termination of service, but only within such term as the Administrator has designated in a Participant’s Option Agreement.


(b) Except as provided in Subparagraph (c) below, or Paragraph 16 or 17, in no event may an Option intended to be an ISO, be exercised later than three months after the Participant’s termination of employment.

(c) The provisions of this Paragraph, and not the provisions of Paragraph 16 or 17, shall apply to a Participant who subsequently becomes Disabled or dies after the termination of employment, director status or consultancy; provided, however, in the case of a Participant’s Disability or death within three months after the termination of employment, director status or consultancy, the Participant or the Participant’s Survivors may exercise the Option within one year after the date of the Participant’s termination of service, but in no event after the date of expiration of the term of the Option.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if subsequent to a Participant’s termination of employment, termination of director status or termination of consultancy, but prior to the exercise of an Option, the Administrator determines that, either prior or subsequent to the Participant’s termination, the Participant engaged in conduct which would constitute Cause, then such Participant shall forthwith cease to have any right to exercise any Option.

(e) A Participant to whom an Option has been granted under the Plan who is absent from the Company or an Affiliate because of temporary disability (any disability other than a Disability as defined in Paragraph 1 hereof), or who is on leave of absence for any purpose, shall not, during the period of any such absence, be deemed, by virtue of such absence alone, to have terminated such Participant’s employment, director status or consultancy with the Company or with an Affiliate, except as the Administrator may otherwise expressly provide; provided, however, that, for ISOs, any leave of absence granted by the Administrator of greater than ninety days, unless pursuant to a contract or statute that guarantees the right to reemployment, shall cause such ISO to become a Non-Qualified Option on the 181st day following such leave of absence.

(f) Except as required by law or as set forth in a Participant’s Option Agreement, Options granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of a Participant’s status within or among the Company and any Affiliates, so long as the Participant continues to be an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

15. EFFECT ON OPTIONS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOR CAUSE.

Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Option Agreement, the following rules apply if the Participant’s service (whether as an Employee, director or Consultant) with the Company or an Affiliate is terminated for Cause prior to the time that all his or her outstanding Options have been exercised:

(a) All outstanding and unexercised Options as of the time the Participant is notified his or her service is terminated for Cause will immediately be forfeited.


(b) Cause is not limited to events which have occurred prior to a Participant’s termination of service, nor is it necessary that the Administrator’s finding of Cause occur prior to termination. If the Administrator determines, subsequent to a Participant’s termination of service but prior to the exercise of an Option, that either prior or subsequent to the Participant’s termination the Participant engaged in conduct which would constitute Cause, then the right to exercise any Option is forfeited.

 

16. EFFECT ON OPTIONS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOR DISABILITY.

Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Option Agreement:

(a) A Participant who ceases to be an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate by reason of Disability may exercise any Option granted to such Participant:

 

  (i) To the extent that the Option has become exercisable but has not been exercised on the date of the Participant’s termination of service due to Disability; and

 

  (ii) In the event rights to exercise the Option accrue periodically, to the extent of a pro rata portion through the date of the Participant’s termination of service due to Disability of any additional vesting rights that would have accrued on the next vesting date had the Participant not become Disabled. The proration shall be based upon the number of days accrued in the current vesting period prior to the date of the Participant’s termination of service due to Disability.

(b) A Disabled Participant may exercise the Option only within the period ending one year after the date of the Participant’s termination of service due to Disability, notwithstanding that the Participant might have been able to exercise the Option as to some or all of the Shares on a later date if the Participant had not been terminated due to Disability and had continued to be an Employee, director or Consultant or, if earlier, within the originally prescribed term of the Option.

(c) The Administrator shall make the determination both of whether Disability has occurred and the date of its occurrence (unless a procedure for such determination is set forth in another agreement between the Company and such Participant, in which case such procedure shall be used for such determination). If requested, the Participant shall be examined by a physician selected or approved by the Administrator, the cost of which examination shall be paid for by the Company.


17. EFFECT ON OPTIONS OF DEATH WHILE AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT.

Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Option Agreement:

(a) In the event of the death of a Participant while the Participant is an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate, such Option may be exercised by the Participant’s Survivors:

 

  (i) To the extent that the Option has become exercisable but has not been exercised on the date of death; and

 

  (ii) In the event rights to exercise the Option accrue periodically, to the extent of a pro rata portion through the date of death of any additional vesting rights that would have accrued on the next vesting date had the Participant not died. The proration shall be based upon the number of days accrued in the current vesting period prior to the Participant’s date of death,

(b) If the Participant’s Survivors wish to exercise the Option, they must take all necessary steps to exercise the Option within one year after the date of death of such Participant, notwithstanding that the decedent might have been able to exercise the Option as to some or all of the Shares on a later date if lie or she had not died and had continued to be an Employee, director or Consultant or, if earlier, within the originally prescribed term of the Option.

 

18. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE ON STOCK GRANTS AND STOCK-BASED AWARDS.

In the event of a termination of service (whether as an Employee, director or Consultant) with the Company or an Affiliate for any reason before the Participant has accepted a Stock Grant or a Stock-Based Award and paid the purchase price, if required, such grant shall terminate.

For purposes of this Paragraph 18 and Paragraph 19 below, a Participant to whom a Stock Grant has been issued under the Plan who is absent from work with the Company or with an Affiliate because of temporary disability (any disability other than a Disability as defined in Paragraph 1 hereof), or who is on leave of absence for any purpose, shall not, during the period of any such absence, be deemed, by virtue of such absence alone, to have terminated such Participant’s employment, director status or consultancy with the Company or with an Affiliate, except as the Administrator may otherwise expressly provide.

In addition, for purposes of this Paragraph 18 and Paragraph 19 below, any change of employment or other service within or among the Company and any Affiliates shall not be treated as a termination of employment, director status or consultancy so long as the Participant continues to be an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

19. EFFECT ON STOCK GRANTS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE OR DEATH OR DISABILITY.

Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Stock Grant Agreement, in the event of a termination of service (whether as an Employee, director or Consultant), other than termination for Cause, Disability, or death for which events there are special rules in Paragraphs 20, 21, and 22, respectively, before all forfeiture provisions or Company rights of repurchase shall have lapsed, then the Company shall have the right to cancel or repurchase that number of Shares subject to a Stock Grant as to which the Company’s forfeiture or repurchase rights have not lapsed.


20. EFFECT ON STOCK GRANTS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOR CAUSE.

Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Stock Grant Agreement, the following rules apply if the Participant’s service (whether as an Employee, director or Consultant) with the Company or an Affiliate is terminated for Cause:

(a) All Shares subject to any Stock Grant that remain subject to forfeiture provisions or as to which the Company shall have a repurchase right shall be immediately forfeited to the Company as of the time the Participant is notified his or her service is terminated for Cause.

(b) Cause is not limited to events which have occurred prior to a Participant’s termination of service, nor is it necessary that the Administrator’s finding of Cause occur prior to termination. If the Administrator determines, subsequent to a Participant’s termination of service, that either prior or subsequent to the Participant’s termination the Participant engaged in conduct which would constitute Cause, then all Shares subject to any Stock Grant that remained subject to forfeiture provisions or as to which the Company had a repurchase right on the date of termination shall be immediately forfeited to the Company.

 

21. EFFECT ON STOCK GRANTS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOR DISABILITY.

Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Stock Grant Agreement, the following rules apply if a Participant ceases to be an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate by reason of Disability: to the extent the forfeiture provisions or the Company’s rights of repurchase have not lapsed on the date of Disability, they shall be exercisable; provided, however, that in the event such forfeiture provisions or rights of repurchase lapse periodically, such provisions or rights shall lapse to the extent of a pro rata portion of the Shares subject to such Stock Grant through the date of Disability as would have lapsed had the Participant not become Disabled. The proration shall be based upon the number of days accrued prior to the date of Disability.

The Administrator shall make the determination both as to whether Disability has occurred and the date of its occurrence (unless a procedure for such determination is set forth in another agreement between the Company and such Participant, in which case such procedure shall be used for such determination). If requested, the Participant shall be examined by a physician selected or approved by the Administrator, the cost of which examination shall be paid for by the Company.

 

22. EFFECT ON STOCK GRANTS OF DEATH WHILE AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT.

Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Stock Grant Agreement, the following rules apply in the event of the death of a Participant while the Participant is an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate: to the extent the forfeiture provisions or the Company’s rights of repurchase have not lapsed on the date of death, they shall be


exercisable; provided, however, that in the event such forfeiture provisions or rights of repurchase lapse periodically, such provisions or rights shall lapse to the extent of a pro rata portion of the Shares subject to such Stock Grant through the date of death as would have lapsed had the Participant not died. The proration shall be based upon the number of days accrued prior to the Participant’s date of death.

 

23. PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT.

Unless the offering and sale of the Shares shall have been effectively registered under the Securities Act, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue Shares under the Plan unless and until the following conditions have been fulfilled:

(a) The person who receives a Stock Right shall warrant to the Company, prior to the receipt of Shares, that such person is acquiring such Shares for his or her own account, for investment, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such Shares, in which event the person acquiring such Shares shall be bound by the provisions of the following legend (or a legend in substantially similar form) which shall be endorsed upon the certificate evidencing the Shares issued pursuant to such exercise or such grant:

“The shares represented by this certificate have been taken for investment and they may not be sold or otherwise transferred by any person, including a pledgee, unless (1) either (a) a Registration Statement with respect to such shares shall be effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) the Company shall have received an opinion of counsel satisfactory to it that an exemption from registration under such Act is then available, and (2) there shall have been compliance with all applicable state securities laws.”

(b) At the discretion of the Administrator, the Company shall have received an opinion of its counsel that the Shares may be issued in compliance with the Securities Act without registration thereunder.

 

24. DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY.

Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all Options granted under this Plan which as of such date shall not have been exercised and all Stock Grants and Stock-Based Awards which have not been accepted, to the extent required under the applicable Agreement, will terminate and become null and void; provided, however, that if the rights of a Participant or a Participant’s Survivors have not otherwise terminated and expired, the Participant or the Participant’s Survivors will have the right immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation to exercise or accept any Stock Right to the extent that the Stock Right is exercisable or subject to acceptance as of the date immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any outstanding Stock-Based Awards shall immediately terminate unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or specifically provided in the applicable Agreement.


25. ADJUSTMENTS.

Subject to the requirements imposed on the Company under the ASX Listing Rules, upon the occurrence of any of the following events, a Participant’s rights with respect to any Stock Right granted to him or her hereunder shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided, unless otherwise specifically provided in a Participant’s Agreement:

(a) Stock Dividends and Stock Splits . If (i) the shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares or if the Company shall issue any shares of Common Stock as a stock dividend on its outstanding Common Stock, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Common Stock, each Stock Right and the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable thereunder shall be appropriately increased or decreased proportionately, and appropriate adjustments shall be made including, in the exercise or purchase price per share, to reflect such events. The number of Shares subject to the limitations in Paragraph 4(a), 4(b) and 5(e) shall also be proportionately adjusted upon the occurrence of such events.

(b) Corporate Transactions . If the Company is to be consolidated with or acquired by another entity in a merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than a transaction to merely change the state of incorporation (a “Corporate Transaction”), the Administrator or the board of directors of any entity assuming the obligations of the Company hereunder (the “Successor Board”), shall, as to outstanding Options, either (i) make appropriate provision for the continuation of such Options by substituting on an equitable basis for the Shares then subject to such Options either the consideration payable with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock in connection with the Corporate Transaction or securities of any successor or acquiring entity; or (ii) upon written notice to the Participants, provide that such Options must be exercised (either (A) to the extent then exercisable or, (B) at the discretion of the Administrator, any such Options being made partially or fully exercisable for purposes of this Subparagraph), within a specified number of days of the date of such notice, at the end of which period such Options which have not been exercised shall terminate; or (iii) terminate such Options in exchange for payment of an amount equal to the consideration payable upon consummation of such Corporate Transaction to a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Option would have been exercisable (either (A) to the extent then exercisable or, (B) at the discretion of the Administrator, any such Options being made partially or fully exercisable for purposes of this Subparagraph) less the aggregate exercise price thereof For purposes of determining the payments to be made pursuant to Subclause (iii) above, in the case of a Corporate Transaction the consideration for which, in whole or in part, is other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be valued at the fair value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

With respect to outstanding Stock Grants, the Administrator or the Successor Board, shall make appropriate provision for the continuation of such Stock Grants on the same terms and conditions by substituting on an equitable basis for the Shares then subject to such Stock Grants either the consideration payable with respect to the outstanding Shares of Common Stock in connection with the Corporate Transaction or securities of any successor or acquiring entity. In lieu of the foregoing, in connection with any Corporate Transaction, the Administrator may


provide that, upon consummation of the Corporate Transaction, each outstanding Stock Grant shall be terminated in exchange for payment of an amount equal to the consideration payable upon consummation of such Corporate Transaction to a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock comprising such Stock Grant (to the extent such Stock Grant is no longer subject to any forfeiture or repurchase rights then in effect or, at the discretion of the Administrator, all forfeiture and repurchase rights being waived upon such Corporate Transaction).

In taking any of the actions permitted under this Paragraph 25(b), the Administrator shall not be obligated by the Plan to treat all Stock Rights, all Stock Rights held by a Participant, or all Stock Rights of the same type, identically.

(c) Recapitalization or Reorganization . In the event of a recapitalization or reorganization of the Company other than a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which securities of the Company or of another corporation are issued with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Participant upon exercising an Option or accepting a Stock Grant after the recapitalization or reorganization shall be entitled to receive for the price paid upon such exercise or acceptance if any, the number of replacement securities which would have been received if such Option had been exercised or Stock Grant accepted prior to such recapitalization or reorganization.

(d) Adjustments to Stock-Based Awards . Upon the happening of any of the events described in Subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c) above, any outstanding Stock-Based Award shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the events described in such Subparagraphs. The Administrator or the Successor Board shall determine the specific adjustments to be made under this Paragraph 25, including, but not limited to the effect of any, Corporate Transaction and, subject to Paragraph 5, its determination shall be conclusive.

(e) Modification of Options . Notwithstanding the foregoing, any adjustments made pursuant to Subparagraph (a), (b) or (c) above with respect to Options shall be made only after the Administrator determines whether such adjustments would (i) constitute a “modification” of any ISOs (as that term is defined in Section 424(h) of the Code) or (ii) cause any adverse tax consequences for the holders of Options, including, but not limited to, pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, If the Administrator determines that such adjustments made with respect to Options would constitute a modification or other adverse tax consequence, it may refrain from making such adjustments, unless the holder of an Option specifically agrees in writing that such adjustment be made and such writing indicates that the holder has full knowledge of the consequences of such “modification” on his or her income tax treatment with respect to the Option. This paragraph shall not apply to the acceleration of the vesting of any ISO that would cause any portion of the ISO to violate the annual vesting limitation contained in Section 422(d) of the Code, as described in Paragraph 7(b)(iv).

 

26. ISSUANCES OF SECURITIES.

Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares subject to Stock Rights. Except as expressly provided herein, no adjustments shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in property (including without limitation, securities) of the Company prior to any issuance of Shares pursuant to a Stock Right.


27. FRACTIONAL SHARES.

No fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan and the person exercising a Stock Right shall receive from the Company cash in lieu of such fractional shares equal to the Fair Market Value thereof.

 

28. CONVERSION OF ISOS INTO NON-QUALIFIED OPTIONS; TERMINATION OF ISOS.

The Administrator, at the written request of any Participant, may in its discretion take such actions as may be necessary to convert such Participant’s ISOs (or any portions thereof) that have not been exercised on the date of conversion into Non-Qualified Options at any time prior to the expiration of such ISOs, regardless of whether the Participant is an Employee of the Company or an Affiliate at the time of such conversion. At the time of such conversion, the Administrator (with the consent of the Participant) may impose such conditions on the exercise of the resulting Non-Qualified Options as the Administrator in its discretion may determine, provided that such conditions shall not be inconsistent with this Plan. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant the right to have such Participant’s ISOs converted into Non-Qualified Options, and no such conversion shall occur until and unless the Administrator takes appropriate action. The Administrator, with the consent of the Participant, may also terminate any portion of any ISO that has not been exercised at the time of such conversion.

 

29. WITHHOLDING.

In the event that any federal, state, or local income taxes, employment taxes, Federal Insurance Contributions Act (“F.I.C.A.”) withholdings or other amounts are required by applicable law or governmental regulation to be withheld from the Participant’s salary, wages or other remuneration in connection with the issuance of a Stock Right or Shares under the Plan or for any other reason’ required by law, the Company may withhold from the Participant’s compensation, if any, or may require that the Participant advance in cash to the Company, or to any Affiliate of the Company which employs or employed ‘the Participant, the statutory minimum amount of such withholdings unless a different withholding arrangement, including the use of shares of the Company’s Common Stock or a promissory note, is authorized by the Administrator (and permitted by law). For purposes hereof, the fair market value of the shares withheld for purposes of payroll withholding shall be determined in the manner set forth under the definition of Fair Market Value provided in Paragraph 1 above, as of the most recent practicable date prior to the date of exercise. If the Fair Market Value of the shares withheld is less than the amount of payroll withholdings required, the Participant may be required to advance the difference in cash to the Company or the Affiliate employer. The Administrator in its discretion may condition the exercise of an Option for less than the then Fair Market Value on the Participant’s payment of such additional withholding.


30. NOTICE TO COMPANY OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.

Each Employee who receives an ISO must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Employee makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO. A Disqualifying Disposition is defined in Section 424(c) of the Code and includes any disposition (including any sale or gift) of such Shares before the later of (a) two years after the date the Employee was granted the ISO, or (b) one year after the date the Employee acquired Shares by exercising the ISO, except as otherwise provided in Section 424(c) of the Code. If the Employee has died before such Shares are sold, these holding period requirements do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter.

 

31. TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

The Plan will terminate on August 1, 2021, the date which is ten years from the earlier of the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors and the date of its approval by the shareholders of the Company. The Plan may be terminated at an earlier date by vote of the shareholders or the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, that any such earlier termination shall not affect any Agreements executed prior to the effective date of such termination. Termination of the Plan shall not affect any Stock Rights theretofore granted.

 

32. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND AGREEMENTS.

The Plan may be amended by the shareholders of the Company. The Plan may also be amended by the Administrator, including, without limitation, to the extent necessary to qualify any or all outstanding Stock Rights granted under the Plan or Stock Rights to be granted under the Plan for favorable federal income tax treatment as may be afforded incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code (including deferral of taxation upon exercise), and to the extent necessary to qualify the Shares issuable under the Plan for listing on any national securities exchange or quotation in any national automated quotation system of securities dealers. Any amendment approved by the Administrator which the Administrator determines is of a scope that requires shareholder approval shall be subject to obtaining such shareholder approval. Any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the consent of a Participant, adversely affect his or her rights under a Stock Right previously granted to him or her. With the consent of the Participant affected, the Administrator may amend outstanding Agreements in a manner which may be adverse to the Participant but which is not inconsistent with the Plan. In the discretion of the Administrator, outstanding Agreements may be amended by the Administrator in a manner which is not adverse to the Participant.

 

33. EMPLOYMENT OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP.

Nothing in this Plan or any Agreement shall be deemed to prevent the Company or an Affiliate from terminating the employment, consultancy or director status of a Participant, nor to prevent a Participant from terminating his or her own employment, consultancy or director status or to give any Participant a right to be retained in employment or other service by the Company or any Affiliate for any period of time.


34. GOVERNING LAW.

This Plan shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware.

* * * * *

Adopted by the Board of Directors on August 1, 2011

Adopted by the stockholders on August 1, 2011

Exhibit 10.2

GI DYNAMICS, INC,

2003 OMNIBUS STOCK PLAN

 

 

1. Purpose . This 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan (the “Plan”) of GI Dynamics, Inc. (the “Company”) is intended to provide incentives (a) to the officers and other employees of the Company, its parent (if any) and any present or future subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, “Related Companies”) by providing them with opportunities to purchase stock in the Company pursuant to options which qualify as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), granted hereunder (“ISO” or “ISOs”); (b) to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and Related Companies by providing them with opportunities to purchase stock in the Company pursuant to options granted hereunder which do not qualify as ISOs (“Non-Qualified Option” or “Non-Qualified Options”); and (c) to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and Related Companies by providing them with opportunities to make direct purchases of restricted stock in the Company (“Restricted Stock”). Both ISOs and Non-Qualified Options are referred to hereafter individually as an “Option” and collectively as “Options.” As used herein, the terms “parent” and “subsidiary” mean “parent corporation” and “subsidiary corporation” as those terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code.

2. Administration of the Plan . (a) The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). The Board may appoint a Compensation Committee (the “Committee”, which term as used below shall mean the Board at any time when no Compensation Committee shall be serving) of two or more of its members to administer this Plan. In the event the Company registers any class of any equity security pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), each member of the Committee shall be a “disinterested person” as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and each shall be an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. Subject to ratification of the grant of each Option or Restricted Stock by the Board (if so required by applicable state law), and subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee, if so appointed, shall have the authority to (i) determine the employees of the Company and Related Companies (from among the class of employees eligible under paragraph 3 to receive IS0s),to whom ISOs’ may be granted and to determine (from among the class of individuals and entities eligible under paragraph 3 to receive Non-Qualified Options and Restricted Stock) to whom Non-Qualified Options or Restricted Stock may be granted; (ii) determine the time or times at which Options or Restricted Stock may be granted; (iii) determine the option price of shares subject to each Option, which price with respect to ISOs shall not be less than the minimum specified in paragraph 7, and the purchase price of Restricted Stock; (iv) determine whether each Option granted shall be an ISO or a Non-Qualified Option; (v) determine (subject to paragraph 7) the time or times when each Option shall become exercisable and the duration of the exercise period; (vi) determine whether restrictions such as repurchase options are to be imposed on shares subject to Options and to Restricted Stock, and the nature of such restrictions, if any; (vii) establish, amend and waive the terms and conditions of individual options and purchase authorizations granted hereunder, including, without limitation, terms and conditions relating to vesting, exercisability and effect of termination of employment by the Company; and (viii)


interpret the Plan and prescribe and rescind rules and regulations relating to it. If the Committee determines to issue a Non-Qualified Option, it shall take whatever actions it deems necessary, under Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, to ensure that such Option is not treated as an ISO. The interpretation and construction by the Committee of any provisions of the Plan or of any Option or authorization or agreement for Restricted Stock granted under it shall be final unless otherwise determined by the Board. The Committee may from time to time adopt such rules and regulations for carrying out the Plan as it may deem best. No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option or Restricted Stock granted under it.

(b) The Committee may select one of its members as its chairman, and shall hold meetings at such time and places as it may determine. Acts by a majority of the Committee, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by a majority of the members of the Committee, shall be the valid acts of the Committee. All references in this Plan to the Committee shall mean the Board if there is no Committee so appointed. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies however caused or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan.

3. Eligible Employees and Others . ISOs may be granted to any officer or other employee of the Company or any Related Company. Those directors of the Company who are not employees may not be granted ISOs under the Plan. Non-Qualified Options and Restricted Stock may be granted to any director (whether or not an employee), officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any Related Company. The Committee may take into consideration an optionee’s individual circumstances in determining whether to grant an ISO or a Non-Qualified Option or Restricted Stock. Granting of any Option or Restricted Stock to any individual or entity shall neither entitle that individual or entity to, nor disqualify him from, participation in any other grant of Options or Restricted Stock.

4. Stock . The stock subject to Options and Restricted Stock shall be authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), or shares of Common Stock re-acquired by the Company in any manner. The aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to the Plan is 950,000, subject to adjustment as provided in paragraph 14. Any such shares may be issued as ISOs, Non-Qualified Options or Restricted Stock so long as the aggregate number of shares so issued does not exceed such number, as adjusted. If any Option granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full or shall cease for any reason to be exercisable in whole or in part, or if any Restricted Stock shall be reacquired by the Company by exercise of its repurchase option, the shares subject to such expired or terminated Option and reacquired shares of Restricted Stock shall again be available for grants of Options or Restricted Stock under the Plan.

5. Individual Participant Limitation . Any other provision of this Plan notwithstanding, the number of shares of Common Stock for which options or purchase authorizations may be granted in any single fiscal year of the Company to any participant shall not exceed 950,000 shares (the “Individual Limit”). For purposes of the foregoing limitation, if any option or purchase authorization is cancelled, the cancelled option or purchase authorization

 

2


shall continue to be counted against the Individual Limit; if after grant the exercise price of an option or purchase authorization is modified, the transaction shall be treated as the cancellation of the option or purchase authorization and the grant of a new option or purchase authorization. In any such case, both the option or purchase authorization that is cancelled and the option or purchase authorization deemed to be granted shall be counted against the Individual Limit.

6. Grants Under the Plan . Options or Restricted Stock may be granted under the Plan at any time on or after May 27, 2003 and prior to May 27, 2003. Any such grants shall be subject to the receipt, within 12 months of May 27, 2003, of the approval of stockholders as provided in paragraph 18. The date of grant of an Option under the Plan will be the date specified by the Committee at the time it awards the Option; provided, however, that such date shall not be prior to the date of award. The Committee shall have the right, with the consent of the optionee, to convert an ISO granted under the Plan to a Non-Qualified Option pursuant to paragraph 16.

7. Minimum Option Price: ISO Limitations . (a) The price per share specified in the agreement relating to each ISO granted under the Plan shall not be less than the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the date of such grant. In the case of an ISO to be granted to an employee owning stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Related Company, the price per share specified in the agreement relating to such ISO shall not be less than 110 percent of the fair market value of Common Stock on the date of grant.

(b) In no event shall the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of Common Stock for which ISOs granted to any employee are exercisable for the first time by such employee during any calendar year (under all stock option plans of the Company and any Related Company) exceed $100,000.

(c) If, at the time an Option is granted under the Plan, the Company’s Common Stock is publicly traded, “fair market value” shall be determined as of the last business day for which the prices or quotes discussed in this sentence are available prior to the date such Option is granted and shall mean (i) the average (on that date) of the high and low prices of the Common Stock on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is traded, if such stock is then traded on a national securities exchange; or (ii) the last reported sale price (on that date) of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market, if the Common Stock is not then traded on a national securities exchange; or (iii) the closing bid price (or average of bid prices) last quoted (on that date) by an established quotation service for over-the-counter securities, if the Common Stock is not reported on the Nasdaq National Market or on a national securities exchange. However, if the Common Stock is not publicly traded at the time an Option is granted under the Plan, “fair market value” shall be deemed to be the fair value of the Common Stock as determined by the Committee after taking into consideration all factors which it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, recent sale and offer prices of the Common Stock in private transactions negotiated at arm’s length.

8. Option Duration . Subject to earlier termination as provided in paragraphs 10 and 11, each Option shall expire on the date specified by the Committee, but not more than ten years from the date of grant and in the case of ISOs granted to an employee owning stock possessing

 

3


more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Related Company, not more than five years from date of grant. Subject to earlier termination as provided in paragraphs 10 and 11, the term of each ISO shall be the term set forth in the original instrument granting such ISO, except with respect to any part of such ISO that is converted into a Non-Qualified Option pursuant to paragraph 16.

9. Exercise of Option . Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 10 through 13, each Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable as follows:

(a) The Option shall either be fully exercisable on the date of grant or shall become exercisable thereafter in such installments as the Committee may specify.

(b) Once an installment becomes exercisable it shall remain exercisable until expiration or termination of the Option, unless otherwise specified by the Committee.

(c) Each Option or installment may be exercised at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part, for up to the total number of shares with respect to which it is then exercisable.

(d) The Committee shall have the right to accelerate the date of exercise of any installment; provided that the Committee shall not accelerate the exercise date of any installment of any Option granted to any employee as an ISO (and not previously converted into a Non-Qualified Option pursuant to paragraph 16) if such acceleration would violate the annual vesting limitation contained in Section 422(d) of the Code, which provides generally that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of the stock with respect to which ISOs granted to any employee are exercisable for the first time by such employee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Related Company) shall not exceed $100,000.

10. Termination of Employment . If an ISO optionee ceases to be employed by the Company or any Related Company other than by reason of death or disability as provided in paragraph 11, no further installments of his ISOs shall become exercisable, and his ISOs shall terminate after the passage of 90 days from the date of termination of his employment, but in no event later than on their specified expiration dates except to the extent that such ISOs (or unexercised installments thereof) have been converted into Non-Qualified Options pursuant to paragraph 16. Leave of absence with the written approval of the Committee shall not be considered an interruption of employment under the Plan, provided that such written approval contractually obligates the Company or any Related Company to continue the employment of the employee after the approved period of absence. Employment shall also be considered as continuing uninterrupted during any other bona fide leave of absence (such as those attributable to illness, military obligations or governmental service) provided that the period of such leave does not exceed 90 days or, if longer, any period during which such optionee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed by statute. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any grantee of any Option or Restricted Stock the right to be retained in employment or other service by the Company or any Related Company for any period of time. ISOs granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment within or among the Company and Related Companies, so long as the optionee continues to be an employee of the Company or any Related Company. In granting any Non-Qualified Option, the Committee may specify that such Non-Qualified

 

4


Option shall be subject to the restrictions set forth herein with respect to ISOs, or to such other termination or cancellation provisions as the Committee may determine. Notwithstanding the provisions in this paragraph 10, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, establish different terms and conditions pertaining to the effect of a participant’s termination of employment by the Company.

11. Death; Disability; Dissolution . If an optionee ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related Companies by reason of his death, any Option of his may be exercised, to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which he could have exercised it on the date of his death, by his estate, personal representative or beneficiary who has acquired the Option by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, at any time prior to the earlier of the Option’s specified expiration date or one year from the date of the optionee’s death.

If an optionee ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related Companies by reason of his disability, he shall have the right to exercise any Option held by him on the date of termination of employment, to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which he could have exercised it on that date, at any time prior to the earlier of the Option’s specified expiration date or one year from the date of the termination of the optionee’s employment. For the purposes of the Plan, the term “disability” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or any successor statute.

In the case of a partnership, corporation or other entity holding a Non-Qualified Option, if such entity is dissolved, liquidated, becomes insolvent or enters into a merger or acquisition with respect to which such optionee is not the surviving entity, such Option shall terminate immediately.

12. Assignability . No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or, in the case of a Non-Qualified Option, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order), and during the lifetime of the Optionee each Option shall be exercisable only by him.

13. Terms and Conditions of Options . Options shall be evidenced by instruments (which need not be identical) in such forms as the Committee may from time to time approve. Such instruments shall conform to the terms and conditions set forth in paragraphs 6 through 12 hereof and may contain such other provisions as the Committee deems advisable that are not inconsistent with the Plan, including transfer and repurchase restrictions applicable to shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options. The Committee may from time to time confer authority and responsibility on one or more of its own members and/or one or more officers of the Company to execute and deliver such instruments. The proper officers of the Company are authorized and directed to take any and all action necessary or advisable from time to time to carry out the terms of such instruments.

 

5


14. Adjustments . Upon the happening of any of the following described events, an optionee’s rights with respect to Options granted to him hereunder shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided:

(a) In the event shares of Common Stock shall be sub-divided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares or if, upon a reorganization, recapitalization or the like of the Company, the shares of Common Stock shall be exchanged for other securities of the Company, each Optionee shall be entitled, subject to the conditions herein stated, to purchase such number of shares of common stock or amount of other securities of the Company as were exchangeable for the number of shares of Common Stock which such Optionee would have been entitled to purchase except for such action, and, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the purchase price per share to reflect such subdivision, combination, or exchange.

(b) In the event the Company is merged into or consolidated with another corporation under circumstances where the Company is not the surviving corporation or if the Company is liquidated or sells or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation while unexercised options remain outstanding under the Plan, (1) subject to the provisions of clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) below, after the effective date of such merger, consolidation or sale, as the case may be, each holder of an outstanding option shall be entitled, upon exercise of such option, to receive in lieu of shares of Common Stock, shares of such stock or other securities as the holders of shares of Common Stock received pursuant to the terms of the merger, consolidation or sale; or (ii) the Board may waive any discretionary limitations imposed with respect to the exercise of the option so that all options from and after a date prior to the effective date of such merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale, as the case may be, specified by the Board, shall be exercisable in full; or (iii) all outstanding options may be cancelled by the Board as of the effective date of any such merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale, provided that notice of such cancellation shall be given to each holder of an option, and each such holder thereof shall have the right to exercise such option in full (without regard to any discretionary limitations imposed with respect to the option) during a 30-day period preceding the effective date of such merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale; or (iv) all outstanding options may be cancelled by the Board as of the date of any such merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale, provided that notice of such cancellation shall be given to each holder of an option and each such holder thereof shall have the right to exercise such option but only to the extent exercisable in accordance with any discretionary limitations imposed with respect to the option prior to the effective date of such merger; consolidation, liquidation or sale; or (v) the Board may provide for the cancellation of all outstanding options and for the payment to the holders thereof of some part or all of the amount by which the value thereof exceeds the payment, if any, which the holder would have been required to make to exercise such option.

(c) In the event the Company shall issue any of its shares as a stock dividend upon or with respect to the shares of stock of the class which shall at the time be subject to option hereunder, each optionee upon exercising an Option shall be entitled to receive (for the purchase price paid upon such exercise) the shares as to which he is exercising his Option and, in addition thereto (at no additional cost), such number of shares of the class or classes in which such stock dividend or dividends were declared or paid, and such amount of cash in lieu of fractional shares, as he would have received if he had been the holder of the shares as to which he is exercising his Option at all times between the date of grant of such Option and the date of its exercise.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any adjustments made pursuant to subparagraph (a), (b) or (c) shall be made only after the Committee, after consulting with counsel for the Company, determines whether such adjustments with respect to ISOs will constitute a

 

6


“modification” of such ISOs as that term is defined in Section 424 of the Code, or cause any adverse tax consequences for the holders of such ISOs. No adjustments shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in property other than securities of the Company.

(e) No fractional shares shall actually be issued under the Plan. Any fractional shares which, but for this subparagraph (e), would have been issued to an optionee pursuant to an Option, shall be deemed to have been issued and immediately sold to the Company for their fair market value, and the optionee shall receive from the Company cash in lieu of such fractional shares.

(f) Upon the happening of any of the foregoing events described in subparagraphs (a), (b) or (e) above, the class and aggregate number of shares set forth in paragraph 4 hereof which are subject to Options which previously have been or subsequently may be granted under the Plan shall also be appropriately adjusted to reflect the events specified in such subparagraphs. The Committee shall determine the specific adjustments to be made under this paragraph 14, and subject to paragraph 2, its determination shall be conclusive.

15. Means of Exercising Options . An Option (or any part or installment thereof) shall be exercised by giving written notice to the Company at its principal office address. Such notice shall identify the Option being exercised and specify the number of shares as to which such Option is being exercised, accompanied by full payment of the purchase price therefor (i) in United States dollars in cash or by check, (ii) at the discretion of the Committee, through delivery of shares of Common Stock having fair market -value equal as of the date of the exercise to the cash exercise price of the Option, (iii) at the discretion of the Committee, by delivery of the optionee’s personal recourse note bearing interest payable not less than annually at no less than 100% of the lowest applicable Federal rate, as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code, (iv) at the discretion of the Committee, by delivery to the Company of irrevocable instructions to a broker to (a) either sell the shares subject to the option or purchase authorization being exercised or hold such shares as collateral for a margin loan and (b) promptly deliver to the Company the amount of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price or purchase price, as the case may be, or (v) at the discretion of the Committee, by any combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above. If the Committee exercises its discretion to permit payment of the exercise price of an ISO by means of the methods set forth in clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) of the preceding sentence, such discretion shall be exercised in writing at the time of the grant of the ISO in question. The holder of an Option shall not have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares covered by his Option until the date of issuance of a stock certificate to him for such shares. Except as expressly provided above in paragraph 14 with respect to change in capitalization and stock dividends, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or similar rights for which the record date is before the date such stock certificate is issued.

16. Conversion of ISOs into Non-Qualified Options, Termination of ISOs . The Committee, at the written request of any optionee, may in its discretion take such actions as may be necessary to convert such optionee’s ISOs (or any installments or portions of installments thereof) that have not been exercised on the date of conversion into Non-Qualified Options at any time prior to the expiration of such ISOs, regardless of whether the optionee is an employee of the Company or a Related Company at the time of such conversion. Such actions may include, but not be limited to, extending the exercise period or reducing the exercise price of the

 

7


appropriate installments of such Options. At the time of such conversion, the Committee (with the consent of the optionee) may impose such conditions on the exercise of the resulting Non-Qualified Options as the Committee in its discretion may determine, provided that such conditions shall not be inconsistent with this Plan. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any optionee the right to have such optionee’s ISOs converted into Non-Qualified Options and no such conversion shall occur until and unless the Committee takes appropriate action. The Committee, with the consent of the optionee, may also terminate any portion of any-ISO that has not been exercised at the time of such termination.

17. Restricted Stock . Each grant of Restricted Stock under the Plan Shall be evidenced by an instrument (a “Restricted Stock Agreement”) in such form as the Committee shall prescribe from time to time in accordance with the Plan and shall comply with the following terms and conditions, and with such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its discretion, shall establish:

(a) The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to an eligible person pursuant to the grant of Restricted Stock, and the extent, if any, to which they shall be issued in exchange for cash, other consideration, or both.

(b) Shares issued pursuant to a grant of Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise determined by the Committee in the Restricted Stock Agreement, for such period as the Committee shall determine, from the date on which the Restricted Stock is granted (the “Restricted Period”). The Company will have the option to repurchase the Common Stock at such price as the Committee shall have fixed in the Restricted Stock Agreement, which option will be exercisable (i) if the Participant’s continuous employment or performance of services for the Company and the Related Companies shall terminate prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, (ii) if, on or prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period or the earlier lapse of such repurchase option, the Participant has not paid to the Company an amount equal to any federal, state, local or foreign income or other taxes which the Company determines is required to be withheld in respect of such Restricted Stock or (iii) under such other circumstances as determined by the Committee in its discretion. Such repurchase option shall be exercisable on such terms, in such manner and during such period as shall be determined by the Committee in the Restricted Stock Agreement. Each certificate for shares issued as Restricted Stock shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the foregoing repurchase option and other restrictions; shall be deposited by the stockholder with the Company, together with a stock power endorsed in blank; or shall be evidenced in such other manner permitted by applicable law as determined by the Committee in its discretion. Any attempt to dispose of any such shares in contravention of the foregoing repurchase option and other restrictions shall be null and void and without effect. If shares issued as Restricted Stock shall be repurchased pursuant to the repurchase option described above, the stockholder, or in the event of his death, his personal representative, shall forthwith deliver to the Secretary of the Company the certificates for the shares, accompanied by such instrument of transfer, if any, as may reasonably be required by the Secretary of the Company. If the repurchase option described above is not exercised by the Company, such repurchase option and the restrictions imposed pursuant to the first sentence of this subparagraph (b) shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

 

8


(c) If a person who has been in continuous employment or performance of services for the Company or a Related Company since the date on which Restricted Stock was granted to him shall, while in such employment or performance of services, die, or terminate such employment or performance of services by reason of disability or by reason of early, normal or deferred retirement under an approved retirement program of the Company or a Related Company (or such other plan or arrangement as may be approved by the Committee in its discretion, for this purpose) and any of such events shall occur after the date on which the Restricted Stock was granted to him and prior to the end of the Restricted Period, the Committee may determine to cancel the repurchase option (and any and all other restrictions) on any or all of the shares of Restricted Stock; and the repurchase option shall become exercisable at such time as to the remaining shares, if any.

18. Term and Amendment of Plan . This Plan was adopted by the Board on May 27, 2003. The Plan shall expire on May 27, 2013 (except as to Options and Restricted Stock outstanding on that date). Subject to the provisions of paragraph 6 above, Options and Restricted Stock may be granted under the Plan by the Committee prior to the date of stockholder approval of the Plan. If the approval of stockholders is not obtained by April     , 2004, any grants of Options or Restricted Stock under the Plan made prior to that date will be rescinded. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan in any respect at any time, except that any amendment that (a) increases the total number of shares that may be issued under the Plan (except by adjustment pursuant to paragraph 14); (b) changes the class of persons eligible to participate in the Plan, or (c) materially increases the benefits to participants under the Plan, shall be subject to approval by stockholders obtained within 12 months before or after the Board adopts a resolution authorizing any of the foregoing amendments, and shall be null and void if such approval is not obtained. Termination or any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without consent of a participant, affect his rights under any Option or Restricted Stock previously granted to him.

19. Application of Funds . The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of shares pursuant to Options and Restricted Stock authorized under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

20. Governmental Regulation . The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver shares of the Common Stock under this Plan is subject to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the authorization, issuance or sale of such shares.

21. (a) Withholding Taxes; Delivery of Shares . The Company’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon exercise of an option or purchase authorization, in whole or iii part, shall be subject to the participant’s satisfaction of all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding obligations. With the consent of the Committee, the participant may satisfy the obligation, in whole or in part, by electing to (1) have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock or (2) deliver to the Company already-owned shares of Common Stock having a value equal to the amount required to be withheld; provided, however, that participants who are subject to the requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act (“Section 16 Persons”) shall not have the benefit of the foregoing election but rather the Company shall, in all cases where tax withholding is required with respect to such participants, withhold shares of Common Stock having a value equal to such withholding obligations. The value of shares to be withheld or delivered shall be based on the fair market value of the shares on the date the amount

 

9


of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the “Tax Date”). The election by a participant who is not a Section 16 Person to have shares withheld for this purpose will be subject to the following restrictions: (1) the election must be made prior to the Tax Date, (2) the election must be irrevocable and (3) the election will be subject to the disapproval of the Committee.

(b) Withholding of Additional Income Taxes . The Company may, in accordance with the Code, upon exercise of a Non-Qualified Option or the purchase of Common Stock for less than its fair market value or the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock or the making of a Disqualifying Disposition (as defined in paragraph 22), require the employee to pay additional withholding taxes in respect of the amount that is considered compensation includable in such person’s gross income.

22. Notice to Company of Disqualifying Disposition . Each employee who receives ISOs shall agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the employee makes a disqualifying disposition of any Common Stock received pursuant to the exercise of an ISO (a “Disqualifying Disposition”). Disqualifying Disposition means any disposition (including any sale) of such stock before the later of (a) two years after the employee was granted the ISO under which he acquired such stock or (b) one year after the employee acquired such stock by exercising such ISO. If the employee has died before such stock is sold, these holding period requirements do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition will thereafter occur.

23. Governing Laws, Construction . The validity and construction of the Plan and the instruments evidencing Options and Restricted Stock shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. In construing this Plan, the singular shall include the plural and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, unless the context otherwise requires.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on May 27, 2003 and approved by the stockholders on May 27, 2003.

 

10

Exhibit 10.3

 

LOGO

As of July 11, 2011

Mr. Stuart A. Randle

359 Pope Road

Concord, MA 01742

 

  Re: Amended and Restated Offer Letter

Dear Stuart:

As you know, you and GI Dynamics, Inc. (the “Company”) previously entered into an offer letter dated January 1, 2004. Both you and the Company desire to amend and restate the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company by executing this amended and restated offer letter (herein, the “Offer Letter”), which, upon execution, shall supersede your prior offer letter and govern your employment with the Company.

Accordingly, on behalf of the Company, I am pleased to offer you employment with the Company on the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

  1. Start Date; Term . Your employment commenced on January 1, 2004 (the “Start Date”) and, subject to Section 7 below, it will continue thereafter until terminated by you or the Company on ninety (90) days’ prior written notice of termination (the “Term”). The ninetieth day following your receipt of the written notice of termination shall be the effective date of termination, provided that the Company may pay you for such 90-day period in lieu of employing you during such time.

 

  2. Title . During the Term, you will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, reporting to the Board of Directors of the Company. During the Term, you will also continue to serve as a director of the Company for so long as you are duly elected, and not removed, by the stockholders of the Company. You will perform such executive, managerial, administrative and professional duties as are normally associated with those positions and customarily performed by those holding such offices at businesses similar to the Company. You will devote your full time and best efforts to the business of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that you comply with your obligations in this Offer Letter, your Nondisclosure, Nonsolicitation and Noncompete Agreement (as described in Section 6), and applicable Company policy: (a) you may continue in your role as, and you may become, a member of the board of directors of any non-profit entity or organization, and (b) you may continue in your role as, and upon approval from the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company you may become, a member of the board of directors of any other for-profit entity or organization.

 

 

LOGO


  3. Base Compensation . Your base salary will be paid at the rate of $365,000 per year, and you will not be entitled to compensation as a director of the Company. Your total compensation will be reviewed at least annually by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and may be increased, but not decreased, by the Compensation Committee.

 

  4. Bonus . You will be eligible for an annual bonus in addition to your base compensation if approved in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. The amount, if any, of such bonus shall be paid to you within forty five (45) days following the close of the fiscal year to which it relates, and in no event later than March 15 th of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which it was earned.

 

  5. Equity Incentives .

 

  (a) You and the Company acknowledge that you have been granted the following equity in the Company, of which, some options have been exercised:

 

    A non-qualified stock option to purchase 40,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price of $0.10 per share), pursuant to a Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated July 15, 2003, as amended.

 

    An incentive stock option to purchase 610,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price $0.10 per share), pursuant to an Incentive Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated February 10, 2004.

 

    An incentive stock option to purchase 550,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price $0.15 per share), pursuant to an Incentive Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated June 10, 2004.

 

    An incentive stock option to purchase 117,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price $0.20 per share), pursuant to an Incentive Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated October 21, 2005.

 

    An incentive stock option to purchase 335,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price $0.39 per share), pursuant to an Incentive Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated July 18, 2006.

 

LOGO


    An incentive stock option to purchase 275,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price $0.39 per share), pursuant to an Incentive Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated February 14, 2007.

 

    An incentive stock option to purchase 425,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price $0.43 per share), pursuant to an Incentive Stock Option Grant and Incentive Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated August 6, 2009.

 

    An incentive stock option to purchase 282,240 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price $0.59 per share), pursuant to an Incentive Stock Option Grant and Incentive Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated December 7, 2010.

You agree that the parties’ rights and obligations with respect to the equity grants described above shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of each such grant’s respective option agreements and/or grant documents, and the Company’s 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan or such other stock plan as may be in effect from time to time.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that if there is a Change of Control (as defined below) involving the Company, then 100% of all of your unvested options of all types shall vest and become immediately exercisable as of the consummation of the Change of Control. For the purposes of this Offer Letter, the term “Change of Control” shall mean the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Company or a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company immediately before the transaction are unable to do so following the transaction. The parties acknowledge and agree that to the extent that this Section 4(b) conflicts with any term of an option agreement and/or grant document listed in Section 4(a) (including, but not limited to, any term of such option agreement or grant document that permits or requires that a termination without “Cause” or as a result of a “Constructive Termination” occur following a Change of Control in order for unvested options to become vested and fully exercisable) then the terms of this Section 4(b) shall govern.

 

  (c) You will be eligible to receive additional equity incentives at the discretion of the Board of Directors pursuant to the Company’s 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan or such other incentive stock plan as may be in effect from time to time, on conditions and terms no less favorable to you than other executive officers of the Company.

 

  6.

Fringe Benefits . You will be entitled to the employee benefits generally provided to other executive officers of the Company. You will also be entitled to

 

LOGO


  reimbursement for ordinary and necessary business expenses incurred by you in the performance of your duties for the Company in accordance with standard company practices, including the substantiation of any expenses incurred. You will be entitled to four weeks of vacation annually.

 

  7. Non-Competition; Confidentiality . You and the Company acknowledge and agree that you have executed and delivered to the Company the Company’s standard Nondisclosure, Nonsolicitation and Noncompete Agreement. By signing this Offer Letter and accepting the consideration provided for herein, you expressly reaffirm your obligations under such Agreement.

 

  8. Termination . Your employment will continue until terminated in accordance with Section 1 unless earlier terminated in accordance with this Section 7. The Company shall be entitled to terminate your employment for “Cause”, as defined below (without prior notice) and you shall be entitled to terminate your employment with the Company in the event of a “Constructive Termination”, as defined below (subject to the terms of Section 7(c)(ii)).

 

  (a) Without Cause or Constructive Termination . If your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or if you terminate your employment as the result of a Constructive Termination, the obligations of the Company to you will be as follows:

 

  (i) Severance Payment . For the twelve (12) month period following the effective date of termination of your employment (the “ Severance Period ”), you will be entitled to receive as severance an amount equal to your prior 12 months total cash compensation, and to the extent permitted by law and the Company’s ERISA Plans, the Company’s ERISA contribution made on your behalf at the rate that was in effect immediately prior to your termination, paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s standard compensation schedule. If your employment terminates as a result of your death or disability (defined as a physical or mental impairment which renders you unable to fulfill all of the essential functions of your job for 180 consecutive days in any calendar year), such termination shall be considered a termination without Cause under this Offer Letter. In the event of a disability, the payments due to you by the Company during the Severance Period will be reduced by any payments made to you during the Severance Period under any Company-paid disability insurance policy.

 

  (ii) Benefits . During the Severance Period, the Company will continue to provide to you or on your behalf all of the other fringe benefits which you enjoyed immediately preceding your termination.

 

LOGO


  (b) Termination for Cause or Not Constituting a Constructive Termination . If your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause or by you without constituting a Constructive Termination, the obligations of the Company to you will be as follows:

 

  (i) Compensation . You will be entitled to receive your base salary through the date of termination, including any accrued vacation to that date.

 

  (ii) Benefits . Your entitlement to benefits will cease, except as otherwise required by the Company’s ERISA plans or by COBRA or any similar law or regulation then in effect.

 

  (iii) Vesting of Stock . There will be no further vesting of any shares of any class of stock of the Company that you hold as of the termination.

 

  (c) Certain Definitions . As used in this Section 7, the following terms have the definitions indicated:

 

  (i) Cause means the termination of your employment as the result of your conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude, any material act of dishonesty by you involving the Company or any of its affiliates or a breach by you of the terms of any noncompetition, nonsolicitation or nondisclosure obligation you have to the Company.

 

  (ii) Constructive Termination means a material diminution in your title, job responsibilities or duties, a material breach of this Offer Letter by the Company, a material reduction in your compensation or the relocation of the Company’s principal office beyond a radius of 25 miles from its current location, in any case unless otherwise approved by you. “Constructive Termination” shall not be deemed to have occurred unless: (A) you provide the Company with written notice that you intend to terminate your employment hereunder for one of the grounds set forth above within sixty (60) days of such ground occurring, (B) if such ground is capable of being cured, the Company has failed to cure such ground within a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such written notice, and (C) you terminate your employment within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date that a ground for Constructive Termination first occurs. For purposes of clarification, the above-listed conditions shall apply separately to each occurrence of Constructive Termination, and failure to adhere to such conditions in the event of Constructive Termination shall not disqualify you from asserting Constructive Termination for any subsequent occurrence of Constructive Termination.

 

LOGO


  9. Key Man Insurance . The parties acknowledge and agree that the Company has obtained a key man insurance policy of not less than $2,000,000 on your life, of which the Company is the beneficiary.

 

  10. Compliance with Section 409A .

 

  (a) If any payments or benefits set forth in herein constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the rules and regulations thereunder (“Section 409A”), then the following conditions apply to the payment of such payments or benefits: (i) any termination of your employment triggering payment of such payments or benefits must constitute a “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h) before distribution of such benefits can commence. To the extent that the termination of your employment does not constitute a separation of service under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h) (as the result of further services that are reasonably anticipated to be provided by you to the Company at the time your employment terminates), any such payments or benefits that constitute non-qualified deferred compensation under Section 409A shall be delayed until after the date of a subsequent event constituting a separation of service under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h). For purposes of clarification, this section shall not cause any forfeiture of benefits on your part, but shall only act as a delay until such time as a “separation from service” occurs; (ii) if you are a “specified employee” (as that term is used in Section 409A on the date your separation from service becomes effective, any payments or benefits that constitute non-qualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A shall be delayed until the earlier of: (A) the business day following the six-month anniversary of the date your separation from service becomes effective, or (B) the date of your death, but only to the extent necessary to avoid the adverse tax consequences and penalties under Section 409A. On the earlier of: (A) the business day following the six-month anniversary of the date your separation from service becomes effective, or (B) your death, the Company shall pay you in a lump sum the aggregate value of the non-qualified deferred compensation that the Company otherwise would have paid you prior to that date; (iii) it is intended that each installment of the payments and benefits provided hereunder shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A; and (iv) neither the Company nor you shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, in the event of any ambiguity in the terms of this offer letter, such term(s) shall be interpreted and at all times administered in a manner that avoids the inclusion of compensation in income under Section 409A, or the payment of increased taxes, excise taxes or other penalties under Section 409A.

 

LOGO


  (c) The parties intend all payments and benefits hereunder to be in compliance with Section 409A. You acknowledge and agree that the Company does not guarantee the tax treatment or tax consequences associated with any payment or benefit arising under this Offer Letter, including but not limited to consequences related to Section 409A.

 

  (d) All reimbursements provided under this Offer Letter will be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that: (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during your lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Offer Letter); (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year; (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred; and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

  11. Choice of Law; Venue . This Offer Letter shall be deemed to have been made in Massachusetts and shall take effect as an instrument under seal in Massachusetts, and its validity, interpretation and performance shall be governed by the internal law of Massachusetts, without giving effect to conflict of law principles. Both you and the Company agree that any action or claim related to this Offer Letter or its breach shall be commenced in Massachusetts in a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  12. Entire Agreement . This Offer Letter, together with the other agreements specifically referenced herein, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof (including but not limited to your January 1, 2004 offer letter with the Company). No statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of any kind not expressly set forth in this Offer Letter will affect, or be used to interpret, change or restrict, the express terms and provisions of this Offer Letter.

[ Signature Page to Follow ]

 

LOGO


If the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement and understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing and returning to me a copy of this Offer Letter.

 

Very truly yours,
GI DYNAMICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Crane

Title:  

CFO

I accept the offer of employment of GI DYNAMICS, INC. outlined above.

 

/s/ Stuart A. Randle

Stuart A. Randle

 

Date:  

7/11/11

  , 2011

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.4

 

LOGO

As of July 11, 2011

Mr. Robert W. Crane

17 Trailside Circle

Sudbury, MA 01776

 

  Re: Offer Letter Agreement

Dear Bob:

On behalf of GI Dynamics, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you employment with the Company on the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

  1. Start Date; Term . Your employment commenced on May 1, 2011 (the “Start Date”) and, subject to Section 8 below, it will continue thereafter until terminated by you or the Company on ninety (90) days’ prior written notice of termination (the “Term”). The ninetieth day following your receipt of the written notice of termination shall be the effective date of termination, provided that the Company may pay you for such 90-day period in lieu of employing you during such time.

 

  2. Title . During the Term, you will serve as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, reporting to the President and Chief Executive Officer. You will perform such executive, managerial, administrative and professional duties as are normally associated with those positions and customarily performed by those holding such offices at businesses similar to the Company. You will devote your full time and best efforts to the business of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that you comply with your obligations in this Offer Letter, your Nondisclosure, Nonsolicitation and Noncompete Agreement (as described in Section 7), and applicable Company policy: (a) you may continue in your role as, and you may become, a member of the board of directors of any non-profit entity or organization, and (b) you may continue in your role as, and upon approval from the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company you may become, a member of the board of directors of any other for-profit entity or organization.

 

  3. Base Compensation . Your base salary will be paid at the rate of $275,000 per year. Your compensation, including base salary, from the Company will be reviewed at least annually by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and may be increased, but not decreased, by the Compensation Committee.

 

 

LOGO


  4. Bonus . You will be eligible for an annual bonus in addition to your base compensation, which for 2011 will be up to a maximum amount of $40,000, if approved in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. Thereafter you will be eligible for an annual bonus, if approved in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. The amount, if any, of such bonus shall be paid to you within forty five (45) days following the close of the fiscal year to which it relates, and in no event later than March 15 th of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which it was earned.

 

  5. Equity Incentive .

 

  (a) You and the Company acknowledge that you have been granted the following equity in the Company:

 

    A non-qualified stock option to purchase 91,500 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price of $0.15 per share), pursuant to a Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated June 10, 2004.

 

    A non-qualified stock option to purchase 20,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price $0.20 per share), pursuant to a Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated October 21, 2005.

 

    A non-qualified stock option to purchase 32,500 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price $0.39 per share), pursuant to a Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated July 18, 2006.

 

    A non-qualified stock option to purchase 60,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price $0.39 per share), pursuant to a Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated February 14, 2007.

 

    A non-qualified stock option to purchase 130,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price $0.39 per share), pursuant to a Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated April 25, 2007.

 

    A non-qualified stock option to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price $0.43 per share), pursuant to a Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant and Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated August 6, 2009.

 

    A non-qualified stock option to purchase 52,080 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price $0.59 per share), pursuant to a Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant and Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated December 7, 2010.

 

    An incentive stock option to purchase up to 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (purchase price $0.82 per share), pursuant to an Incentive Stock Option Grant and Incentive Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company dated May 1, 2011.

 

LOGO


You agree that the parties’ rights and obligations with respect to the equity grants described above shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of each such grant’s respective option agreements and/or grant documents, and the Company’s 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan or such other stock plan as may be in effect from time to time.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that if there is a Change of Control (as defined below) involving the Company, then 100% of all of your unvested options of all types shall vest and become immediately exercisable as of the consummation of the Change of Control. For the purposes of this Offer Letter, the term “Change of Control” shall mean the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Company or a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company immediately before the transaction are unable to do so following the transaction. The parties acknowledge and agree that to the extent that this Section 5(b) conflicts with any term of an option agreement and/or grant document listed in Section 5(a) (including, but not limited to, any term of such option agreement or grant document that permits or requires that a termination without “Cause” or as a result of a “Constructive Termination” occur following a Change of Control in order for unvested options to become vested and fully exercisable) then the terms of this Section 5(b) shall govern.

 

  (c) You will be eligible to receive additional equity incentives at the discretion of the Board of Directors pursuant to the Company’s 2003 Omnibus Stock Plan or such other incentive stock plan as may be in effect from time to time, on conditions and terms no less favorable to you than other executive officers of the Company.

 

  6. Fringe Benefits . You will be entitled to the employee benefits generally provided to other executive officers of the Company. You will also be entitled to reimbursement for ordinary and necessary business expenses incurred by you in the performance of your duties for the Company in accordance with standard company practices, including the substantiation of any expenses incurred. You will be entitled to four weeks of vacation annually.

 

LOGO


  7. Non-Competition; Confidentiality . You and the Company acknowledge and agree that you have executed and delivered to the Company the Company’s standard Nondisclosure, Nonsolicitation and Noncompete Agreement. By signing this Offer Letter and accepting the consideration provided for herein, you expressly reaffirm your obligations under such Agreement.

 

  8. Termination . Your employment will continue until terminated in accordance with Section 1 unless earlier terminated in accordance with this Section 8. The Company shall be entitled to terminate your employment for “ Cause ”, as defined below (without prior notice) and you shall be entitled to terminate your employment with the Company in the event of a “ Constructive Termination ”, as defined below (subject to the terms of Section 8(c)(ii)).

 

  (a) Without Cause or Constructive Termination . If your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or if you terminate your employment as the result of a Constructive Termination, the obligations of the Company to you will be as follows:

 

  (i) Severance Payment . For the twelve (12) month period following the effective date of termination of your employment (the “ Severance Period ”), you will be entitled to receive as severance an amount equal to a continuation of your base salary during such period, and to the extent permitted by law and the Company’s ERISA Plans, the Company’s ERISA contribution made on your behalf at the rate that was in effect immediately prior to your termination, paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s standard compensation schedule.

 

  (ii) Benefits . During the Severance Period, the Company will continue to provide to you or on your behalf all of the other fringe benefits which you enjoyed immediately preceding your termination.

 

  (b) Termination for Cause or not Constituting a Constructive Termination . If your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause or by you without constituting a Constructive Termination, the obligations of the Company to you will be as follows:

 

  (i) Compensation . You will be entitled to receive your base salary through the date of termination, including any accrued vacation to that date.

 

  (ii) Benefits . Your entitlement to benefits will cease, except as otherwise required by the Company’s ERISA plans or by COBRA or any similar law or regulation then in effect.

 

  (iii) Vesting of Stock . There will be no further vesting of any shares of any class of stock of the Company that you hold as of the termination.

 

LOGO


  (c) Certain Definitions . As used in this Section 8, the following terms have the definitions indicated:

 

  (i) Cause means the termination of your employment as the result of your conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude, any material act of dishonesty by you involving the Company or any of its affiliates or a breach by you of the terms of any noncompetition, nonsolicitation or nondisclosure obligation you have to the Company.

 

  (ii) Constructive Termination means a material diminution in your title, job responsibilities or duties, a material breach of this Offer Letter by the Company, a material reduction in your compensation or the relocation of the Company’s principal office beyond a radius of 25 miles from its current location, in any case unless otherwise approved by you. “Constructive Termination” shall not be deemed to have occurred unless: (A) you provide the Company with written notice that you intend to terminate your employment hereunder for one of the grounds set forth above within sixty (60) days of such ground occurring, (B) if such ground is capable of being cured, the Company has failed to cure such ground within a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such written notice, and (C) you terminate your employment within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date that a ground for Constructive Termination first occurs. For purposes of clarification, the above-listed conditions shall apply separately to each occurrence of Constructive Termination, and failure to adhere to such conditions in the event of Constructive Termination shall not disqualify you from asserting Constructive Termination for any subsequent occurrence of Constructive Termination.

 

  9. Intentionally left blank .

 

  10. Compliance with Section 409A .

 

  (a) If any payments or benefits set forth in herein constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue If the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement and understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing and returning to me a copy of this Offer Letter.

 

LOGO


If the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement and understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing and returning to me a copy of this Offer Letter.

 

Very truly yours,
GI DYNAMICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Stuart Randle

Title:  

President & CEO

I accept the offer of employment of GI DYNAMICS, INC. outlined above.

 

/s/ Robert W. Crane

Robert W Crane
Date: July 11, 2011

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.5

 

LOGO

March 25, 2013

David Maggs

3122 Lincoln Street

Carlsbad, CA 92008

 

  Re: Offer Letter Agreement

Dear David:

On behalf of GI Dynamics, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you employment with the Company on the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

  1. Start Date; Term . Your employment will commence on approximately May 1, 2013 (the “ Start Date ”) and, subject to Section 8 below, it will continue thereafter until terminated by you or the Company on ninety (90) days’ prior written notice of termination (the “Term”). The ninetieth day following your receipt of the written notice of termination shall be the effective date of termination, provided that the Company may pay you for such 90-day period in lieu of employing you during such time.

 

  2. Title . During the Term, you will serve as the Chief Medical Officer of the Company, reporting to the President and Chief Executive Officer. You will perform such executive, managerial, administrative and professional duties as are normally associated with those positions and customarily performed by those holding such offices at businesses similar to the Company. You will devote your full time and best efforts to the business of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that you comply with your obligations in this Offer Letter, your Nondisclosure, Nonsolicitation and Noncompete Agreement (as described in Section 7), and applicable Company policy: (a) you may continue in your role as, and you may become, a member of the board of directors of any non-profit entity or organization, and (b) you may continue in your role as, and upon approval from the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company you may become, a member of the board of directors of any other for-profit entity or organization.

 

  3. Base Compensation . Your base salary will be paid at the rate of $330,000 per year. Your compensation, including base salary, from the Company will be reviewed at least annually by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and may be increased, but not decreased, by the Compensation Committee.

 

 

LOGO


  4. Bonus . You will be eligible for an annual bonus in addition to your base compensation. The Board of Directors is currently developing the Executive Compensation Plan for the Company but for 2013, you will be eligible for a bonus of 30% of your base salary (pro rata based on your start date), assuming all annual objectives are met at the sole determination and discretion of the Board of Directors. Thereafter you will be eligible for an annual bonus, if approved in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. The amount, if any, of such bonus shall be paid to you within forty five (45) days following the close of the fiscal year to which it relates, and in no event later than March 15 th of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which it was earned.

 

  5. Equity Incentive .

 

  (a) You will be granted subject to Board of Directors approval:

 

    An incentive stock option to the maximum extent permitted under law, and a non-qualified stock option otherwise, to purchase up to 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, pursuant to a Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company, and having an exercise price which is determined by the Board of Directors in good faith to be the fair value of such shares on the later of your Start Date or the date of the grant.

You agree that the parties’ rights and obligations with respect to the equity grant described above will be subject to the terms and conditions of option agreement and the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that if there is a Change of Control (as defined below) involving the Company, then 100% of all of your unvested options of all types shall vest and become immediately exercisable as of the consummation of the Change of Control. For the purposes of this Offer Letter, the term “Change of Control” shall mean the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Company or a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company immediately before the transaction are unable to do so following the transaction. The parties acknowledge and agree that to the extent that this Section 5(b) conflicts with any term of an option agreement and/or grant document listed in Section 5(a) (including, but not limited to, any term of such option agreement or grant document that permits or requires that a termination without “Cause” or as a result of a “Constructive Termination” occur following a Change of Control in order for unvested options to become vested and fully exercisable) then the terms of this Section 5(b) shall govern.

 

  6.

Relocation . You will be eligible for reasonable and direct relocation expense reimbursement to assist in your move from California to Massachusetts. For your

 

LOGO


  home in California, eligible expenses shall consist of actual costs to relocate your belongings including your car if desired and temporary storage of your belongings if necessary. Your relocation must occur no later than 18 months following your Start Date. If you voluntarily terminate your employment or are terminated for cause any time during your first two years, you will be responsible to repay the relocation expenses. In the event that your employment is terminated through no fault of your own, the recapture of relocation expenses will be waived.

 

  7. Transportation . You will be provided with reasonable transportation between Boston and San Diego for up to two trips per month for the first six months following your Start Date.

 

  8. Temporary Living . The Company will reimburse reasonable temporary housing expenses in a hotel or apartment in the Boston area through December 31, 2013.

 

  9. Fringe Benefits . You will be entitled to the employee benefits generally provided to other executive officers of the Company. You will also be entitled to reimbursement for ordinary and necessary business expenses incurred by you in the performance of your duties for the Company in accordance with standard company practices, including the substantiation of any expenses incurred. You will be entitled to four weeks of vacation annually.

 

  10. Non-Competition; Confidentiality . You and the Company acknowledge and agree that you have executed and delivered to the Company the Company’s standard Nondisclosure, Nonsolicitation and Noncompete Agreement. By signing this Offer Letter and accepting the consideration provided for herein, you expressly reaffirm your obligations under such Agreement.

 

  11. Termination . Your employment will continue until terminated in accordance with Section 1 unless earlier terminated in accordance with this Section 8. The Company shall be entitled to terminate your employment for “ Cause ”, as defined below (without prior notice) and you shall be entitled to terminate your employment with the Company in the event of a “ Constructive Termination ”, as defined below (subject to the terms of Section 8(c)(ii)).

 

  (a) Without Cause or Constructive Termination . After your Relocation, if your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or if you terminate your employment as the result of a Constructive Termination, the obligations of the Company to you will be as follows:

 

  (i)

Severance Payment . For the twelve (12) month period following the effective date of termination of your employment (the “ Severance Period ”), you will be entitled to receive as severance an amount equal to a continuation of your base salary during such period, and to the extent permitted by law and the Company’s ERISA Plans, the Company’s ERISA contribution made on your

 

LOGO


  behalf at the rate that was in effect immediately prior to your termination, paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s standard compensation schedule.

 

  (ii) Benefits . During the Severance Period, the Company will continue to provide to you or on your behalf all of the other fringe benefits which you enjoyed immediately preceding your termination.

 

  (b) Termination for Cause or not Constituting a Constructive Termination . If your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause or by you without constituting a Constructive Termination, the obligations of the Company to you will be as follows:

 

  (i) Compensation . You will be entitled to receive your base salary through the date of termination, including any accrued vacation to that date.

 

  (ii) Benefits . Your entitlement to benefits will cease, except as otherwise required by the Company’s ERISA plans or by COBRA or any similar law or regulation then in effect.

 

  (iii) Vesting of Stock . There will be no further vesting of any shares of any class of stock of the Company that you hold as of the termination.

 

  (c) Certain Definitions . As used in this Section 8, the following terms have the definitions indicated:

 

  (i) Cause means the termination of your employment as the result of your conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude, any material act of dishonesty by you involving the Company or any of its affiliates or a breach by you of the terms of any noncompetition, nonsolicitation or nondisclosure obligation you have to the Company.

 

  (ii)

Constructive Termination means a material diminution in your title, job responsibilities or duties, a material breach of this Offer Letter by the Company, a material reduction in your compensation or the relocation of the Company’s principal office beyond a radius of 25 miles from its current location, in any case unless otherwise approved by you. “Constructive Termination” shall not be deemed to have occurred unless: (A) you provide the Company with written notice that you intend to terminate your employment hereunder for one of the grounds set forth above within sixty (60) days of such ground occurring, (B) if such ground is capable of being cured, the Company has failed to cure such ground within a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such written notice, and (C) you terminate your employment within one hundred eighty

 

LOGO


  (180) days from the date that a ground for Constructive Termination first occurs. For purposes of clarification, the above-listed conditions shall apply separately to each occurrence of Constructive Termination, and failure to adhere to such conditions in the event of Constructive Termination shall not disqualify you from asserting Constructive Termination for any subsequent occurrence of Constructive Termination.

 

  12. Intentionally left blank .

 

  13. Compliance with Section 409A .

 

  (a) If any payments or benefits set forth in herein constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the rules and regulations thereunder (“Section 409A”), then the following conditions apply to the payment of such payments or benefits: (i) any termination of your employment triggering payment of such payments or benefits must constitute a “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h) before distribution of such benefits can commence. To the extent that the termination of your employment does not constitute a separation of service under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h) (as the result of further services that are reasonably anticipated to be provided by you to the Company at the time your employment terminates), any such payments or benefits that constitute non-qualified deferred compensation under Section 409A shall be delayed until after the date of a subsequent event constituting a separation of service under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h). For purposes of clarification, this section shall not cause any forfeiture of benefits on your part, but shall only act as a delay until such time as a “separation from service” occurs; (ii) if you are a “specified employee” (as that term is used in Section 409A on the date your separation from service becomes effective, any payments or benefits that constitute non-qualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A shall be delayed until the earlier of: (A) the business day following the six-month anniversary of the date your separation from service becomes effective, or (B) the date of your death, but only to the extent necessary to avoid the adverse tax consequences and penalties under Section 409A. On the earlier of: (A) the business day following the six-month anniversary of the date your separation from service becomes effective, or (B) your death, the Company shall pay you in a lump sum the aggregate value of the non-qualified deferred compensation that the Company otherwise would have paid you prior to that date; (iii) it is intended that each installment of the payments and benefits provided hereunder shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A; and (iv) neither the Company nor you shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

 

LOGO


  (b) Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, in the event of any ambiguity in the terms of this offer letter, such term(s) shall be interpreted and at all times administered in a manner that avoids the inclusion of compensation in income under Section 409A, or the payment of increased taxes, excise taxes or other penalties under Section 409A.

 

  (c) The parties intend all payments and benefits hereunder to be in compliance with Section 409A. You acknowledge and agree that the Company does not guarantee the tax treatment or tax consequences associated with any payment or benefit arising under this Offer Letter, including but not limited to consequences related to Section 409A.

 

  (d) All reimbursements provided under this Offer Letter will be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that: (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during your lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Offer Letter); (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year; (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred; and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

  14. Choice of Law; Venue . This Offer Letter shall be deemed to have been made in Massachusetts and shall take effect as an instrument under seal in Massachusetts, and its validity, interpretation and performance shall be governed by the internal law of Massachusetts, without giving effect to conflict of law principles. Both you and the Company agree that any action or claim related to this Offer Letter or its breach shall be commenced in Massachusetts in a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  15. Entire Agreement . This Offer Letter, together with the other agreements specifically referenced herein, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof (including but not limited to any prior offer letters with the Company). No statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of any kind not expressly set forth in this Offer Letter will affect, or be used to interpret, change or restrict, the express terms and provisions of this Offer Letter.

 

LOGO


If the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement and understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing and returning to me a copy of this Offer Letter.

 

Very truly yours,
GI DYNAMICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Stuart Randle

Title:  

President and CEO

I accept the offer of employment of GI DYNAMICS, INC. outlined above.

 

/s/ David Maggs

David Maggs
Date: March 25, 2013

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.6

 

LOGO

As of November 28, 2011

Mark Twyman

15 Thornberry Lane

Sudbury, MA 01776

 

  Re: Offer Letter Agreement

Dear Mark:

On behalf of GI Dynamics, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you employment with the Company on the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

  1. Start Date; Term . Your employment commenced on November 17, 2011 (the “ Start Date ”) and, subject to Section 8 below, it will continue thereafter until terminated by you or the Company on ninety (90) days’ prior written notice of termination (the “ Term ”). The ninetieth day following your receipt of the written notice of termination shall be the effective date of termination, provided that the Company may pay you for such 90-day period in lieu of employing you during such time.

 

  2. Title . During the Term, you will serve as the Chief Commercial Officer of the Company, reporting to the President and Chief Executive Officer. You will perform such executive, managerial, administrative and professional duties as are normally associated with those positions and customarily performed by those holding such offices at businesses similar to the Company. You will devote your full time and best efforts to the business of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that you comply with your obligations in this Offer Letter, your Nondisclosure, Nonsolicitation and Noncompete Agreement (as described in Section 7), and applicable Company policy: (a) you may continue in your role as, and you may become, a member of the board of directors of any non-profit entity or organization, and (b) you may continue in your role as, and upon approval from the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company you may become, a member of the board of directors of any other for-profit entity or organization.

 

  3. Base Compensation . Your base salary will be paid at the rate of $300,000 per year. Your compensation, including base salary, from the Company will be reviewed at least annually by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and may be increased, but not decreased, by the Compensation Committee.

 

 

LOGO


  4. Bonus . You will be eligible for an annual bonus in addition to your base compensation, which for 2012 will be up to a maximum amount of $75,000, if approved in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. Thereafter you will be eligible for an annual bonus, if approved in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. The amount, if any, of such bonus shall be paid to you within forty five (45) days following the close of the fiscal year to which it relates, and in no event later than March 15 th of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which it was earned.

In the event that you do not receive any bonus and/or severance from Genzyme / Sanofi, you will be eligible to receive $50,000 upon the first anniversary of your Start Date and $50,000 upon the second anniversary of your Start Date. You must be a full-time employee at the time of payment to receive your bonus.

 

  5. Equity Incentive .

 

  (a) You will be granted subject to Board of Directors approval:

 

    An incentive stock option to the maximum extent permitted under law, and a non-qualified stock option otherwise, to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, pursuant to a Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company, and having an exercise price which is determined by the Board of Directors in good faith to be the fair value of such shares on the later of your Start Date or the date of the grant.

You agree that the parties’ rights and obligations with respect to the equity grant described above will be subject to the terms and conditions of option agreement and the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that if there is a Change of Control (as defined below) involving the Company, then 100% of all of your unvested options of all types shall vest and become immediately exercisable as of the consummation of the Change of Control. For the purposes of this Offer Letter, the term “Change of Control” shall mean the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Company or a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company immediately before the transaction are unable to do so following the transaction. The parties acknowledge and agree that to the extent that this Section 5(b) conflicts with any term of an option agreement and/or grant document listed in Section 5(a) (including, but not limited to, any term of such option agreement or grant document that permits or requires that a termination without “Cause” or as a result of a

 

LOGO


  “Constructive Termination” occur following a Change of Control in order for unvested options to become vested and fully exercisable) then the terms of this Section 5(b) shall govern.

 

  6. Fringe Benefits . You will be entitled to the employee benefits generally provided to other executive officers of the Company. You will also be entitled to reimbursement for ordinary and necessary business expenses incurred by you in the performance of your duties for the Company in accordance with standard company practices, including the substantiation of any expenses incurred. You will be entitled to four weeks of vacation annually.

 

  7. Non-Competition; Confidentiality . You and the Company acknowledge and agree that you have executed and delivered to the Company the Company’s standard Nondisclosure, Nonsolicitation and Noncompete Agreement. By signing this Offer Letter and accepting the consideration provided for herein, you expressly reaffirm your obligations under such Agreement.

 

  8. Termination . Your employment will continue until terminated in accordance with Section 1 unless earlier terminated in accordance with this Section 8. The Company shall be entitled to terminate your employment for “ Cause ”, as defined below (without prior notice) and you shall be entitled to terminate your employment with the Company in the event of a “ Constructive Termination ”, as defined below (subject to the terms of Section 8(c)(ii)).

 

  (a) Without Cause or Constructive Termination. If your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or if you terminate your employment as the result of a Constructive Termination, the obligations of the Company to you will be as follows:

 

  (i) Severance Payment . For the twelve (12) month period following the effective date of termination of your employment (the “ Severance Period ”), you will be entitled to receive as severance an amount equal to a continuation of your base salary during such period, and to the extent permitted by law and the Company’s ERISA Plans, the Company’s ERISA contribution made on your behalf at the rate that was in effect immediately prior to your termination, paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s standard compensation schedule.

 

  (ii) Benefits . During the Severance Period, the Company will continue to provide to you or on your behalf all of the other fringe benefits which you enjoyed immediately preceding your termination.

 

  (b) Termination for Cause or not Constituting a Constructive Termination . If your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause or by you without constituting a Constructive Termination, the obligations of the Company to you will be as follows:

 

  (i) Compensation . You will be entitled to receive your base salary through the date of termination, including any accrued vacation to that date.

 

LOGO


  (ii) Benefits . Your entitlement to benefits will cease, except as otherwise required by the Company’s ERISA plans or by COBRA or any similar law or regulation then in effect.

 

  (iii) Vesting of Stock . There will be no further vesting of any shares of any class of stock of the Company that you hold as of the termination.

 

  (c) Certain Definitions . As used in this Section 8, the following terms have the definitions indicated:

 

  (i) Cause means the termination of your employment as the result of your conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude, any material act of dishonesty by you involving the Company or any of its affiliates or a breach by you of the terms of any noncompetition, nonsolicitation or nondisclosure obligation you have to the Company.

 

  (ii) Constructive Termination means a material diminution in your title, job responsibilities or duties, a material breach of this Offer Letter by the Company, a material reduction in your compensation or the relocation of the Company’s principal office beyond a radius of 25 miles from its current location, in any case unless otherwise approved by you. “Constructive Termination” shall not be deemed to have occurred unless: (A) you provide the Company with written notice that you intend to terminate your employment hereunder for one of the grounds set forth above within sixty (60) days of such ground occurring, (B) if such ground is capable of being cured, the Company has failed to cure such ground within a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such written notice, and (C) you terminate your employment within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date that a ground for Constructive Termination first occurs. For purposes of clarification, the above-listed conditions shall apply separately to each occurrence of Constructive Termination, and failure to adhere to such conditions in the event of Constructive Termination shall not disqualify you from asserting Constructive Termination for any subsequent occurrence of Constructive Termination.

 

  9. Intentionally left blank .

 

  10. Compliance with Section 409A .

 

LOGO


  (a) If any payments or benefits set forth in herein constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the rules and regulations thereunder (“Section 409A”), then the following conditions apply to the payment of such payments or benefits: (i) any termination of your employment triggering payment of such payments or benefits must constitute a “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h) before distribution of such benefits can commence. To the extent that the termination of your employment does not constitute a separation of service under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h) (as the result of further services that are reasonably anticipated to be provided by you to the Company at the time your employment terminates), any such payments or benefits that constitute non-qualified deferred compensation under Section 409A shall be delayed until after the date of a subsequent event constituting a separation of service under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h). For purposes of clarification, this section shall not cause any forfeiture of benefits on your part, but shall only act as a delay until such time as a “separation from service” occurs; (ii) if you are a “specified employee” (as that term is used in Section 409A on the date your separation from service becomes effective, any payments or benefits that constitute non-qualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A shall be delayed until the earlier of: (A) the business day following the six-month anniversary of the date your separation from service becomes effective, or (B) the date of your death, but only to the extent necessary to avoid the adverse tax consequences and penalties under Section 409A. On the earlier of: (A) the business day following the six-month anniversary of the date your separation from service becomes effective, or (B) your death, the Company shall pay you in a lump sum the aggregate value of the non-qualified deferred compensation that the Company otherwise would have paid you prior to that date; (iii) it is intended that each installment of the payments and benefits provided hereunder shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A; and (iv) neither the Company nor you shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, in the event of any ambiguity in the terms of this offer letter, such term(s) shall be interpreted and at all times administered in a manner that avoids the inclusion of compensation in income under Section 409A, or the payment of increased taxes, excise taxes or other penalties under Section 409A.

 

  (c) The parties intend all payments and benefits hereunder to be in compliance with Section 409A. You acknowledge and agree that the Company does not guarantee the tax treatment or tax consequences associated with any payment or benefit arising under this Offer Letter, including but not limited to consequences related to Section 409A.

 

LOGO


  (d) All reimbursements provided under this Offer Letter will be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that: (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during your lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Offer Letter); (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year; (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred; and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

  11. Choice of Law; Venue . This Offer Letter shall be deemed to have been made in Massachusetts and shall take effect as an instrument under seal in Massachusetts, and its validity, interpretation and performance shall be governed by the internal law of Massachusetts, without giving effect to conflict of law principles. Both you and the Company agree that any action or claim related to this Offer Letter or its breach shall be commenced in Massachusetts in a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  12. Entire Agreement . This Offer Letter, together with the other agreements specifically referenced herein, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof (including but not limited to any prior offer letters with the Company). No statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of any kind not expressly set forth in this Offer Letter will affect, or be used to interpret, change or restrict, the express terms and provisions of this Offer Letter.

 

LOGO


If the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement and understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing and returning to me a copy of this Offer Letter.

 

Very truly yours,
GI DYNAMICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Stuart Randle

Title:  

President & CEO

I accept the offer of employment of GI DYNAMICS, INC. outlined above.

 

/s/ Mark Twyman

Mark Twyman
Date: November 29, 2011

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.7

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of              , 20      between GI Dynamics, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and              (“ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS , highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company requires indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”). The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS , the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS , the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS , it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS , this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS , Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s


Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as director after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

2


2. Additional Indemnity . In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3. Contribution .

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the Law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

3


(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide

 

4


such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the board: (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the board of directors of the Company who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c) . The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “ Independent Counsel ” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because

 

5


Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(g) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including

 

6


attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

7. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a) . The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b) .

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by

 

7


such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7 , seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; [Primacy of Indemnification;] Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

8


(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [Insert Name of Fund/Sponsor] and/or certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).]

(d) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) [The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.]

(f) [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation,

 

9


partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision[, provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above]; or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

10. Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement until the later of (x) six (6) years after the date Indemnitee shall cease to serve as a director and/or officer, employee or agent of the Company or (y) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceedings (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of its Corporate Status. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

11. Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

10


12. Enforcement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

13. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

(b) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company, any of its subsidiaries, and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(d) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(e) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in

 

11


representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(f) “ Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

14. Severability . The invalidity of unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

15. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice By Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

12


17. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.

(b) To the Company at:

GI Dynamics, Inc.

One Maguire Road

Lexington, MA 02421

Attention: Stuart A. Randle, President

Facsimile: (781) 357-3311

with a copy to:

Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.

One Financial Center

Boston, MA 02111

Attention: Daniel H. Follansbee, Esq.

Facsimile: (617) 542-2241

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

13


SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY:     GI DYNAMICS, INC.
      By:  

 

      Name:   Stuart A. Randle
      Title:   President
  INDEMNITEE:    
     

 

      Name:
      Address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

 

15

Exhibit 10.8

Sublease Agreement Between

Cambridge Technology, Inc.

and

GI Dynamics, Inc.

Effective Date 23 May 2013

This Agreement of Sublease (the “Sublease”), dated as of 23 May 2013 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between Cambridge Technology, Inc., which is a Massachusetts corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of GSI Group Corporation, both with a usual place of business located at 125 Middlesex Turnpike, Bedford, MA 01730 (“Landlord”), and GI Dynamics, Inc., a Delaware corporation with a usual place of business located at One Maguire Road, Lexington, MA 02421 (“Tenant”). Landlord and Tenant may be referred to in this Sublease individually as a “Party,” or collectively as the “Parties.”

THIS SUBLEASE WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS: Duffy Hartwell LLC (the “Owner”) is the owner of that certain real property located at 25 Hartwell Avenue, Lexington, MA 02421 containing approximately 33,339 square feet of space which is more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (“the Premises” or “25 Hartwell” in the Town of Lexington, Middlesex County, Massachusetts (“Lexington”); and

WHEREAS: the Owner, as Lessor, and the Landlord, as Lessee, executed that certain lease agreement dated January 1, 1999 (the “Lease”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, for the lease of 25 Hartwell, and

WHEREAS: Tenant desires to lease the Premises from Landlord and the Landlord desires to lease the Premises to Tenant;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above, and the representations, warranties, covenants and conditions contained in this Sublease, Landlord and Tenant, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Owner’s Consent . Landlord and Tenant’s obligations under this Sublease, and the effectiveness of this Sublease, are conditioned upon Owner providing written consent to this Sublease in form reasonably acceptable to Tenant, which consent shall include Tenant’s right to transfer its interest in the Sublease without consent as provided in Section 13 hereof. Landlord shall pay any fees or expenses charged by Owner in connection with such consent. If such consent is not obtained within fifteen (15) days after the execution hereof, then Tenant may terminate this Sublease by written notice to Landlord, whereupon any security deposit, letter of credit, or other prepaid amounts shall be promptly refunded and returned by Landlord to Tenant.


2. Demise . By this Sublease, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant does hereby lease and take from Landlord, subject to and upon the terms, covenants, agreements, provisions and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Premises.

3. Rights Granted . The Sublease of the Premises to Tenant includes all rights, privileges, easements and other interests appurtenant to the Premises, including but not limited to any access, utility and other rights and easements benefiting the Premises.

4. Term . The term of this Sublease shall commence as of 12:01:01 AM on the date of Owner’s consent to this Sublease (the “Commencement Date”) and shall expire at 12:59:59 PM on December 31 2016 (the “Term”), unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Sublease. The Tenant shall not have legal occupancy of the Premises until a Certificate of Occupancy is issued by Lexington, provided, however, that the Tenant’s contractors may be present in the Premises on and after the Effective Date for the purpose of performing the Tenant Improvements permitted under the Sublease, once they have demonstrated that they have the required insurance coverages, and provided that the Tenant will be responsible for the cost of all utilities, water and sewer charges incurred in the Premises by the Tenant or its contractors after the Effective Date.

5. Base Rent . The Tenant covenants and agrees to pay Base Rent to the Landlord as set forth in the following table for the full Term of this Sublease (“Rent”). No Base Rent as set forth the following table shall be payable from the date hereof through April 30, 2014; provided, however, that the Tenant recognizes and agrees that it will pay taxes, fees, and operating expenses as set forth the balance of this Paragraph 5.

 

   

Periods of the Term

  Total Rent for the Period     Rent/Square Foot     Monthly Rent  
1  

1 May 2014 to 30 April 2015

  $ 583,432.50      at $ 17.50 PSF      $ 48,619.38   
 

1 May 2015 to 30 April 2016

  $ 600,102.00      $ 18.00 PSF        50,008.50   
 

1 May 2016 to 31 December 2016

  $ 411,181.00      $ 18.50 PSF        51,397.62   

Base Rent during any partial calendar month during the Term shall be prorated based on the number of days in such month which are included in the Term.

During the Term of the Sublease, or beginning on such earlier date that the Tenant or its agents begin renovation work in the Premises, and except as otherwise specifically set forth in Paragraph 7 below, in addition to the Base Rent set forth above, the Tenant will be as responsible as if it were the Lessee, for the costs of all utilities used in the Premises and for cleaning, trash removal, repairing, and maintaining the Premises. From August 1, 2013 through April 30, 2014, or when the Tenant takes occupancy of the Premises for operation of Tenant’s business if earlier than August 1, 2013, the Tenant will also pay (A) the Capital Reserve Fee (currently $972.39 per month) payable by Lessor under the Lease, and (B) 50% of (i) the escalated real estate taxes, and


(ii) other escalated operating expenses that the Lessee has agreed with the Lessor to pay to Lessor under the Lease (i.e., operating expenses to the extent they exceed the operating expenses for the 2006 calendar year and taxes to the extent they exceed the taxes for the 2006 tax fiscal year). The real estate taxes payable by Lessor under the Lease are estimated to be $2,118.25 (as stipulated in the January 15, 2013 reconciliation letter (identified below as Exhibit C) as “Real Estate Tax payments”) per month (based on the current estimated charge from Owner) and the operating expenses payable by Lessor under the Lease are estimated to be: $901.65 as stipulated in the April 16, 2013 reconciliation letter (identified below as Exhibit C) “Est. operating payments”) per month (based on the current estimated charge from Owner). Notwithstanding the amounts of any estimates, the Tenant will pay the actual amounts, as adjusted by the reconciliations provided for in the last two sentences of this Paragraph 5. Tenant shall pay 50% of such estimated operating expense and tax amounts monthly. Further, from August 1, 2013 through April 30, 2014, or when the Tenant takes occupancy of the Premises for operation of Tenant’s business if earlier than August 1, 2013, the Tenant will pay an amount equal to the entire real estate taxes and operating expenses (each as defined in the Lease) for the Premises without reference to a base year, in estimated monthly installments, for the corresponding August 1, 2013 through April 30, 2014 period. The 2013 operating expenses are currently estimated by Owner to be $52,826.91 per annum ($4,402.24 per month) and the taxes are currently estimated by Owner to be $103,213.45 ($8,601.12 per month). The Landlord has obtained from the Owner provided to the Tenant the Owner’s current detailed breakdown of those taxes and expenses and how they have been calculated, and that breakdown is set forth in Exhibit C annexed hereto and made a part hereof. Upon receiving a reconciliation statement from Owner with respect to operating expenses or taxes payable pursuant to this Section 5 or Sections 8 and 9, Landlord shall provide the same to Tenant, and within ten (10) days thereafter, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any underpayment of operating expenses and taxes or Landlord shall refund to Tenant any overpayment of the same, as the case may be.

6. Access, Tenant Improvements . The Tenant will be allowed access to the Premises immediately following the Effective Date for purposes of construction of Tenant’s build-out, set-up and equipment installation. In making its Tenant Improvements, the Tenant will comply in all respects with Paragraph 12 of the Lease and deal directly with the Lessor as if it were the Lessee under the Lease, mutatis mutandis. The Tenant will comply with all permitting and inspectional requirements of Federal, Massachusetts and Lexington laws, ordinances and Regulations in making its Tenant Improvements. If Landlord consents to Tenant’s making Tenant Improvements in accordance with Paragraph 12 of the Lease, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to request and obtain any consent from Owner required in connection with the performance of Tenant Improvements.

7. Utilities, Insurance . During the entire Term of the Sublease, in addition to the Base Rental Rate set forth above the Tenant will be as responsible as if it were the Lessee under the Lease, for the additional costs of electricity, water and sewer charges, and all other utilities used in the Premises and for cleaning, trash removal, repairing, and maintaining the Premises. The Tenant will obtain and maintain, and require its contractors performing Tenant Improvements to obtain and maintain, the types and levels of insurance required of the Lessee under Paragraphs 10 and 17 of the Lease from the first day of access through the entire Term of the Sublease, naming the Landlord and the Owner as additional insureds as their interests may appear.


8. Rent Adjustment for Taxes . Paragraph 6 A. of the Lease provides that the Lessee will pay the Lessor for any increase in real estate taxes imposed by Lexington over a certain base year. For the purposes of this Sublease, commencing on May 1, 2014, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amount of any increase in the real estate taxes and water and sewer charges applicable to the Premises over the amount paid in the Town’s 2014 Fiscal Year (ending 30 June 2014). In all respects other than the base year, the provisions of Paragraph 6 of the Lease shall apply to this Sublease as if the Lessor and the Lessee in the Lease were the Landlord and the Tenant, respectively, in this Sublease, mutatis mutandis. Tenant’s obligations in respect of real estate taxes and water and sewer charges for the period before May 1, 2014 are as provided in the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof.

9. Rent Adjustment for Operating Expenses . Paragraph 6 B. of the Lease provides that the Lessee will pay the Lessor for any increase in operating expenses over a certain base year. For the purposes of this Sublease, commencing on May 1, 2014, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amount of any increase in operating expenses applicable to the Premises over the amount paid by the Landlord as Lessee in Calendar Year 2013. In all respects other than the base year, the provisions of Paragraph 6 B. of the Lease shall apply to this Sublease as if the Lessor and the Lessee in the Lease were the Landlord and the Tenant, respectively, in this Sublease, mutatis mutandis . Tenant shall also pay the Capital Reserve Fee described in Section 4 of the Lease. Tenant’s obligations in respect of operating expenses and Capital Reserve Fees for the period before May 1, 2014 are as provided in the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof.

10. Use . Notwithstanding Paragraph 7 of the Lease, the Tenant may use the Premises for all purposes permitted under the Lease including light manufacturing, assembly, and research and development related to Tenant’s non-surgical, non-pharmaceutical therapy for the treatment of type-2 diabetes and/or obesity. Tenant shall have 24/7 access to the Premises and use of all parking spaces appurtenant to the Premises under the Lease.

11. No Option to Extend . Notwithstanding anything contained in Paragraph 25 of the Lease, the Tenant has no option to extend the Term of this Sublease. The Landlord has no objection to the Tenant’s making a separate arrangement with the Owner provided that any such arrangement imposes no obligation whatsoever on the Landlord. Landlord agrees that if Tenant enters into an agreement with Owner giving Tenant the option to enter into a direct lease with Owner, then Landlord shall not extend the term of the Lease or exercise any extension option allowing for the extension of the Lease term. However, such direct lease option agreement shall provide that Tenant must exercise its option to lease the Premises from Owner by notice given to Owner by no later than February 29, 2016, to allow Landlord time to exercise its option to renew under the Lease if Tenant does not exercise the direct lease option. Landlord agrees that if Tenant timely exercises its direct lease option, then Landlord’s extension rights under the Lease shall automatically be of no force and effect, and Landlord agrees that Owner may rely on this statement in entering into a direct lease with Tenant. Upon written request from time to time, Tenant agrees to promptly inform Landlord whether the Tenant’s direct lease option is still in full force or effect, has expired, or the Tenant has decided to waive its right to enter a direct lease with the Owner.

12. Condition of the Premises . Upon the expiration of the Term, the Landlord will not be responsible for removing from the Premises any tenant improvements or alterations constructed


by Tenant, nor for removing any of Tenant’s personal property, fixtures, or equipment, including the property to be conveyed to Tenant pursuant to this paragraph, and the Tenant will indemnify and hold the Landlord harmless from any claim made by the Owner against the Landlord for not removing such tenant improvements, alterations, or property. Upon the expiration or termination of the Lease, unless Tenant and Owner enter into a direct lease agreement, Tenant shall remove all of its personal property, fixtures, and equipment from the Premises, and, if required by Landlord, shall remove all tenant improvements and alterations installed by Tenant. The Parties agree that the Owner’s instrument of consent to this Sublease will contain a provision stating that the Owner as Lessor agrees that if the Tenant fails to restore the Premises upon surrender to the condition existing prior to Tenant making its Tenant Improvements, the Owner will not look to the Landlord for the cost of such restoration, provided, however, that if such instrument of consent does not contain such agreement from the Owner, then the Tenant will indemnify and hold the Landlord harmless from any claim made by the Owner against the Landlord for not restoring the Premises as required. Owner and Landlord agree that upon the expiration or termination of the Term, Tenant shall not be required to remove any tenant improvements or alterations that were existing in the Premises as of the Commencement Date, nor to repair any reasonable wear and tear or damage caused by casualty or condemnation. By this Lease, Landlord hereby conveys to Tenant for $1.00 all of Landlord’s furniture, fixtures, and equipment in the Premises, which Landlord shall leave in the Premises. Tenant agrees to accept such furniture, fixtures, and equipment “AS IS”, “Where Is,” and with no warranties or representations of any kind, except that Landlord shall convey such property free of any liens or claims by third parties, and the Tenant will pay the cost of disposing of any of the furniture, fixtures, and equipment that it elects not to keep or sell.

13. Assignment and Transfer of Sublease . The Tenant shall not assign or further sublet the whole or any part of the Premises without the prior written consent of both the Owner and the Landlord, which consent will be subject to the standards set forth in Paragraph 13 of the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Landlord may, upon written notice to the Tenant, assign or transfer its interest in this Sublease (a) to any person or entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the assets of the Landlord, or (b) to a successor entity in a merger or acquisition transaction. Where Owner’s consent is required under the Lease to a proposed sublease, transfer, or assignment by Tenant, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to request and obtain such consent from Landlord. So long as such transfers are for a bona fide business purpose and not to evade Tenant’s obligations under the Sublease, Owner and Landlord’s consent shall not be required in connection with the assignment of the Tenant’s rights under this Sublease to (i) an entity buying all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets, or (ii) an entity with which or into which Tenant is merged, or (iii) to an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Tenant; provided, however, that in each such case the assignee or sublessee of the Tenant demonstrate financial ability at least equal to the level demonstrated to the Owner at the time of the Owner’s consent to this Sublease and, in the case of sections (ii) and (iii) of this sentence, the Tenant shall retain full responsibility for the performance of the Tenant under this Sublease.

14. Liens . The Tenant shall not directly or indirectly cause, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any mortgage, pledge, lien (including mechanics’, labor or materialman’s lien), charge, security interest, encumbrance or claim on or with respect to the Premises. If the Tenant breaches its obligations under this Paragraph 14, it shall immediately notify Landlord in writing,


shall promptly cause such liens to be discharged and released of record without cost to Landlord and shall indemnify Landlord against all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs at trial and on appeal) incurred in discharging and releasing such liens.

15. Indemnification . Tenant and Landlord (each, in such case, an “Indemnifying Party”) shall indemnify, defend and hold the other Party and its employees, directors, officers, managers, members, shareholders and agents (each, in such case, an “Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all third party claims, suits, damages, losses, liabilities, expenses and costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) including without limitation those arising out of property damage (including environmental claims) and personal injury and bodily injury (including death, sickness and disease) to the extent caused by the Indemnifying Party’s (a) material breach of any obligation, representation or warranty contained herein and/or (b) negligence or willful misconduct; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party will not have any obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party from or against any indemnity claims to the extent caused by, resulting from, relating to or arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to select counsel and to direct the defense or settlement of any such proceeding

16. Clauses of the Lease Incorporated by Reference; Lease Representations and Covenants .

16.1 Paragraphs 14 (Subordination), 15 (Lessor’s Access), 16 (Indemnification and Liability), 18 (Fire, Casualty, Eminent Domain), 21 (Surrender), 30 (Estoppel Certificate), and 31 (Hazardous Substances), are incorporated into this Sublease with the full force and effect as if they were stated in full text herein, except that where the term “the Lessor” appears it shall be deemed to mean the Owner and the Landlord, jointly and severally, and where the term “the Lessee” appears it shall be deemed to mean the Tenant.

16.2 Paragraphs 19 (Default and Subordination) and 22 (Late Fees) are incorporated into this Sublease with the full force and effect as if they were stated in full text herein, except that where the term “the Lessor” appears it shall be deemed to be the Landlord and where the term “the Lessee” appears it shall be deemed to mean the Tenant.

16.3 If there is any conflict between the terms of the Lease and this Sublease, then as between Landlord and Tenant, this Sublease shall control.

16.4 Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been altered or amended except as set forth in Exhibit A. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that to Landlord’s knowledge as of the date hereof, there are no defaults by Landlord or Owner existing beyond any applicable notice and cure periods under the Lease, or any events or circumstances which, by the giving or notice or the passage of time, would constitute a default under the Lease by Landlord or Owner. Landlord has not previously assigned, transferred or subleased its interest in the Premises or the Lease.

16.5 Landlord will pay and perform all obligations under the Lease including without limitation all monetary obligations under the Lease, subject to payment or reimbursement from Tenant to Landlord for those sums to be paid by Tenant hereunder, and other than those other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. Landlord will not voluntarily do, or fail to do,


anything which will constitute a default which is continuing beyond any applicable notice and cure periods under the Lease or permit the Lease to be terminated for any reason. Landlord shall not amend the Lease in any manner that would adversely affect Tenant’s rights or obligations hereunder or terminate the Lease.

16.6 Tenant acknowledges that the maintenance and services to be provided under the terms of the Lease by Lessor will be provided by Owner. Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Owner to comply with all obligations of Owner under the Lease with respect to the delivery of services and maintenance to be performed by Owner under the Lease. If Landlord is entitled under the Lease to any abatement of rents thereunder based on Owner’s failure to provide maintenance, repair, or services, then Tenant shall receive a corresponding abatement hereunder.

17. Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder will be given in writing and delivered in hand, by national overnight courier, or by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed as follows. Courtesy copies shall also be given by fax and e-mail.

 

If to GSIG:    with a copy to:
Mr. Frank Genetti    John A. Shetterly, Esq.
Director, Global Real Estate    27 Magazine Street
GSI Group Corporation    Cambridge, MA 02139 3955
125 Middlesex Turnpike   

tel. 617/547-1717

Bedford, MA 01730   

fax: 617/547-1661

tel. 1-781-266-5723

  

e-mail: jshetterly@comcast.net

e-mail: Frank.Genetti@gsig.com

  
If to the Company:    with a copy to:
Mr. Robert Crane    Gabriel Schnitzler, Esq.
GI Dynamics    Mintz Levin
25 Hartwell Avenue    44 Montgomery Street
Lexington, MA 02421    36 th Floor
   San Francisco, CA 94104

tel. 781-357-3300

  

tel. 415-432-6004

fax: 781-357-3301

  

fax: 415-432-6001

e-mail: rcrane@gidynamics.com

  

e-mail: GSchnitzler@mintz.com

A notice given by United States mail will be deemed given at the close of business on the third (3 rd ) business day next subsequent to the date of mailing indicated on the official Postal Service receipt, or upon actual receipt or upon refusal to accept delivery, whichever shall first occur. Notice given by courier or by personal service shall be deemed given upon receipt, as demonstrated by a written or electronic receipt. “Refusal to accept delivery” shall be deemed to occur when the notice is presented for delivery by the postal carrier or courier and a representative of the Party to be served declines to sign to accept service and the notice for that reason cannot be delivered. A Party may change its address for notices by giving notice to the other Party of the change in the manner aforesaid.


18. Brokerage . A brokerage fee shall be paid to NAI Hunneman and Richards Barry Joyce & Partners (the “Brokers”) by the Landlord pursuant to a separate agreement. The Landlord and the Tenant warrant and represent, each to the other respectively, that neither of them, respectively, has dealt with any broker, finder or other person entitled to a brokerage commission in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Agreement, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein other than the Brokers. The Landlord and the Tenant agree to indemnify, defend and hold each other, respectively, harmless from and against all damages, claims, losses, and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees incurred in defending against such damages, claims, losses and liabilities) arising out of or resulting from the failure of such representation or warranty.

19. Signage . The Tenant, at the Tenant’s cost, will have the right to signage on the monument at the entrance to the Building, subject to Lexington code and to the Landlord and Owner’s approval pursuant to the standards set forth in Paragraph 26 of the Lease. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain Owner’s approval under the Lease.

20. Force Majeure . In the event that either Party is delayed in or prevented from performing or carrying out its obligations under this Sublease, other than the payment of monetary obligations when due, by reason of any cause beyond the reasonable control of, and without the fault or negligence of, such Party (and excluding lack of funds) (an event of “Force Majeure”), such circumstance shall not constitute an Event of Default, and such Party shall be excused from performance hereunder and shall not be liable to the other Party for or on account of any loss, damage, injury or expense resulting from, or arising out of, such delay or prevention; provided, however, that the Party encountering such delay or prevention shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remove the causes thereof (with failure to use such efforts constituting an Event of Default hereunder). The settlement of strikes and labor disturbances shall be wholly within the control of the Party experiencing that difficulty.

21. Security Deposit . Upon the Effective Date the Tenant will pay to the Landlord the amount of $149,504.58 in the form of cash or a Letter of Credit, which will be held as a security deposit to secure the Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Sublease. If Tenant initially posts the security deposit in cash, it may at its option subsequently replace such cash deposit with an automatically-renewable Letter of Credit, and upon doing so, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any cash deposit then held by Landlord. Landlord may apply such cash deposit or Letter of Credit from time to time to Tenant’s obligations under this Sublease should Tenant default beyond applicable notice and cure periods in the timely payment and performance of the same. If the Landlord is required to use any of the security deposit to cover the Tenant’s failure to perform an obligation, then, upon written notice with a summary explanation of the reasons that the Landlord has been required to draw down the security deposit, the Tenant will pay additional money to the Landlord to bring the security deposit up to the original level. Upon the expiration of this Sublease, the Landlord will refund any unused balance of any cash security deposit to the Tenant, or the original Letter of credit, as applicable, less any amounts applied by Landlord to pay or cure any default by Tenant in performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.


22. General Provisions .

22.1 Quiet Possession . Landlord agrees that the Tenant, subject to Tenant’s compliance with all material provisions contained in this Sublease, will have quiet and peaceful possession of the Premises throughout the Term. Landlord represents and warrants that there are no restrictions, encumbrances or liens on the Premises that would prohibit, limit or restrict the activities contemplated by this Sublease.

22.2 Authority of the Landlord . Landlord hereby represents and warrants that: (a) Landlord is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Massachusetts and has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Sublease, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; (b) the execution and delivery of this Sublease and the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary company action; and (c) this Sublease is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Landlord enforceable against Landlord in accordance with its terms; provided, however, that the enforcement of the rights and remedies herein is subject to (i) bankruptcy and other similar laws of general application affecting rights and remedies of creditors and (ii) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

22.3 Authority of the Tenant . The Tenant hereby represents and warrants that: (a) the Tenant is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Sublease, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; (b) the execution and delivery of this Sublease and the performance of the Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary company action; and (c) this Sublease is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Tenant enforceable against the Tenant in accordance with its terms; provided, however, that the enforcement of the rights and remedies herein is subject to (i) bankruptcy and other similar laws of general application affecting rights and remedies of creditors and (ii) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

22.4 Construction . Where the context so requires or permits, the use of the singular form includes the plural, and the use of the plural form includes the singular, and the use of any gender includes any and all genders. The use in this Sublease of the term “including” means “including without limitation” The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Sublease as a whole, including the schedules and exhibits, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, and not to any particular section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph or clause contained in this Sublease. The title of and the section and paragraph headings in this Sublease are for convenience of reference only and shall not govern or affect the interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Sublease. Where specific language is used to clarify by example a general statement contained herein, such specific language shall not be deemed to modify, limit or restrict in any manner the construction of the general statement to which it relates. The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Sublease. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Sublease shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the


authorship of any of the provisions of this Sublease. Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign statute or law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise.

22.5 Integration, Modification, Counterparts, Time . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement by and between the Parties with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior agreements between the Parties, whether written or oral, relating to the same subject matter. Without limiting or modifying the restrictions set forth in this Sublease, the covenants and agreements contained in this Sublease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties to this Sublease and their respective permitted successors and assigns. No modification, amendments, or supplements to this Agreement shall be effective for any purpose unless in writing and signed by each Party. Approval or consent of a Party concerning this Agreement shall also be in writing. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, USA, whose courts shall have jurisdiction of and in which venue shall lie for any dispute which may be brought in connection with the breach or interpretation of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give any third party, whether a natural or a juridical person, any right, covenant or agreement herein set forth; and all rights, covenants, and agreements herein contained shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns. This Agreement may be executed in multiple original counterparts, all of which shall be taken together as one and the same agreement. Any copy of this Sublease executed with original signatures (whether in ink or electronic form) is deemed to be an original of this Sublease for all purposes. Time is of the essence for the performance and observation of each covenant of this Sublease.

22.6 Severability, Waiver . If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Sublease shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Sublease, but this Sublease shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been contained in this Sublease. Either Party may enforce all provisions of this Sublease strictly, regardless of (a) any law, usage, or custom to the contrary, (b) any conduct of the enforcing Party in refraining from enforcing any provisions of this Sublease at any time, (c) any conduct of the enforcing Party in refraining from exercising its rights and remedies under this Sublease, and (d) any course of conduct between Landlord and Tenant. Any conduct or custom between Landlord and Tenant must not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to any specific provision of this Sublease, or as having in any way or manner modified the same.

22.7 No Partnership . Landlord and Tenant agree that nothing contained in this Sublease shall be deemed or construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, or association between Landlord and Tenant, nor cause either of them to be responsible in any way for the debts or obligations of the other Party.

22.8 Cooperation . Upon the receipt of a written request from the other Party, each Party will execute such additional documents, instruments and assurances and take such additional actions as are reasonably necessary and desirable to carry out the terms and intent of this Sublease. The Parties acknowledge that they are entering into a long-term arrangement in which their cooperation will be required.


In Witness Whereof, the Landlord and the Tenant have caused their duly authorized officials and representatives to execute this Sublease as of the date first written above.

 

  LANDLORD:   TENANT:
  Cambridge Technology, Inc.   GI Dynamics, Inc.
  By:  

/s/ Robert J. Buckley

    By:  

/s/ Robert Crane

  Name:   Robert J. Buckley     Name:   Robert Crane
  Title:   President     Title:   CFO


EXHIBIT A

Site Plan Depicting Premises


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

The Lease


COMMERCIAL LEASE

 

1. PARTIES :

Duffy Hartwell LLC, a Massachusetts Limited Liability Company, with a principal place of business at 411 Waverley Oaks Road, Suite 340, Waltham, Massachusetts, 02452, (“LESSOR”), which expression shall include its heirs, successors, and assigns where the context so admits, does hereby lease to Cambridge Technology, Inc., a Massachusetts Corporation with a principal place of business at 109 Smith Place, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138 (“LESSEE”), which expression shall include its successors, executors, administrators, and assigns where the context so admits, and the LESSEE hereby leases the following described premises:

 

2. PREMISES :

The entire building located at 25 Hartwell Avenue, Lexington, MA 02421 which consists of approximately 33,339 rentable square feet + or -, and is further depicted in Exhibit A hereto (“Leased Premises” or “Premises”). The LESSEE shall be permitted to use all the parking that is available to the Leased Premises, so long as LESSEE occupies the entire building, together with all sidewalks, driveways, and loading docks serving the building.

 

3. TERM :

The term of this lease shall be for ten (10) years commencing upon the Commencement Date which shall be the Substantial Completion Date of the LESSOR’S Work, as defined in Exhibit B hereto, and ending on the later of (i) December 31, 2016, or (ii) the last day of the month in which the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date shall occur, provided that, if the Commencement Date shall be the first day of a calendar month, then the lease term shall end on the day before the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date. The Commencement Date is currently estimated to be January 1, 2007.

 

4. RENT :

The LESSEE shall pay to the LESSOR base rent in accordance with the schedule noted below, payable in advance in monthly installments in accordance with the schedule noted below. Provided the LESSEE is not in default hereunder, LESSEE’S payment of base rent shall commence 60 days after the Commencement Date as defined above. LESSOR acknowledges that, provided the LESSEE is not in default hereunder, the LESSEE will be granted two (2) months of holiday base rent to be applied to the initial two (2) months of the lease term, and one (I) month of holiday base rent to be applied to the thirteenth (13th) month of the lease term. Payments shall be pro rated on a per diem basis should any payment become due during a portion of any monthly rental period. During the term of the lease, LESSEE shall pay base rent and additional rent to the LESSOR monthly, in advance, not later than the first day of each calendar month. Upon the execution of this lease the LESSEE shall pay to the LESSOR the amount of $40,284.63 which shall be applied to the first month base rent is due in accordance with the above-mentioned terms.


Base Rent:

 

Year

   PRSF      Annual      Monthly  

01/01/07-12/31/07

   $ 14.50       $ 483,415.50       $ 40,284.63   

(subject to the free base rent provisions in Article 4 above)

        

01/01/08-12/31/08

   $ 15.00       $ 500,085.00       $ 41,673.75   

(subject to the free base rent provisions in Article 4 above)

        

01/01/09-12/31/09

   $ 15.50       $ 516,754.50       $ 43,062.88   

01/01/10-12/31/10

   $ 16.00       $ 533,424.00       $ 44,452.00   

01/01/11-12/31/11

   $ 16.50       $ 550,093.50       $ 45,841.13   

01/01/12-12/31/12

   $ 17.00       $ 566,763.00       $ 47,230.25   

01/01/13-12/31/13

   $ 17.50       $ 583,432.50       $ 48,619.38   

01/01/14-12/31/14

   $ 18.00       $ 600,102.00       $ 50,008.50   

01/01/15-12/31/15

   $ 18.50       $ 616,771.50       $ 51,397.63   

01/01/16-12/31/16

   $ 19.00       $ 633,441.00       $ 52,786.75   

In addition to the payments in the above schedule, LESSEE shall pay to LESSOR each lease year as additional rent an amount equal to 2% of the base rent payable during that year (the “Capital Reserve Fee”) as a reserve for all of LESSOR’S capital replacements and improvements in the Leased Premises and the land of which the Leased Premises is a part. LESSEE may pay the Capital Reserve Fee in equal monthly installments. In the event there are repetitive identical repairs, within a six (6) month period, to the items defined in Exhibit E attached hereto as capital expenditures, LESSEE may elect to give notice to LESSOR that the parties must select a mutually acceptable, independent consultant to determine whether or not a capital improvement or replacement to such item is required. If said consultant determines that continued maintenance and repair is unreasonable and ineffective and that a capital expenditure to repair or replace is necessary, then the LESSOR shall make such repair and/or replacement. In the event LESSOR fails to make such expenditure after the consultant’s determination that same is required, LESSEE may exercise its self help rights under Article 19(B) herein.

 

5. SECURITY DEPOSIT :

Upon the execution of this lease, the LESSEE shall either:

(a) Pay to the LESSOR the amount of $139,607.06 dollars which shall be held as a security for the LESSEE’S performance as herein provided and refunded to the LESSEE at the end of this lease subject to the LESSEE’S satisfactory compliance with the conditions hereof. The LESSEE shall maintain at all times a security deposit equivalent to a minimum of three (3) month’s base rent. This would include any and all options to renew; or

(b) Simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Lease, LESSEE shall deliver to LESSOR a standby, irrevocable, unconditional, transferable, automatically renewable letter of credit in the amount of $139,607.06 dollars, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit Cs and issued by a Massachusetts bank reasonably acceptable to LESSOR and containing the terms as required herein. LESSOR hereby approves Citizens Bank of Massachusetts as an acceptable issuer of the letter of credit as of the date of this Lease. During the term hereof, and any extensions thereof, or for so long thereafter as LESSEE is in possession of the Premises or has unsatisfied obligations


hereunder to LESSOR, but in no event less than thirty (30) days after the expiration of the lease term as extended, the letter of credit shall be held to ensure the full and timely performance of LESSEE’S obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages LESSOR may suffer as a result of any default beyond all applicable notice and cure periods, by LESSEE under this Lease; which letter of credit may be drawn upon by LESSOR and applied from time to time against outstanding obligations of LESSEE hereunder without notice or demand provided LESSEE is in default of its obligations under the Lease beyond all applicable notice and cure periods. LESSEE shall have no right to require LESSOR to so draw and apply the letter of credit, nor shall LESSEE be entitled to credit the same against rents or other sums payable hereunder. During the entire term hereof, including any extension thereof, LESSEE shall cause said letter of credit to be renewed, in identical form to that delivered herewith, no later than 30 days prior to the date of expiration of same. It shall be a condition of the letter of credit that the letter of credit shall be deemed automatically extended unless the issuing bank shall notify the LESSOR by certified mail return receipt requested, at least thirty (30) days prior to the then current expiration date of the letter of credit, that the letter of credit will not be extended beyond the then current expiration date. The letter of credit shall state that, without limiting any other remedies of LESSOR, in the event that the LESSOR receives notice of termination or expiration of the letter of credit or if LESSEE fails to renew any letter of credit given hereunder at least 30 days prior to the date of expiration thereof, then LESSOR shall have the right to draw down the entire amount of said letter of credit and hold such sums as a cash deposit. If and to the extent that LESSOR makes such use of the letter of credit, or any part thereof, the sum so applied by LESSOR (from cash or from a drawing on the letter of credit) shall be restored to the letter of credit (or by anew letter of credit equal to the difference) by LESSEE upon notice from LESSOR.

The LESSEE shall cause the letter of credit to be continuously maintained in effect (whether through replacement, renewal, or extension) in an amount equivalent to a minimum of three (3) month’s base rent. This would include any and all options to renew.

In the event LESSEE is unable to obtain the letter of credit on or before the date the LESSEE executes this Lease, LESSEE may, concurrently with LESSEE’S execution of this Lease, provide a cash security in accordance with Article 5(a) above, and thereafter obtain a letter of credit which conforms to the terms of this Article 5(b). Provided the LESSEE obtains said letter of credit within ninety (90) days from the date the LESSEE executes this Lease, the LESSOR shall, so long as the LESSEE is not in default beyond any applicable cure period, refund the cash security in exchange for an acceptable letter of credit which complies with the above-mentioned terms.

 

6. RENT ADJUSTMENT :

A. TAX ESCALATION : If any tax year commencing with the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007, the real estate taxes on the land and buildings, of which the Leased Premises are a part, are in excess of the amount of the real estate taxes thereon for the fiscal year• ending June 30, 2006 (hereinafter called the “Base Year”), then such excess shall be paid by the LESSEE to LESSOR as additional rent hereunder. LESSEE shall be solely


responsible for the amount of all water and sewer charges on the land and buildings, of which the Leased Premises are a part. LESSEE shall pay to LESSOR as additional rent hereunder, when and as designated by notice in writing by LESSOR, all of such real estate taxes and water and sewer charges for each year of the term of this lease or any extension or renewal thereof and proportionately for any part of a fiscal year. LESSEE shall make estimate installment payments, when and as designated by notice in writing by LESSOR, based upon the LESSOR’S projection of the actual real estate taxes and water and sewer charges. If the LESSOR obtains an abatement of any such excess real estate tax, a proportionate share of such abatement, less the reasonable fees and costs incurred in obtaining the same, if any, shall be refunded to the LESSEE. The I .FSSEE shall pay LESSOR, within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof, the balance owed due to insufficient estimated payments made in accordance with the above, and the LESSOR shall credit the LESSEE’S account for any excess estimated payments made in accordance with the above. For purposes of this lease, the term “real estate taxes” shall not include: (a) any taxes which are levied or assessed against the Leased Premises for a period of time prior to the Commencement Date even if same are payable during the term; (b) inheritance, estate, gift, excise, franchise, income, gross receipts, capital levy, revenue, rent, state, payroll, stamp or profit taxes, however designated; (c) any tax upon the sale or transfer of the property of which the Leased Premises is a part, and/or the assignment of this lease; or (e) any interest or penalties resulting from the late payment of taxes by LESSOR.

LESSOR represents and warrants to LESSEE that as of the Commencement Date of this lease, the land and building of which are Leased Premises are a part are assessed and maintained as a single and separate tax parcel or lot by the applicable governmental authority and shall remain so throughout the term of the lease. LESSOR shall pay the taxes when due in a timely manner so that no fines or penalties shall accrue thereon.

In the event that LESSEE requests that LESSOR contest the taxes and LESSOR does not institute such a contest within thirty (30) days of LESSEE’S request, then LESSEE shall, at its own cost and expense, have the right to contest or review any valuation of the building or the Leased Premises, or any tax rate, or the amount of any taxes for such real estate tax year, by legal proceedings or in such other manner as it may deem suitable. LESSOR shall cooperate with LESSEE in such consent.

If LESSOR or LESSEE obtains a refund or abatement of taxes, (i) the parties shall first he entitled to receive reimbursement from any refund or abatement for all expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by them in connection with obtaining such refund or abatement, and (ii) then, if LESSEE has paid a portion taxes or estimated taxes for the period for which the refund or abatement was granted, LESSEE shall be entitled to receive LESSEES proportionate share of the abatement (with interest, if any, paid by the governmental authority on such abatement), adjusted for any period for which LESSEE has made a partial payment.

B. OPERATING COST ESCALATION : The LESSEE shall pay to the LESSOR as additional rent hereunder when and as designated by notice in writing by LESSOR, all increases or projected increases in operating expenses over those incurred during the


calendar year 2006. For the purposes of this paragraph, the calendar year 2006 operating expenses shall be $1.20 per rentable square feet. During the calendar year 2007, the operating expenses escalation paid by the LESSEE shall not increase by more than 5% over the above-mentioned calendar year 2006 operating expenses, the amount of the operating cost expenses incurred during calendar year 2007, subject to the 5% cap, shall be the “Operating Cost Base” (i.e. if the operating cost expenses incurred during calendar year 2007 is equal to $1.21 per rentable square feet, the Operating Cost Base shall be $1.21 per rentable square feet, if the operating cost expenses incurred during calendar year 2007 is equal to $1.31 per rentable square feet, the Operating Cost Base shall be $1.26 per rentable square feet which is the maximum amount allowed for calendar year 2007). During the calendar year 2008, and each year thereafter for the remainder of the lease term, the LESSEE shall pay to the LESSOR as additional rent hereunder when and as designated by notice in writing by LESSOR, all increases or projected increases in operating expenses incurred over the Operating Cost Base. Said payments shall include estimate installment payments based upon the LESSOR’S projection of the actual operating expenses. Actual operating cost expenses will not be known until after the conclusion of each calendar year, retroactive adjustment to estimate payments shall be necessary when actual operating cost expenses are known. The LESSEE shall pay LESSOR, within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof, the balance owed due to insufficient estimated payments made in accordance with the above, and the LESSOR shall credit the LESSEE’S account for any excess estimated payments made in accordance with the above. Within thirty (30) days of its receipt of notice from LESSOR regarding the actual operating cost expenses for any calendar year, LESSEE may request additional written documentation evidencing the actual operating cost expenses for said calendar year and J.FSSOR shall provide such written documentation within thirty (30) days of such request. This request for information shall be in addition to the review or audit available to LESSEE as described below. Operating expenses are defined for the purposes of this agreement in Exhibit E hereto.

This increase shall be prorated should this lease be in effect with respect to only a portion of any calendar year.

Upon at least fourteen (14) days prior written notice from LESSEE, LESSOR shall make available to LESSEE at LESSOR’S address for review or audit by LESSEE and its agents during reasonable hours, all of LESSOR’S books, records and documents relating to Operating expenses and taxes for the Leased Premises for the then-current and the two most recent calendar years. LESSEE shall be entitled to one (1) such audit per calendar year.

 

7. UTILITIES :

The LESSEE shall pay, as they become due, all bills for electricity and other utilities (whether they are used for furnishing heat or other purposes) that are .furnished to or “servicing the land and building of which the Leased Premises are a part. LESSEE agrees to-indemnify and hold LESSOR harmless from LESSEE’S failure to pay in accordance with the above. LESSOR shall not be liable for damages for any reason, or for any inconvenience, interruption or consequences resulting from the failure of utilities


or any service due to any accident, to the making of repairs, alterations, or improvements, to labor difficulties, to trouble in obtaining fuel, electricity, service, or supplies -from the sources from which they are usually obtained for said building, or to any cause beyond the LESSOR’S control.

LESSOR shall have no obligation to provide utilities or equipment additional to those installed as of the Commencement Date of this lease. In the event LESSEE requires additional utilities or equipment, the installation and maintenance thereof shall be the obligation solely of the LESSEE, provided that such installation shall be subject to the written consent of the LESSOR.

 

8. USE OF LEASED PREMISES :

The LESSEE shall use the Leased Premises only for the purpose of office and light manufacturing, including, without limitation, manufacturing of optical scanning systems, assembly and research and development. LESSEE shall have access to the Leased Premises 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. LESSEE has the right to install a security system in the Leased Premises and at any ingress and egress points leading to the Leased Premises. LESSEE shall be permitted to conduct its business in the Leased Premises at all times. LESSEE shall provide LESSOR with the means necessary to access the Leased Premises on an emergency basis.

 

9. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS :

The LESSEE acknowledges that no trade or occupation shall be conducted in the Leased Premises or the building of which the Leased Premises are a part, or use made thereof which will be unlawful, improper, noisy or offensive, or contrary to any law or any municipal bylaw or ordinance in force in the city or town in which the Leased Premises are situated. LESSOR shall be responsible throughout the Term for keeping the property of which the Leased Premises are a part in compliance with all laws, statutes, ordinances, by-laws, rules, regulations, licenses and permits issued with respect thereto, other than those applicable to the Premises solely because of a special use or alteration of the Premises being made by LESSEE. LESSEE shall cooperate with LESSOR’S efforts to comply in accordance with the above.

On the Commencement Date the Leased Premises shall be free of all occupants and their personal property, in good condition and repair, and broom clean. LESSOR represents and warrants that, as of the Commencement Date, the Leased Premises are in compliance with all applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, by-laws, rules, regulations, licenses and permits issued with respect thereto, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), and that the Leased Premises can be used for LESSEE’S permitted use (as defined in Article 8).

 

10. FIRE INSURANCE :

The LESSEE shall not permit any use of the Leased Premises or the building of which the Leased Premises are a part which will make voidable any insurance on the property of which the Leased Premises are a part, or on the contents of said property or which shall


be contrary to any law or regulation from time to time established by the New England Fire Insurance Rating Association, or any similar body succeeding to its powers. The LESSEE shall on demand reimburse the LESSOR, all extra insurance premiums caused by the LESSEES use of the Leased Premises or the building of which the Leased Premises are a part.

 

11. MAINTENANCE :

A. LESSEE’S OBLIGATIONS : After the Commencement Date, the LESSEE agrees to maintain the interior, non-structural portions of the Leased Premises (excepting those items which are LESSOR’S obligations and included as an operating expense or capital expenditure under this lease) in good condition, reasonable wear and tear, damage by fire or other casualty, eminent domain, default by LESSOR or by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of LESSOR excepted, and whenever necessary, to replace plate glass and other glass therein. The LESSEE shall not permit the Leased Premises to be overloaded, damaged, stripped or defaced, nor suffer any waste. LESSEE shall be solely responsible for all interior cleaning, as well as the collection, removal and disposal of all trash within the Leased Premises or generated by the LESSEE’S operations. LESSEE agrees to maintain the Leased Premises in a clean professional manner, consistent with industry standards and applicable laws, codes and regulations. LESSEE shall obtain written consent of LESSOR, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, before erecting any sign on the premises.

B. LESSOR’S OBLIGATIONS : The LESSOR agrees to maintain in good order and condition, and to repair and replace as necessary (as either an operating expense or capital expenditure), the exterior structure and structural elements of the building of which the Leased Premises are a part, including the roof and parking areas and all capital replacements or capital repairs, as well as the maintenance, repair, and replacement of the heating ventilation and air conditioning system (“HVAC”), in the same condition as it is at the commencement of the term or as it may be put in during the tern-1 of this lease, reasonable wear and tear, damage by fire and other casualty only excepted, unless such maintenance is required because of the LESSEE or those for whose conduct the LESSEE is legally responsible. LESSOR shall reasonably maintain the exterior landscaping and LESSOR shall clear or remove snow from access ways and parking areas in a commercially reasonable manner and time. LESSOR shall repave the parking areas as and when reasonably necessary.

C. Intentionally Omitted .

D. SELF HELP IN EMERGENCY : In the event of an emergency which threatens the safety of individuals or damage to the building or it’s contents, including personal property, the LESSOR may respond to the emergency, and any costs incurred by the LESSOR on behalf of the LESSEE, or due to the acts or negligence of the LESSEE, shall be charged to and recovered from the LESSEE. LESSOR shall not be liable for any damages caused by said emergency, or any action or omission by the LESSOR under this paragraph.


12. ALTERATIONS - ADDITIONS :

The LESSEE shall not make structural alterations or additions to the Leased Premises, but may make non-structural alterations provided the LESSOR consents thereto in writing, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Written notice thirty (30) days prior to alteration, but not LESSOR consent, shall be required for non-structural alterations costing less than 510,000.00. All such allowed alterations shall be at LESSEE’S expense and shall be in quality at least equal to the present construction. LESSEE shall not permit any mechanics’ liens, or similar liens, to remain upon the Leased Premises for labor and material furnished to LESSEE or claimed to have been furnished to LESSEE in connection with work of any character performed or claimed to have been performed at the direction of LESSEE and shall cause any such lien to be released of record forthwith without cost to LESSOR. LESSEE shall indemnify and hold the LESSOR harmless from any losses, costs and claims arising from all such liens. Any alterations or improvements made by the LESSEE shall become the property of the LESSOR at the termination of occupancy as provided herein and, provided the LESSEE has given LESSOR notice or obtained LESSOR’S consent as provided herein, LESSEE shall not be required to remove such alterations or improvements at the expiration of the term of the lease unless LESSOR gives notice to LESSEE prior to the commencement of such alterations or improvements that same will have to be removed at the expiration of the term.

 

13. ASSIGNMENT - SUBLEASING :

The LESSEE shall not assign or sublet the whole or any part of the Leased Premises without LESSOR’S prior written consent, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, and shall be subject to the Addendum attached hereto. Notwithstanding such consent, LESSEE shall remain liable to LESSOR for the payment of all rent and for the full performance of the covenants and conditions of this lease. See Addendum. LESSOR acknowledges and agrees that any merger of LESSEE into or acquisition of LESSEE by Coherent Inc., or any other entity of equal or greater net worth than LESSEE, shall not constitute an assignment or sublease requiring LESSOR’S consent.

Notwithstanding the above, LESSEE warrants and represents to the LESSOR that any merger, acquisition, or sale of assets involving the LESSEE, whether currently or hereafter contemplated, shall not diminish the LESSEE’S ability to perform its obligations under this lease. It is expressly understood by and between the parties hereto as a material term of this lease that the LESSOR is relying on the above-mentioned warranty and representation as a material inducement to enter into this lease.

 

14. SUBORDINATION :

This Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any and all mortgages, deeds of trust, and other instruments in the nature of a lien or mortgage (collectively, a “Mortgage”), now in existence on the property of which the Leased Premises are a part; provided LESSOR has delivered to LESSEE, within a reasonable period of time after the


execution of this Lease, from the current Mortgagee on the property of which the Leased Premises is a part a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement (SNDA) in the Mortgagee’s commercially reasonable standard form similar to the one attached hereto as Exhibit F. If LESSOR fails to deliver such SNDA within ninety (90) days of the date of this Lease, LESSEE shall be entitled to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to LESSOR stating the date on which this Lease shall terminate. LESSEE shall, when requested, promptly execute and deliver such written instruments as shall be necessary to evidence the subordination of this Lease to such Mortgage.

This Lease shall not be subject or subordinate to the lien of any mortgage or lease of the property of which the Leased Premises is a part or the Leased Premises hereafter entered into or placed on the property unless the holder of such mortgage and/or lease executes, acknowledges and delivers to LESSEE a subordination, recognition and non-disturbance agreement in such Mortgagee’s commercially reasonable standard form. LESSEE’S failure to execute and deliver any SNDA which conforms with the above-mentioned terms within thirty (30) days after LESSOR’S request therefore shall be a default hereunder.

 

15. LESSOR’S ACCESS :

The LESSOR or agents of the LESSOR may, at reasonable times, upon reasonable notice, enter to view the Leased Premises if accompanied by a designated employee of LESSEE, and may remove placards and signs not approved and affixed as herein provided, and make repairs and alterations as LESSOR is required under this lease and at any time within six (6) months before the expiration of the term may show the Leased Premises to others, and may affix to any suitable part of the Leased Premises a notice fbr letting or selling the Leased Premises or property of which the Leased Premises are a part and keep the same so affixed without hindrance or molestation. In no event may LESSOR’S entry on the Leased Premises interfere with the business operations of LESSEE. Notwithstanding the above, the LESSOR may enter the Leased Premises in accordance with Article 11 D.

 

16. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY :

 

  (a) The LESSEE shall indemnify and hold the LESSOR harmless from all loss and damage occasioned by the negligence of the LESSEE including loss and damaged occasioned by the use or escape of water or by the bursting of pipes, as well as from any claim or damage resulting from any nuisance made or suffered on the Leased Premises, unless such loss is caused by the negligence of the LESSOR. The LESSEE shall indemnify and hold the LESSOR harmless from all loss and damage occasioned by the LESSEE’S failure to pay for utilities, services, work, product or materials or any other debt owed by the LESSEE. LESSEE shall not install or attach any appurtenances to the plumbing or heating systems and LESSEE shall indemnify and hold LESSOR harmless from any and all loss occasioned by the installation or attachment of said appurtenances. LESSOR shall not be liable for damages arising from the natural accumulation of snow and/or ice.


  (b) Each party shall, upon timely receipt of written notice, defend, indemnify, and save harmless the other, its officers, directors, employees, contractors, servants, guests, business invitees and agents, from and against all loss, costs, damages, and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and litigation costs, arising from injury or death of any person or damage to property (other than the property of LESSOR or LESSEE in and about the Leased Premises and the land and the building of which the Leased Premises are a part), except that either party shall not be liable for any loss, costs, damages, or expenses which result from the negligent acts or omissions, or willful acts or omissions, of the other party, its officers, directors, employees, contractors, servants, guests, business invitees or agents. Each party agrees to cooperate with the other party in the defense of any claim.

 

  (c) The indemnities and duties to defend contained in this Article 16 shall not survive the termination of this lease, and upon such date all obligations of each party to indemnify and defend shall cease, except with respect to claims of which the indemnifying party has received notice prior to such date.

 

17. LESSEE’S LIABILITY INSURANCE :

 

  (a) The LESSEE shall maintain with respect to the Leased Premises and the property of which the Leased Premises are a part therein (i) General Liability Bodily Injury and Property Damage primary liability limit of $1,000,000 on an occurrence basis with a general aggregate limit of $2,000,000, (ii) Umbrella liability limit of a minimum of $2,000,000, (iii) Worker’s compensation statutory liability, (iv) employer’s non-owned and hired auto at a combined single limit for Bodily injury and Property Damage of $1,000,000, each in responsible companies qualified to do business in Massachusetts and in good standing therein insuring the LESSOR as well as LESSEE against injury to persons or damage to property as provided. The LESSEE shall deposit with the LESSOR certificates for such insurance at or prior to the commencement of the term, and thereafter within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such policies. All such insurance certificates shall provide that such policies shall not be canceled without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to each assured named therein.

 

  (b) LESSOR shall obtain and maintain in force throughout the term “all-risk” property insurance upon the building, on a full replacement cost basis. LESSOR may include the building in a so-called “blanket” policy, but the building shall be specifically listed and its full replacement cost separately stated. LESSOR shall also obtain a General Liability policy similar to that required by LESSEE under Article 17(a)(i) above.

 

  (c) The Parties to this lease, to the extent they are able, mutually waive their right to subrogate against each other for property losses. Except as provided herein, the Parties to the lease are therefore responsible for insuring their own property.


18. FIRE, CASUALTY - EMINENT DOMAIN :

Should a substantial portion (50% or more) of the Leased Premises, or of the property of which they are a part be substantially damaged by fire or other casualty, or be taken by eminent domain, the either party may elect to terminate this lease, When, through no -fault of the LESSEE, such fire, casualty, or taking renders the Leased Premises substantially unsuitable, in whole or part, for their intended use, a just and proportionate abatement of rent shalt be made, and the LESSEE may elect to terminate this lease if;

 

  (a) The LESSOR fails to give written notice within thirty (30) days of intention to restore Leased Premises, or

 

  (b) The LESSOR fails to restore the Leased Premises to a condition substantially suitable for their intended use within ninety (90) days of said fire, casualty or taking.

If neither party terminates pursuant to this Article 18, LESSOR shall restore the Leased Premises to the condition they were in prior to the casualty.

The LESSOR reserves and the LESSEE grants to the LESSOR, all rights which the LESSEE may have for damages or injury to the Leased Premises for any taking by eminent domain, except for damage to the LESSEE’S fixtures, property or equipment.

 

19. DEFAULT AND BANKRUPTCY :

(A) In the event that:

 

  (a) The LESSEE shall default in the payment of any installment of rent, additional rent, or other sum herein specified and such default shall continue for five (5) business days following written notice; provided that the LESSEE shall only be entitled to two (2) such notice per calendar year; after the second five (5) business day notice in any calendar year, a default shall occur for a default in the payment of any installment of rent, additional rent, or other sum herein specified and such default shall continue for five (5) business days after the date said payment is due; or

 

  (b) The LESSEE shall default in the observance or performance of any other of the LESSEE’S covenants, agreements, or obligations hereunder and such default shall not be corrected within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof plus such reasonable additional time, not to exceed ninety (90) days, as may be necessary to cure the default so long as LESSEE diligently proceeds to cure the default and continues to take all steps necessary to complete the same; or

 

  (c) The LESSEE shall be declared bankrupt or insolvent according to law, or, if any assignment shall be made of LESSEE’S property for the benefit of creditors, or if the LESSEE shall be otherwise dissolved,


then the LESSOR shall have the right thereafter, while such default continues, to re-enter and take complete possession of the Leased Premises, to declare the term of this lease ended, and remove the LESSEES effects, without prejudice to any remedies which might be otherwise used for arrears of rent or other default. The LESSEE shall indemnify the LESSOR against all loss of rem and other payments which the LESSOR may incur by reason of such termination during the residue of the term, or the LESSOR may elect to be indemnified for loss of rent and other sums due under this lease by a lump sum payment representing the then present value of the amount of all sums which would have been paid in accordance with this lease for the remainder of the term minus the then present value of the aggregate market rate, as defined below, and additional charges payable for the Leased Premises for the remainder of the term, taking into account reasonable projections of vacancy and time required to re-lease the Leased Premises, For purposes hereof, market rate shall be the then current effective rate of rent (adjusted, if necessary, to reflect any free rent or comparable concessions), being charged for comparable space in comparable buildings. For the purposes of calculating the rent which would have been paid hereunder for the lump sum payment calculation described herein, the most recent full year’s tax and operating expense payments shall be deemed constant for each year thereafter. The Federal Reserve discount rate (or equivalent) plus 3% shall be used in calculating present values, If the LESSEE shall default, after reasonable notice thereof, in the observance or performance of any conditions or covenants on LESSEES part to be observed or performed under or by virtue of any of the provisions in any article of this lease, the LESSOR, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may elect to remedy such default for the account and at the expense of the LESSEE. If the LESSOR makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money in connection therewith, including but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, such sums paid or obligations insured, with interest at the rate of 12 per cent per annum and costs, shall be paid to the LESSOR by the LESSEE as additional rent. It is expressly understood and agreed that the LESSEE’S obligation to pay rent, and any and all additional charges, is independent of any obligation or covenant entered into by the LESSOR.

(B) If LESSOR shall default in the performance or observance of its agreements contained in Article 11B hereof or the one (1) year warranty for LESSOR’S Work as stated in Exhibit B hereto, and shall not cure such default within thirty (30) days after written notice from LESSEE specifying the default (or shall not within said period commence to cure such default, and thereafter prosecute the curing of such default to completion with due diligence), LESSEE may, at its option, at any time thereafter cure such default for the account of LESSOR, and any amount paid in so doing shall (except to the extent that LESSEE is required to reimburse the same to LESSOR pursuant to said paragraph) be deemed paid or incurred for the account of LESSOR, and LESSOR agrees to reimburse LESSEE therefore or save LESSEE harmless therefrom; provided that LESSEE may cure any such default as aforesaid prior to the expiration of said waiting period but after written notice to LESSOR, if the curing of such default prior to the expiration of said waiting period is reasonably necessary to protect real estate or LESSEE’S interest therein, or to prevent injury or damage to persons or property. LESSOR shall pay such reimbursement to LESSEE within thirty (30) days from demand. Such demand shall be accompanied by an itemized bill therefore in reasonable detail.


20. NOTICE :

All notices and other communications relating to the Leased Premises or to the occupancy thereof shall be in writing and shall be addressed in the manner herein described and (1) mailed by first class, United States Mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (2) hand delivered to the intended addressee; or (3) sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service; or (4) sent by facsimile transmission during normal business hours followed by a confirmatory letter sent in another manner permitted hereunder within 24 hours. All notices shall be effective on the date of delivery or the date when proper delivery is refused by the addressee or any representative thereof.

All notices and other communications relating to the Leased Premises or to the occupancy thereof from the LESSOR to the LESSEE prior to the LESSEE’S occupancy shall be addressed to the LESSEE at LESSEE’S address in paragraph one, Attention: Red Aylward, President, Cambridge Technology Inc. fax              . All notices and other communications relating to the Leased Premises or the occupancy thereof from the LESSOR to the LESSEE after the LESSEE’S occupancy shall be addressed to the LESSEE at LESSEE’S address in paragraph two, Attention: Red Aylward, President, Cambridge Technology Inc., fax              .

All notices, payments and other communications relating to the Leased Premises or to the occupancy thereof from the LESSEE to the LESSOR shall be addressed to the LESSOR at 411 Waverley Oaks Road, Suite 340, Waltham, MA 02452, fax #781-893-6623.

Either party, by written notice to the other, may change the address to which notice is required to be given hereunder.

 

21. SURRENDER :

The LESSEE shall at the expiration or other termination of this lease remove all of LESSEE’S goods and effects from the Leased Premises, (including, without hereby limiting the generality of the foregoing, all signs and lettering affixed or painted by the LESSEE, either inside or outside the Leased Premises), but excluding anything constituting LESSOR’S Work as set forth on Exhibit B. LESSEE shall deliver to the LESSOR the Leased Premises and all keys, locks thereto, and other fixtures connected therewith and all alterations and additions made to or upon the Leased Premises, in good condition, reasonable wear and tear, damage by fire or other casualty, eminent domain, default by LESSOR or by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of LESSOR, its officers, managers, employees, agents, contractors and invitees only excepted. In the event of the LESSEE’S failure to remove any of LESSEE’S property from the premises upon the expiration or other termination of the lease, LESSOR is hereby authorized, without liability to LESSEE for loss or damage thereto, and at the sole risk of LESSEE, to remove and store any of the property at LESSEE’S expense, or to retain same under


LESSOR’S control or to sell at public or private sale, without notice any or all of the property not so removed and to apply the net proceeds of such sale to the payment of any sum due hereunder, or to destroy such property.

In the event that LESSEE continues to occupy, control or remain in any part of the Leased Premises beyond the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this lease, including any extensions thereto, such holding over shall not be deemed to create any tenancy, but the LESSEE shall be a Tenant at Sufferance only and shall be liable for all loss, damage or expenses incurred by the LESSOR. All other terms of this lease shall apply, except that use and occupancy payments shall be due in full monthly installments which shall be paid to LESSOR at the times and manner determined by the LESSOR, in advance and in an amount equal to the greater of one and a half times of either of the following: (i) base rent, additional rent and other sums due under the lease, including any extensions thereto, immediately prior to termination, or (ii) the reasonable fair market rent for the Leased Premises. It is expressly understood and agreed that such extended occupancy is a Tenancy at Sufferance only, solely for the benefit and convenience of the LESSEE and is of greater rental value. If LESSEE continues to occupy, control or remain in all or any part of the Leased Premises beyond noon of the last day of any monthly rental period, said action shall constitute LESSEE’S occupancy for an entire additional month, and increased payment as provided by this section, shall be due and payable immediately in advance. LESSOR’S acceptance of any payments from LESSEE during such extended occupancy shall not alter LESSEE’S status as a Tenant at Sufferance.

 

22. LATE FEES :

LESSEE agrees that because of actual damages for a late payment or a dishonored check are difficult to fix or ascertain, but recognizing that damage and injury result therefore, LESSEE agrees that if payments of rent and other obligations are not received in hand by LESSOR five (5) business days after the date it is due, LESSEE agrees to pay liquidated damages equal to five percent (5%) of the total delinquent amount owed. The postmark on the payment, received plus two (2) days, shall be conclusive evidence of whether the payment is delinquent. However, LESSOR is not responsible for late deliveries by U.S. Mail. LESSEE agrees to pay a liquidated damage of $25.00 for each dishonored check. In the event that two or more of the LESSEES checks are dishonored in a 12 month period, the LESSOR, in addition to other Rights, shall have the right to demand payment by Certified Check or Money Order.

 

23. BROKERAGE :

LESSEE warrants and represents, to the best of LESSEE’S knowledge, to the LESSOR that the only brokers entitled to a brokerage fee in connection with showing the Leased Premises or the property of which the Leased Premises is a part, or otherwise procuring or obtaining a tenant for the benefit of the LESSOR is as follows: Grubb & Ellis, Meredith and Grew. LESSOR shall pay a commission, which will be split between Grubb & Ellis and Meredith and Grew pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement. LESSEE shall hold harmless and indemnify the LESSOR from any loss, cost, damage


and expense, including reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by LESSOR for a commission or finder’s fee as a result of the falseness of this representation. LESSEE hereby assumes and shall be solely responsible and liable for any and all cost and expense other than the above-mentioned agreed upon amount to be split between Grubb & Ellis and Meredith and Grew.

 

24. EARLY ACCESS :

Provided the LESSEE is not in default hereunder and the LESSEE does not interfere with the LESSOR’S Work (including, but not limited to LESSOR’S ability to obtain approvals, permits, or otherwise comply with applicable permitting or regulatory authorities) or the tenant improvements, the LESSEE will be allowed, upon reasonable notice to LESSOR, reasonable access to the Leased Premises thirty (30) days prior to the Commencement Date to permit LESSEE to assess -and install network infrastructure and install its furniture and equipment. During such access, LESSEE shall be bound by all of the obligations of the LESSEE under the lease, including any and all insurance requirements, but, provided that said access is solely for the purpose noted above, excluding the- payment of base rent, real estate taxes and operating costs as defined in Exhibit E hereto during said early access period.

 

25. OPTION TO EXTEND :

Provided the LESSEE is not in default hereunder, LESSEE shall have two (2) five (5) year options to extend the lease term at a rent equal to the market rate for equivalent office space in similarly located buildings within the Waltham/Lexington market (“Market Rate”). LESSEE must give LESSOR written notice it is exercising its extension option no later than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the then current lease term. In the event LESSEE notifies LESSOR as provided herein, then within fifteen (15) days of receiving LESSEE’S notice, the LESSOR shall notify the LESSEE of the LESSOR’S determination of the Market Rate for the extended term, then the LESSEE shall, within fifteen (15) days of receiving the LESSOR’S rent rate in accordance with the above, either:

(1) deliver a written notice accepting the rent rate, and thereafter the parties shall fully execute a mutually agreeable lease amendment within thirty (30) days from the date the LESSOR receives LESSEE’S written notice accepting the rent rate; or

(2) deliver a written notice withdrawing its exercise of the option; or

(3) deliver a written notice disagreeing with the LESSOR’S rent rate for the extended term, said notice to include alternate rent rates for the extended term, and the LESSOR and LESSEE shall attempt to agree upon the rent rate using their best good-faith efforts. If LESSOR and LESSEE fail to reach an agreement within fifteen (15) days following LESSOR’S receipt of LESSEE’S above-mentioned written notice of disagreement (“Outside Agreement Date”), then:

 

  (i)

LESSOR and LESSEE shall each appoint, at their own cost and expense, within fifteen (15) days of the Outside Agreement Date, one arbitrator who shall by profession be a current commercial real estate broker or appraiser of comparable properties in the immediate vicinity of the Leased Premises, and who has been active in such field over the last five (5) years. The two (2) arbitrators shall


  confer and within thirty (30) days from the date the last arbitrator was appointed, shall each recommend a market rate in writing to both parties. In the event their recommendation is joint or equal, then this recommendation shall be the Market Rate for the extended term; and

 

  (ii) In the event the arbitrators recommendation differs by five percent (5%) or less, then the average shall be the Market Rate for the extended term; and

 

  (iii) In the event the arbitrators recommendation differs by more than five percent (5%), then the two arbitrators so appointed shall, within five (5) business days of the date of the last written recommendation, agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two arbitrators. The third arbitrator shall, within fifteen (15) days of his/her appointment, recommend a market rate in writing to both parties, and the two (2) closest of the three (3) recommendations shall then be averaged to establish the Market Rate for the extended term; and

 

  (iv) If either LESSOR or LESSEE fails to appoint an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date, the arbitrator appointed by one of them shall reach a decision, notify LESSOR and LESSEE thereof, and such arbitrator’s decision shall be binding upon LESSOR and LESSEE; and

 

  (v) If the two arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator, or both parties fail to appoint an arbitrator, and this matter has not been otherwise resolved, then the appointment of the third arbitrator or any arbitrator shall be dismissed and the matter to be decided shall be forthwith submitted to arbitration under the provisions of the American Arbitration Association, but subject to the instructions set forth in this Article 25; and

 

  (vi) The cost of arbitration, as well as the above-mentioned third arbitrator, shall be paid by LESSOR and LESSEE equally.

In the event the rent for the extended term is established in accordance with the above, then the lease agreement shall automatically be extended five (5) years from the date the Lease would have expired had the option to extend not been exercised. LESSEE shall be responsible for increasing or decreasing its letter of credit so that same is an amount equivalent to three (3) month’s base rent. All other terms and provisions under the Lease, other than LESSOR’S Work, and rent holidays, shall continue through the extended lease term. In the event the LESSEE does not provide written notice of its intent to extend as provided in this Article 25, the LESSEE shall be deemed to have waived its option to extend the lease term and this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of the then current term.

 

26. SIGNAGE :

LESSEE may, subject to LESSOR’S review and approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, install monument or building directory signage which conforms with the professional character and nature of the building of which the Leased Premises is a part and the neighboring buildings. LESSEE is solely responsible for obtaining, at its own expense, all necessary approvals from the appropriate municipal, regulatory or other authority.


27. INSPECTION :

LESSEE may conduct an inspection of the Leased Premises prior to the Commencement Date to confirm that the roofs, and all building systems, are in good working order.

 

28. QUIET ENJOYMENT:

LESSOR covenants that upon LESSEE’S paying the rent and performing its obligations hereunder, LESSEE shall quietly have and enjoy the Leased Premises during the term, as same may be extended, without hindrance or molestation from LESSOR.

 

29. MEMORANDUM OF LEASE :

Neither LESSOR nor LESSEE shall record this Lease. LESSOR and LESSEE shall at any time, at the request of either one, promptly execute a memorandum of lease which satisfies the requirements of the applicable statute in the-Commonwealth of Massachusetts and-either party may record the same at its own time and expense.

 

30. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE :

Within fifteen (15) days after a written request therefor, either party shall, at its own time and expense, execute and deliver to the other a written certificate stating (a) whether this lease has been modified or amended; (b) whether this lease (as so modified or amended) is in full force and effect; (c) the date to which rent has been paid; and (d) whether the other party is in default, and if so, the nature of such default.

 

31. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES :

 

  (a) For purposes of this lease, “Hazardous Substance” means any substance, waste or material which is deemed hazardous, toxic, a pollutant or contaminant, under Applicable Law; “Hazardous Substance on the Property” means any Hazardous Substance present in the building or the Leased Premises, or in or on the surface or beneath the surface of the land, of which the Leased Premises is a part, including, without limitation, the surface water or groundwater, and in or on any improvement or part thereof at or beneath the surface of the land; and “Applicable Law” means any federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation, or judicial or administrative order, ruling, or decision, now or in the future applicable to the Leased Premises, the land or any portion thereof or to any activity which shall take place thereon.

 

  (b)

LESSOR shall indemnify, defend and save harmless LESSEE, its officers, directors, employees, contractors, servants and agents, from and against all reasonable and actual: loss, costs, damages, claims, proceedings, demands, liabilities, penalties, fines and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, consultants’ fees, litigation costs, and cleanup costs, asserted against or incurred by LESSEE, its officers, directors, employees, contractors, servants and agents at any time and from time to time by reason of or arising out of (a) the presence of any Hazardous Substances on the Leased Premises or the


  land on which the Leased Premises is a part not caused by LESSEE, its officers, directors, employees, contractors, servants or agents, or (b) the generation, storage, treatment, handling, transportation, disposal, or release, other than by LESSEE, its officers, directors, employees, contractors, servants and agents, of any Hazardous Substances on the Leased Premises or the land on which the Leased Premises is a part, regardless of whether the act, omission, event or circumstance constituted a violation of any Applicable Law at the time of its existence or occurrence.

 

  (c) LESSEE shall indemnify, defend and save harmless LESSOR, its officers, directors, employees, contractors, servants and agents, from and against all reasonable and actual: loss, costs, damages, claims, proceedings, demands, liabilities, penalties, fines and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, consultants’ fees, litigation costs, and cleanup costs, asserted against or incurred by LESSOR, its officers, directors, employees, contractors, servants and agents at any time and from time to time by reason of or arising out of the generation, storage, treatment, handling, transportation, disposal, or release, other than by LESSOR, its officers, directors, employees, contractors, servants and agents, of any Hazardous Substances by LESSEE, its officers, directors, employees, contractors, servants and agents on the Leased Premises or the land on which the Leased Premises is a part, regardless of whether the act, omission, event or circumstance constituted a violation of any Applicable Law at the time of its existence or occurrence.

 

  (d) LESSEE acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to review and assess the environmental status of the property of which the Leased Premises is a part, including but not limited to a Response Action Outcome Statement, DEP Site #3-3486, dated February 1999 regarding the property of which the Leased Premises is a part.

 

32. OTHER PROVISIONS :

 

  (A) LESSOR represents that LESSOR, subject to an existing mortgage, is the owner in fee of the Leased Premises; that there are presently, to the best of the LESSOR’S knowledge, no matters of record which would materially affect LESSEE’S use of the Leased Premises for the uses permitted hereunder, and LESSOR shall not hereafter create any liens, mortgages, ground leases, master leases, covenants, agreements, restrictions, reservations, easements, rights of way or other matters encumbering or affecting the Leased Premises or the land of which it is a part which would materially affect LESSEE’S use of the Leased Premises for the uses permitted hereunder. LESSOR has full power and authority to execute this lease.

 

  (B) Entire Agreement:

This lease constitutes the entire agreement between LESSOR and LESSEE regarding the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings relating thereto. If any provision of this lease shall be determined to be


invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this lease shall not be affected hereby. Except for those set forth in this lease, no representations, warranties, or agreements have been made by the LESSOR or LESSEE to the other with respect to this lease or the obligations of LESSOR and LESSEE in connection therewith. The normal rule of construction that any ambiguities be resolved against the drafting party shall not apply to the interpretation of this lease or any exhibits or amendments thereto. This lease shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

  (C) It is understood and agreed that the following attached items are part of this lease.

 

    Addendum

 

    Exhibit A - Floor Plan

 

    Exhibit B - LESSOR’S Work

 

    Exhibit B-1 - Critical Areas

 

    Exhibit C - Building Rules and Regulations

 

    Exhibit C-1 - LESSEE’S Materials

 

    Exhibit D - Description of Premises on which Leased Premises are located

 

    Exhibit E - Building Operating Expenses

 

    Exhibit F - Sample SNDA

 

    Exhibit G - Form of Letter of Credit

 

    Exhibit H - Guarantee of Excel Technology, Inc.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said parties hereunto set their hands and seals this 16 th day of October, 2006.

 

LESSEE     LESSOR  
Cambridge Technology Inc.,     Duffy Hartwell LLC  
      By:   Hartwell Management LLC, its Manager  
By:  

/s/ Redmond P. Aylward

    By:  

/s/ Steven P. Duffy

 
Redmond P. Aylward, President     Steven P. Duffy,  
Cambridge Technology, Inc.,     Duly Authorized  
Duly Authorized      


LEASE ADDENDUM

 

1. LESSEE shall not change the color or appearance of the outside of the Leased Premises.

 

2. LESSEE shall not post signs on exterior of the premises without the LESSOR’S prior consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. All signage must conform with the LESSOR’S signage standards and policies, and the LESSEE shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense associated with any signage, including those associated with the LESSEE obtaining all necessary and appropriate approvals and permits from the applicable authorities.

 

3. The parking spaces shall not be used for dead storage of vehicles or other merchandise or material.

 

4. LESSEE may store exterior storage containers for the first ninety (90) days of the lease term in the parking lot. LESSEE may keep and maintain, at its own expense, an exterior dumpster for the Leased Premises. Placement and location of said container and dumpster shall be subject to the LESSOR’S prior consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. No other containers, merchandise or refuse shall be kept or stored outside the Leased Premises.

 

5. LESSEE shall be responsible to dispose of LESSEE’S own trash and refuse.

 

6. (A) Upon request for consent to assign or sublease, the LESSOR may refuse or consent to assign or sublease, or if LESSOR prefers to resume possession of the space which the LESSEE wishes to sublet, LESSOR may refuse consent, and, in that event, unless the LESSEE rescinds its request for consent, this lease shall terminate at a mutually agreed date, with respect to the proposed sublease space, and the parties hereby agree, thereupon, to mutually release each other from rights and obligations of this agreement, with respect to the proposed sublease space. They shall deem the term of the agreement, for the sublease space, as expiring at the mutually agreed date.

(B) The LESSEE may, however upon written notice to LESSOR, sublease to a parent, affiliate or subsidiary of the LESSEE.

(C) If an assignment or sublease is entered into, LESSEE shall, within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof, pay to LESSOR fifty percent (50%) of any rent, sum or other consideration to be paid or given in connection with such assignment or sublease, either initially or overtime, in excess of the base rent and/or additional rent and/or other charges to be paid under this lease (“Sublease Profits”) as if such amount were originally called for by the terms of this lease as additional rent, provided than prior to the division of the Sublease Profits in the manner noted above, the LESSEE may deduct reasonable and customary expenses directly incurred by LESSEE which are attributable to the transfer, including, legal fees and brokerage commissions paid by LESSEE in connection with the assignment or sublease.

(D) LESSEE shall reimburse LESSOR from LESSEE’S portion of the Sublease Profits for reasonable LESSOR’S attorneys’ fees for examination of and/or preparation of any documents in connection with such assignment or subletting in an amount up to but not to exceed $2,500.00.


7. LESSEE may maintain the insurance required to he carried by LESSEE under blanket policy of insurance insuring LESSEE and other companies affiliated with LESSEE.

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

SUBSIDIARY

  

JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION

GI Dynamics Securities, Inc.    Commonwealth of Massachusetts
GID Europe Holding B.V.    The Netherlands
GID Europe B.V.    The Netherlands
GID Germany GmbH    Germany
GI Dynamics Australia Pty Ltd    Australia